summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-06-26 03:00:56 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-06-26 03:00:56 +0000
commit3d1055e1e00548f29b9d4ba0a79c717b9b6b2ae3 (patch)
tree81d89c6859163c396aa9344ddb05c271e9ab760c /macros/latex
parent644c44d0c55a2960e53623b0c19448c1b8015d1e (diff)
CTAN sync 202106260300
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx78
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdfbin530358 -> 530458 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx33
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdfbin814485 -> 814611 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README378
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdfbin251653 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex1932
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdfbin31355 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex110
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdfbin44373 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex297
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdfbin38948 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex68
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty291
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty266
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty215
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty191
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty21
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty96
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty95
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty77
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty193
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2606
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3608
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug208
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls1217
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con929
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty1170
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty158
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty170
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty80
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty198
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex110
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex27
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc2048
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc271
39 files changed, 60 insertions, 12101 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
index 57707bba37..769e0b6abe 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
%
% \title{\sffamily easybook 文档类手册}
% \author{瞿毅}
-% \date{2021/06/23\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.26h\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}}
+% \date{2021/06/25\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.26j\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}}
%
% \maketitle
% \begin{abstract}
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
% floatpage = <true|(false)>
% \end{syntax}
% 开启这个选项后浮动环境 \env{table} 和 \env{figure} 的比例参数会使用默认值,关闭它则尽可能避免出现浮动页,使图表环境与正文段落更加紧凑,减少多余的空白版面。
-% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/15}{增加浮动环境比例参数选项 \opt{floatpage}。}
+% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/15}{增加浮动环境比例参数选项 \opt{floatpage}。}
% \end{function}
%
% \subsection{article 模式}
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
% \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc*}\marg{加入目录英文标题前的代码}
% \end{syntax}
% \tn{appendix} 命令后的章节标题变为附录形式。英文目录中附录标题的格式用可选参数修改,英文附录目录前名字默认为 Appendix\tn{space},后名字默认为空,名字之间用一个半角逗号分开,也可以只有一部分,表示英文附录目录前名字。英文附录目录数字输出命令默认为 \tn{Alph}\{chapter\}。
-% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/13}{增加调整英文目录格式的钩子 \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc}。}
+% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/13}{增加调整英文目录格式的钩子 \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc}。}
% \end{function}
%
% \tn{EBeforeAddBitoc} 是一个作用于局部范围的英文目录钩子,可以插入标题或目录设置的命令改变英文目录中标题的显示格式,也可以覆盖上述的目录前后名字和编号等设置,带有星号的命令会重置之前的代码,放置在导言区或 \tn{bichapter} 等命令前生效。
@@ -387,11 +387,11 @@
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{optdesc}
-% \item[table-cap] 表格标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。
-% \item[figure-cap] 图片标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。
-% \item[listing-cap] 代码标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。
-% \item[footnote] 设置脚注标记与内容的字体,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。
-% \item[marginpar] 边注的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列和字体形状命令。
+% \item[table-cap] 表格标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。
+% \item[figure-cap] 图片标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。
+% \item[listing-cap] 代码标题的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。
+% \item[footnote] 设置脚注标记与内容的字体,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。
+% \item[marginpar] 边注的字体设置,包括字体族、字体系列、字体尺寸和字体形状命令。
% \item[math] 选择合适的数学字体,将会加载 \pkg{newtxmath} 和 \pkg{bm} 宏包。使用选项 \opt{none} 时可以使用 \pkg{unicode-math} 等其它数学字体宏包定义字体。
% \end{optdesc}
%
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
% \item[backend] 参考文献处理后端,默认用传统的 \hologo{BibTeX} 处理参考文献。
% \item[bib-style] 参考文献格式为中国的参考文献推荐标准GB/T 7714-2015,有顺序编码制和著者-出版年制两种风格,理工科类一般使用顺序编码制,文科类一般使用著者-出版年制。若使用其它格式,使用 \hologo{BibTeX} 处理时需确保正确的 \opt{bst} 文件,使用 \hologo{biber} 处理可使用 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包支持的参考文献风格名称。
% \item[cite-style] 标注参考文献的风格,\opt{backend = bibtex} 选项下可使用 \opt{super}(数字上标标注,默认)或 \opt{numbers}(数字标注)等 \pkg{natbib} 宏包带有的标注风格,\opt{backend = biblatex} 选项下可使用 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包支持的标注风格名称。
-% \item[datafile] 参考文献数据库的文件名,可以是单个文件也可以是以括号包裹并以英文逗号分隔的文件列表,使用 \hologo{biber} 处理时要带有 \opt{bib} 后缀,若不在当前文件夹名称需要包含路径。只有设置数据库的文件名才会载入 \pkg{natbib} 或 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包,之后才可使用相关配置命令,否则需要自行配置参考文献。
+% \item[datafile] 参考文献数据库的文件名,可以是单个文件也可以是以括号包裹并以英文逗号分隔的文件列表,使用 \hologo{biber} 处理时要带有 \opt{bib} 后缀,若不在当前文件夹名称需要包含路径。只有设置数据库的文件名才会载入 \pkg{natbib} 或 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包,之后才可使用相关配置命令,否则需要手动载入相关宏包配置参考文献。
% \end{optdesc}
%
% \begin{function}[added = 2021-01-11,updated = 2021-04-09]{\printbibliography,\EBibtexSet,\EBiblatexPreset,\EBiblatexPostset}
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
% 文档类已预置8个定理环境,环境名及对应的定理标题名见小节 \ref{subsec:theorem},如果需要新的定理标题名或定理样式可使用这两个命令,由 \pkg{thmtools} 提供支持,用法与它的同名命令一致。
% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/12}{重新定义了新定理环境命令 \tn{newtheorem}。}
% \changes{v1.24}{2021/04/25}{增加定义定理环境命令 \tn{EBNewTheorem}。}
-% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/15}{定义新定理环境的命令调整为 \tn{declaretheorem}。}
+% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/15}{定义新定理环境的命令调整为 \tn{declaretheorem}。}
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{optdesc}
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
% \tn{markrule}\oarg{长度|(\tn{textwidth})}\parg{颜色名}\marg{线宽|(0.75pt)}[<上间距>+<下间距>]
% \end{syntax}
% 命令 \tn{easyhead} 和 \tn{easyfoot} 的使用方法与 \tn{fancyhead} 和 \tn{fancyfoot} 完全相同,它们需要在 \opt{head-foot} 选项中使用,设置的是一个名为 \opt{fancy} 的页面风格。\pkg{fancyhdr} 将页眉页脚分成了左中右和奇数页(odd)、偶数页(even)共12个部分,可选参数中E、O代表偶数、奇数,L、C、R代表左、中、右部分。单面打印时,含有偶数的选项无效。
-% \changes{v1.26h}{2021/06/14}{增加页眉页脚的横线绘制命令 \tn{markrule}。}
+% \changes{v1.26j}{2021/06/14}{增加页眉页脚的横线绘制命令 \tn{markrule}。}
% \end{function}
%
% 命令 \tn{markrule} 用于绘制页眉页脚横线,长度默认为页面文本区的宽度,上下间距为横线与上下方部件的间距,带有长度单位,间距长度之间用+号分开,若只有一部分则表示上间距,这个命令也可以在正文中绘制横线。下面举一个设置页眉内容的例子:
@@ -928,12 +928,12 @@
% \end{function}
%
% \subsubsection{索引}
-% \begin{function}[added = 2021-05-01]{\index,\printindex}
+% \begin{function}[added = 2021-05-01,updated = 2021-06-25]{\index,\printindex}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \tn{index}\marg{标签}
-% \tn{printindex*+}\parg{索引名}\oarg{键值列表}
+% \tn{index}\oarg{索引名}\marg{标签}
+% \tn{printindex*+}\oarg{键值列表}\parg{索引名}
% \end{syntax}
-% \pkg{imakeidx} 宏包可使用索引的功能,重新定义了它的 \tn{printindex} 命令用于生成索引目录,\meta{键值列表} 及选项与小节 \ref{subsec:document command} 相同,但 \opt{multoc} 选项和 \pkg{imakeidx} 原本的接口命令 \tn{indexsetup} 部分选项失效。仅做了简单的设置如将索引设为双栏并加入目录,其他选项可另外配置。
+% \pkg{imakeidx} 宏包可使用索引的功能,重新定义了它的 \tn{printindex} 命令用于生成索引目录,\meta{键值列表} 及选项与小节 \ref{subsec:document command} 相同,但 \opt{multoc} 选项和 \pkg{imakeidx} 原本的接口命令 \tn{indexsetup} 部分选项失效。输出不同的索引目录时使用 \meta{索引名} 选项。
% \changes{v1.24}{2021/05/01}{重新定义 \tn{printindex} 命令与文档适配。}
% \end{function}
%
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
%<*class>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
-\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/06/23}{1.26h}{beta}
+\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/06/25}{1.26j}{beta}
\bool_set_false:N \l__eb_compile_draft_bool
\bool_set_false:N \l__eb_title_newline_bool
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/06/23}{1.26h}{beta}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/06/25}{1.26j}{beta}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \eb_ctex_define:nn { nx }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n { v }
@@ -1612,8 +1612,8 @@
\cs_new:cpn { eb_mark_#1_number_bool:n } ##1
{
\tl_if_in:nnTF {##1} { [ }
- { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout } ##1 }
- { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout } {##1} }
+ { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout }##1 }
+ { \use:c { eb@mark@#1@label@layout }{##1} }
}
}
@@ -1918,10 +1918,13 @@
{
lolskip .skip_set:N = \l__eb_toc_lolskip_skip,
lolskip .initial:n = 0.8pc,
-
belowoffset .dim_set:N = \l__eb_toc_offset_dim,
belowoffset .initial:n =
{ \bool_if:NTF \l__eb_class_book_bool { -1pc } { -0.35pc } },
+ line-align .bool_set:N = \l__eb_toc_line_align_bool,
+ line-align .default:n = true,
+ line-align .initial:n = true,
+
tocline-fig .cs_set:Np = \eb@labelname@lof #1,
tocline-fig .initial:n =
{
@@ -1943,12 +1946,9 @@
\notbool{eb@titletoc@hang@fix}
{\hspace{\eb@toc@lstlisting@numsep}}{}
},
- line-align .bool_set:N = \l__eb_toc_line_align_bool,
- line-align .default:n = true,
- line-align .initial:n = true,
hang .choice:,
- hang/true .code:n =
+ hang/true .code:n =
{
\booltrue{eb@titletoc@hang@fix}
\ctex_set:n
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@
subsection/tocline = \CTEXnumberline{##1}##2
}
},
- hang/false .code:n =
+ hang/false .code:n =
{
\ctex_set:n
{
@@ -1967,8 +1967,8 @@
subsection/tocline = \EBNumberLine{##1}##2
}
},
- hang .default:n = true,
- hang .initial:n = false,
+ hang .default:n = true,
+ hang .initial:n = false,
numsep-all .meta:n =
{
@@ -2013,18 +2013,18 @@
}
\ctex_set:nn { tocset }
{
- part/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large,
- part/indent = 0\ccwd,
- part/rule = \tocrule{}[\bfseries],
+ part/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large,
+ part/indent = 0\ccwd,
+ part/rule = \tocrule{}[\bfseries],
- chapter/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large,
- chapter/indent = 0\ccwd,
- chapter/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}[\bfseries],
+ chapter/format = \addvspace{1pc}\sffamily\large,
+ chapter/indent = 0\ccwd,
+ chapter/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}[\bfseries],
- section/format = \addvspace{0.35pc},
- section/indent =
+ section/format = \addvspace{0.35pc},
+ section/indent =
{ \bool_if:NTF \l__eb_class_book_bool { 1.5\ccwd } { 0\ccwd } },
- section/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$},
+ section/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$},
subsection/format = \addvspace{0.35pc},
subsection/indent =
@@ -2290,20 +2290,20 @@
columns = 2,
columnsep = 2\ccwd
]
- \RenewDocumentCommand{\printindex}{st+D(){\imki@jobname}o}
+ \RenewDocumentCommand{\printindex}{st+oD(){\imki@jobname}}
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set_eq:NN \eb@toc@title \indexname
\cs_set_eq:NN \imki@indexlevel \use_none:n
\setkeys{imkiindex}{noclearpage}
- \IfValueT{#4}{\keys_set:nn { eb/listoc } {#4}}
+ \IfValueT{#3}{\keys_set:nn { eb/listoc } {#3}}
\tl_set:Nn \imki@indexheaders
{
\eb_title_number_intoc_bool:nn {#2} {#1}
\cs_set_eq:NN \thispagestyle \use_none:n
\cs_undefine:N \imki@firstpagestyle
}
- \imki@putindex{#3}
+ \imki@putindex{#4}
\group_end:
}
}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
index 32f553a6bb..cdf7ede0d4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md
index ce849baec3..693bed0958 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/README.md
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
| key | description
| ---:|:---
| isodoc | LaTeX class used for typesetting of letters and invoices
-|version | 1.13
-| date | 2021-06-22
+|version | 1.14
+| date | 2021-06-25
| author | Wybo Dekker
| email | wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl
|license | Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx
index 25a0034ed8..436d693057 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.dtx
@@ -2,13 +2,15 @@
%
% This is file `isodoc.dtx'
%
-% Copyright (C) 2015 by Wybo Dekker <wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl>
+% Copyright (C) 2005-2021 by Wybo Dekker <wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl>
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in
+%
% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
@@ -24,10 +26,10 @@
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{isodoc.dtx}
%</driver>
-%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
%<class>\ProvidesClass{isodoc}%
%<*class>
- [2021/06/22 v1.13 isodoc class for letters and invoices]
+ [2021/06/25 v1.14 isodoc class for letters and invoices]
%</class>
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -308,6 +310,9 @@
% - Check validity of language option argument
% - Adapted to changes in new LaTeX version (headers disappeared)
% }
+% \changes{v1.14}{2021/06/25}{
+% - Use memoir with article option (got lost in version 1.13!)
+% }
% \DoNotIndex{%
% \,\",\',\@auxout,\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndDocument,\AtEndOfClass,\ClassError,
% \ClassWarning,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption,\DescribeMacro,\ForEachX,
@@ -403,7 +408,7 @@
% ready to experiment with.
%
% \section{Class options}
-% The isodoc class is based on the |article| class and you can use the same
+% The isodoc class is based on the |memoir| class and you can use its
% class options. Note, however, that if you change the font size from its
% default (10pt) to an other value (11pt, 12pt) this applies to all text,
% including headings, address label, et cetera. This is normally not what
@@ -1086,7 +1091,7 @@
%}
% \clearpage
% \section{Implementation}
-% The basis is the |article| class with all options:
+% The basis is the |memoir| class with all options:
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
@@ -1097,7 +1102,7 @@
\fi
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{memoir}}
\ProcessOptions
-\LoadClass{memoir}
+\LoadClass[article]{memoir}
% \end{macrocode}
% We use |\ctable| floats here, and we need |ctable|'s commands for decent
% spacing in tables and more. |ctable| also brings us |array|, |tabularx|,
@@ -2915,7 +2920,7 @@ accountname;payref;vatno;chamber}
\end{document}
%</accepttex>
%<*acceptsty>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{accept}
[2010/08/21 v1.1 NTG style file for isodoc]
\RequirePackage[english,dutch]{babel}
@@ -2993,7 +2998,7 @@ cityzip
\end{document}
%</invoicetex>
%<*invoicesty>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{invoice}
[2010/08/21 v1.1 example style for isodoc]
\RequirePackage[english,dutch]{babel}
@@ -3046,7 +3051,7 @@ cityzip
\end{document}
%</lettertex>
%<*lettersty>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{letter}
[2010/08/21 v1.1 Letter Company style file for isodoc]
\RequirePackage{pxfonts}
@@ -3125,7 +3130,7 @@ cityzip
\end{document}
%</logolettertex>
%<*logolettersty>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{logoletter}
[2010/08/21 v1.1 logoletter style file for isodoc]
\usepackage{fontspec,polyglossia}
@@ -3200,7 +3205,7 @@ Kost 60 cent per week extra.
\end{document}
%</ntglettertex>
%<*ntglettersty>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{ntgletter}
[2010/08/21 v1.1 NTG style file for isodoc]
\RequirePackage[english,dutch]{babel}
@@ -12736,8 +12741,8 @@ AAAADwAPAOMEAADkZAYAAAA=
| key | description
| ---:|:---
| isodoc | LaTeX class used for typesetting of letters and invoices
-|version | 1.13
-| date | 2021-06-22
+|version | 1.14
+| date | 2021-06-25
| author | Wybo Dekker
| email | wybo@dekkerdocumenten.nl
|license | Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf
index 7c300cab73..f322d3c5b0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/isodoc/isodoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes
deleted file mode 100644
index 6481141060..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/Changes
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
------ seminar.tex
-1.62 2014-05-12 - moved code into pst-ovl
-1.61 2014-01-17 - added missing file seminar.con
- - added ed one more example
- - added script for creating example
-1.6 2012-12-27 - use the macros from package pst-ovl (hv)
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 7785db63a4..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
--------------------------------------------------------
-IMPORTANT NOTE
-
-With the agreement of Timothy Van Zandt (now Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu),
-the distributions conditions on seminar are now relaxed to:
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-
-June 3rd 1999 (last updated September 2005)
-Sebastian Rahtz <sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk>
-Denis Girou <denis.girou@idris.fr>
-Herbert Voß <hvoss@tug.org>
-
-(Tim's helpers on earth)
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-%% BEGIN sem-read.me
-***********************************************************************
-**** "readme" file for seminar.cls package, v1.0, 93/04/01 ****
-***********************************************************************
-
-COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt
-
-DESCRIPTION:
-
- seminar.sty is a LaTeX document style for typesetting slides or
- transparencies, and accompanying notes. It has many advantages over
- SliTeX. Here are some of the style's special features:
- * It is a LaTeX style, rather than another format.
- * It is compatible with AmS-LaTeX.
- * You can use any fonts that work with LaTeX, including PostScript
- fonts and AmSFonts.
- * Slides can be landscape and portrait within the same file.
- * Color is supported through PostScript.
- * The slides can have a frame and a colored background.
- * The magnification can be changed with a single command.
- * Overlays can be produced from a single slide environment.
- * Accompanying notes, such as the text of a presentation, can be put
- outside the slide environments. The slides, notes or both together
- can then be typeset in a variety of formats.
- Some of these features require a PostScript output device.
-
-FILES:
-
- LaTeX:
- seminar.cls : The main class file.
- seminar.sty : The main style file.
- seminar.con : The main config file.
- sem-page.sty : Page parameters.
- semlayer.sty : The semlayer style option (overlays and color layers).
- semhelv.sty : The semhelv style option .
- semlcmss.sty : The semlcmss style option.
- semcolor.sty : The semcolor style option.
- semrot.sty : THe semrot style option.
- slidesec.sty : The slidesec style option.
- sem-a4.sty : The sem-a4 style option.
- xcomment.sty : The macros for omitting notes.
- 2up.tex : Macros for printing documents two-up.
- 2up.sty : The same as 2up.tex, but with .sty extension.
- npsfont.sty : Macros for defining new PostScript fonts with the NFSS.
- fancybox.sty : Box tips and tricks for LaTeX.
-
- Documentation:
- sem-user.tex : User's guide for seminar.sty.
- sem-user.ind : Index for sem-user.tex.
- semsamp1.tex : A sample document for seminar.sty.
- semsamp2.tex : Another sample document for seminar.sty.
- 2up.doc : Documentation for 2up.tex.
- fancybox.doc : Documentation for fancybox.sty.
- tvz-hax.sty : For typesetting sem-user.tex and sem-code.tex.
- tvz-code.sty : For typesetting sem-code.tex.
- tvz-user.sty : For typesetting sem-user.tex.
- sem-read.me : This file.
- read-me.pst : The read-me file for the PSTricks package.
-
- Sources:
- seminar.doc : Documented code for seminar.sty.
- semlayer.doc : Documented code for semlayer.sty.
- xcomment.doc : Documented code for xcomment.sty.
- sem-make.tex : For extracting code from seminar.doc and semlayer.doc.
- sem-code.tex : For typesetting seminar.doc and semlayer.doc.
- xc-make.tex : For extracting code from xcomment.doc.
- xcomment.tex : For typesetting xcomment.doc.
-
-GETTING STARTED:
-
- 1. Put the input files in a directory where your TeX looks for inputs.
-
- 2. Typeset and print sem-user.tex.
-
- 3. Read the preface "Getting Started", and then the appendices.
-
- 4. Typeset semsamp1.tex and semsamp2.tex.
-
- 5 If upgrading from v0.92, see the changes listed at the end of this
- file. If upgrading from v0.91 or earlier, good luck.
-
-HACKERS:
-
- The files seminar.doc, semlayer.doc and xcomment.doc contain the
- documented code, using Frank Mittelbach's doc system.
- See sem-code.tex and xcomment.tex for instructions on typesetting
- these files.
- See sem-make.tex and xc-make.tex for instruction on extracting
- stripped input (.sty) files from these .doc files.
-
-MORE ABOUT THE SUPPLEMENTAL STYLES AND MACROS:
-
- The following styles and macros are not specifically for use
- with seminar.sty, and hence are not described in detail in
- the seminar.sty User's Guide. You do not need to read the
- documentation of these files in order to use seminar.sty.
- If you have versions on your system that are older than the
- ones distributed with seminar.sty, be sure to replace these.
-
- FANCYBOX.STY:
- fancybox.sty is a LaTeX style option with tips and tricks for LR-box
- commands. The documentation, fancybox.doc, is extensive.
-
- 2UP.TEX:
- 2up.tex/2up.sty contains macros for typesetting documents in a
- two-up format. seminar.sty's \twoup command provides an interface.
- 2up.doc is the documentation for 2up.tex.
-
- NPSFONT.STY:
- npsfont.sty contains macros for defining new PostScript fonts
- with the New Font Selection Scheme. The documentation is in
- npsfont.sty itself.
-
- XCOMMENT.STY:
- xcomment.sty, a LaTeX style option, permits one to typeset only
- selected environments, omitting input outside these environments.
- See xcomment.tex if you want to typeset the documentation.
-
- SLIDESEC.STY
- slidesec.sty is an experimental file contains sectioning commands
- for slide type documents. The documentation is in slidesec.sty
- itself.
-
-
-SEMINAR.STY AND PSTRICKS.TEX:
-
- pstricks.tex is a collection of PostScript macros that is compatible
- with most TeX macro packages, including Plain TeX and LaTeX. Included are
- macros for color, graphics, rotation, overlays, nodes and much more.
-
- seminar.sty, combined with the semcolor option, the PSTricks package,
- and your favorite macros for including EPS files, make a complete
- TeX presentation software package.
-
- You can probably obtain the PSTricks package from wherever you got
- the Seminar package, or try
- Princeton.EDU:/pub or Princeton.EDU:/pub/tvz
-
- You must install the PSTricks package before using the semcolor option.
-
- seminar.sty will work with pstricks.tex v0.92, and maybe later
- versions.
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
-
- The author is thankful to Frank Mittelbach for his documentation system.
-
- Thanks to Sebastian Rahtz for bits of advice, and many users for
- comments and bug reports.
-
-BUGS:
-
- Too many to list, and who knows what they are anyway. These files are all
- preliminary and unstable. Not responsible for neck injuries.
-
-
- Thanks.
-
-CHANGES:
-
- v1.0: Included sem-a4.sty file, as a way to let the default papersize
- be A4 (The a4 option still works). Added \epsfslidesize to make
- it easier to set the slide of eps files with epsf.sty. Fixed bug
- which caused the width of second pages of a multi-page slide to
- end up too small if the page only contained a quote or similar
- environment with reduced margins.
-
- v0.93a: Fixed bugs so that slides would come out properly with the
- 2-up,article and portrait options (together), and so that
- slides would be positioned correctly with the portrait style
- option.
-
- v0.93:
-
- INCOMPATIBLE CHANGES:
-
- ! Use the a4 option instead of sem-a4. There is not longer a
- separate file for a4.
-
- ! No more \fewnotes, \nonotes. Use \slideplacement instead.
-
- ! No more \layerstyle, \overlaystyle.
-
- ! Slide styles are now "left" and "bottom".
-
- ! No more \ifslides. Use \ifarticle\else.
-
- ! You must now use the semlayer option to use overlays (in addition
- to the semcolor option).
-
- ! No "down" slide rotation (only "none", "left" and "right".
-
- ! portrait option is no longer a separate file.
-
- ! \paperwidth and \paperheight are now ordinary commands, to be set
- with \renewcommand.
-
- ! \slidefonts is now always invoked in slide environments, and never in
- the preamble. (But semhelv.sty and semlcmss.sty have changed to
- reflect this.)
-
- ! Method for customizing the slide frames has changed.
- \slideframecolor, \slideframearc, \slidefillcolor and
- \slideshadowcolor are obsolete.
-
- ! \landscape command replaced by \printlandscape to avoid conflict with
- other style files. (E.g., \def\printlandscape{\special{landscape}}).
-
- NEW FEATURES:
-
- + A slide environment can have multiple `pages'. \extraslideheight{len}
- controls page cutting. See user's guide for details.
-
- + \centerslidestrue (default) causes the contents of partially full
- slides to be vertically centered in the slide. \centerslidesfalse
- causes it to be flush top.
-
- + New \raggedslides[len] command, for setting
- whether right margin in slides is ragged or justified. Default is
- \raggedslides. \raggedslides[0pt] gives justified slides.
-
- + \slideplacement
-
- + \onlynotestoo
-
- + \slideskip and \slideshrink for added control over interline space.
-
-
- + New: \slideleftmargini, \slideleftmarginii, \slideleftmarginiii,
- \slidelabelsep, \slideitemsep, \slidepartopsep,
- \slideparskip, \slideparindent, \slidefootins, \slidefootnotesep,
- \slidedisplayskips, \theslidefootnote
-
- + \input and \endinput now supported for the slidesonly selection.
-
- + New conditional: \ifportrait
-
- + \newslideframe
-
- + \leftsliderotation, \rightsliderotation.
-
- + New \slidetopmargin, \slidebottommargin, \slideleftmargin,
- \sliderightmargin.
-
- + New notesonly* selection.
-
- + New \slidesclearpagetrue
-
- + New \semcm and \semin.
-
- + New note environment and \noxcomment command, as an alternative
- to treating everything outside slide environments as notes.
-
-
- BACKWARDS-COMPATIBLE CHANGES:
-
- * \maketitle now uses LaTeX's default from article.sty in notes.
-
- * Bug in article option with the \twoup command fixed.
-
- * \topmargin in sem-a4 changed from -.75in to 1in.
-
- * \slidefontsizes is obsolete (but still works). Use \ptsize instead.
-
- * Page parameters are now in a separate file sem-page.sty. sem-a4.sty
- has been changed to reflect this.
-
- v0.92:
- Mostly bug fixes, plus some extra options. The PSTricks package
- is no longer distributed with seminar.sty.
-
- Pre v0.91:
- Entirely rewritten. Too many changes to list. Note especially
- that system of formats and selections has changed.
-
-%% END sem-read.me
-
-
-
-THIS IS A SUPPLEMENTARY READ-ME FOR V1.0e OF THE SEMINAR PACKAGE
-
-***********************************************************************
-**** "readme" file for the Seminar package, v1.0e, 94/09/12 ****
-***********************************************************************
-
-COPYRIGHT 1993, 1994 by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% These files may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-
-BUGS: If you have problems using this seminar package with LaTeX2e,
- report them to Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu. The problem probably lies
- with seminar.cls. You can probably continue to use the seminar
- package with LaTeX2e in compatibility mode, while waiting for a bug
- fix, by renaming seminar.cls to something else.
-
-ABOUT V1.0e:
-
- The V1.0e distribution is identical to v1.0 of 93/04/01,
- except for a few changes so that Seminar can work with
- NFSS2 and LaTeX2e:
-
- - semhelv.sty and semlcmss.sty have been modified to work
- with NFSS2 and LaTeX2e (but they still work with NFSS).
-
- - seminar.cls has been added. This is a LaTeX2e document class,
- derived from seminar.sty v1.0 by Sebastian Rahtz.
-
- If you already have have seminar.sty v1.0e, then all you need
- are this read-me file plus these files from the inputs
- directory:
-
- seminar.cls semhelv.sty semlcmss.sty
-
-USING SEMINAR WITH LATEX2E:
-
- !!! YOU MUST BE USING A LATEX2E RELEASED AFTER 19 FEBRUARY 1994
-
- You can either use seminar.sty in compatibility mode:
- \documentstyle{seminar}
- Or use the seminar.cls document class:
- \documentclass{seminar}
-
- Unless you are using other macros that only work in
- compatibility mode, you might as well use the document class.
-
- You can use the following options with \documentclass{seminar}:
-
- article slidesonly notes notesonly notesonly*
- noxcomment portrait a4 (or a4paper) semhelv semlcmss
- semlayer semrot semcolor slidesec
-
- plus appropriate options for the article document class
- (e.g., 11pt)
-
- NOTE: Use `a4' or `a4paper', not `sem-a4'.
-
- `seminar.cls' is a minimal modification of seminar.sty. The
- next release will take advantage of more of LaTeX2e's special
- capabilities.
-
-
-Tim Van Zandt
-August 24, 1994
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 0ca093e020..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/run.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#latex semsamp1 && dvips -T 297mm,210mm semsamp1 && ps2pdf semsamp1.ps
-latex semsamp1 && dvips semsamp1 && ps2pdf semsamp1.ps
-latex semsamp2 && dvips -T 297mm,210mm semsamp2 && ps2pdf semsamp2.ps
-latex semsamp3 && dvips -T 297mm,210mm semsamp3 && ps2pdf semsamp3.ps
-rm *.log *.aux *.dvi *.ps *.tmp *.out *.los
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2227746eae..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 94aef0b7f0..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1932 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN sem-user.tex
-\def\FileDate{93/04/01}
-\def\FileVersion{1.0}
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-%%
-%% This LaTeX file prints the User's Guide for seminar.sty.
-%% You must have my tvz-hax.sty, tvz-user.sty, and fancybox.sty,
-%% which are distributed with seminar.sty.
-%%
-%% This is distributed with the index file sem-user.ind.
-%% To make an new index, run, e.g.:
-%% makeindex sem-user.idx
-%%
-%% STYLE OPTIONS:
-%% `a4' : For A4 paper.
-%% `twoside' : For two-sided printing.
-%% `2up' : For two-up printing. (Uses non-standard font magnifications.
-%% See 2up.doc for details.)
-%%
-
-\documentstyle[12pt]{tvz-user}
-
-\makeindex
-
-% Used with twoside option:
-\def\theheadertitle{seminar.sty: User's Guide}
-
-% No headers, 1in top margin
-\setlength{\topmargin}{0pt}
-\setlength{\headheight}{0pt}
-\setlength{\headsep}{0pt}
-\setlength{\textheight}{8.75in}
-\setlength{\footskip}{.625in}
-\papersizeadjust
-
-% Change part environment:
-\renewcommand{\part}[1]{%
- \clearpage
- \refstepcounter{part}
- \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\protect\numberline{\thepart}#1}%
- \hrule height 1pt\relax
- \vskip 1ex
- \hbox to\columnwidth{\strut\huge\bf\thepart\hfil#1}%
- \vskip 1ex
- \hrule height 1pt\relax
- \vskip 3ex}
-
-\def\MainFont{\tt} % For macro definitions.
-
-\ShortVerb
-\ShortMeta
-
-\let\filedate\FileDate
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\thispagestyle{empty}
-
-\null
-\vfill
-
-\begin{center}
- {\huge\bf seminar.sty}\\[9pt]
- {\LARGE\bf A \bLaTeX\ style for slides and notes}\\[14pt]
- {\LARGE\bf User's Guide}\par
- \vskip 1.5em
- \large
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
- Timothy Van Zandt\\
- {\normalsize\tt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu}
- \vskip 1em
- \thefiledate\\ Version \FileVersion\par
-\end{center}
-\par
-\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
-\thicklines
-\centerline{\lower.8in\hbox{%
-\begin{picture}(0,0)
-\put(2,-11){\framebox(4,2){}}
-\put(2,-11){\line(-2,3){1}}
-\put(2,-9){\line(-2,3){1}}
-\put(6,-9){\line(-2,3){1}}
-\put(1,-9.5){\line(0,1){2}}
-\put(1,-7.5){\line(1,0){4}}
-\put(5.8,-8.7){\line(0,1){2}}
-\put(5.0,-6.7){\oval(1.6,1.6)[tr]}
-\put(5.0,-5.9){\line(-1,0){.7}}
-\put(3.1,-6.4){\framebox(1.2,1){}}
-\put(3.1,-6.4){\line(-1,2){.3}}
-\put(3.1,-5.4){\line(-1,3){.3}}
-\put(4.3,-5.4){\line(-1,3){.3}}
-\put(2.8,-5.8){\line(0,1){1.3}}
-\put(2.8,-4.5){\line(1,0){1.2}}
-\put(0,6.2){\oval(14,10)}
-\put(.02,6.18){\oval(14,10)}
-\thinlines
-\put(2.8,-5.8){\line(-4,3){9.6}}
-\put(2.8,-4.5){\line(-3,5){9.35}}
-\put(4,-4.5){\line(1,6){2.6}}
-\put(6.8,1.4){\line(-1,-3){2.5}}
-\end{picture}}}
-\par
-\bigskip
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em\relax
-\parshape=20
-0cm 2.3cm
-0cm 2.9cm
-0cm 3.5cm
-0cm 4.1cm
-0cm 4.7cm
-0cm 5.3cm
-0cm 5.9cm
-0cm 6.5cm
-0cm 7.1cm
-0cm 7.7cm
-0cm 8.3cm
-0cm 8.3cm
-0cm 8.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-0cm 7.3cm
-seminar.sty is a \LaTeX\ style for typesetting slides or
-transparencies, and accompanying notes. Here are some of its special features:
-It is compatible with \AmS-\LaTeX, and you can use PostScript and \AmS{}
-fonts. Slides can be landscape and portrait. There is support for color and
-frames. The magnification can be changed easily.
-Overlays can be produced from a single slide environment. Accompanying notes,
-such as the text of a presentation, can be put
- outside the slide environments. The slides, notes or both together
- can then be typeset in a variety of formats.
-
-\vfill
-
-\twosideclearpage
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\tableofcontents
-
-\twosideclearpage
-
-\section*{Getting Started}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Getting Started}
-\markboth{Getting Started}{Getting Started}
-
-"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX{} document style for typesetting slides, and more.
-
-You should know how to use \LaTeX, as described in Leslie Lamport's \LaTeX:
-{\em User's Guide and Reference Manual}.
-
-Let's get started:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item If you are installing "seminar.sty", read the the accompanying read-me
-file, and put the input files where your \TeX\ looks for inputs.
-
-\item Typeset the sample file, "semsamp1.tex", to see that everything is
-working. You can use \LaTeX\ or \AmS-\LaTeX.
-
-\item Read Appendix \ref{short-fonts}, on page \pageref{short-fonts}.
-
-\item To start making landscape slides, use
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \documentstyle{seminar}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}
- foo
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-and print out your document in landscape mode.
-
-\item To start making portrait slides, include the \o{portrait} style option,
-and use the \e{slide*} environment instead of \e{slide}:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \documentstyle[portrait]{seminar}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide*}
- foo
- \end{slide*}
- \end{document}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\item If you have used \SliTeX, see Section \ref{slitex}.
-
-\item For A4 paper, use the "a4" style option.
-
-\item When you are ready to explore "seminar.sty"'s special features, skim the
-{\em User's Guide}, including the appendices.
-
-\item Play around with the sample file "semsamp2.tex" to try out some of
-"seminar.sty"'s special features.
-
-\item When you run into problems, look for help in Part \ref{Help}.
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\twosideclearpage
-
-\pagenumbering{arabic}
-
-\part{Just slides}
-
-\section{Landscape and portrait slides}
-
-"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX\ (or \AmS-\LaTeX) document style. Thus, begin your
-document with
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \documentstyle{seminar}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-The slide environments are\MainEnvIndex{slide}\MainEnvIndex{slide*}%
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \begin{slide} ... \end{slide}
- \begin{slide*} ... \end{slide*}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-\e{slide} is for landscape slides and \e{slide*} is for portrait slides.
-
-By default, the document is typeset in landscape mode, but if you include the
-\O{portrait} style option, the document is typeset in portrait mode.
-Typesetting the document in landscape mode is different from printing it in
-landscape mode; you may have to take care of the latter when printing with
-your dvi driver (see Appendix \ref{S-landscape}).
-
-If you have both landscape and portrait slides in your file, there are two
-ways to print the slides:
-\begin{itemize}
- \item If you dvi driver supports rotation, then you can print all the slides
-at once. See Appendix \ref{S-landscape} for details.
- \item You can first print your landscape slides by putting the command
-\begin{MD}
- \landscapeonly
-\end{MD}
-in the preamble, and then print the portrait slides by inserting instead the
-command
-\begin{MD}
- \portraitonly
-\end{MD}
-and including the \o{portrait} style option.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{The height and width of slides\label{slidedim}}
-
-The dimensions of the slides are set by the lengths
-\begin{MD}
- \slidewidth\\
- \slideheight
-\end{MD}
-The ``width'' refers to the width of a slide when looking at it in landscape
-orientation, whether it is a landscape or portrait slide (and the same goes
-for ``height''). The default width is 8.5 inches and the default height is 6.3
-inches.
-
-The slide environments have an optional argument that lets you change the
-dimensions of a single slide, as in
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \begin{slide*}[7.5in,6in]
-\end{LVerbatim}
-The first dimension is the slide's ``width'', and the second dimension is the
-slides ``height''. If you remember what we said about what ``width'' and
-``height'' mean, you will see that the above example begins a portrait slide
-that is 7.5 inches high and 6 inches wide.
-
-
-\section{Margins within a slide}
-
-When a slide is not full, the material is vertically centered within the
-slide. The command
-\begin{MD}
- \centerslidesfalse
-\end{MD}
-cause the material to be flush to the top, instead. The command
-\begin{MD}
- \centerslidestrue
-\end{MD}
-switches back to vertical centering.
-
-The right margin in slides is ragged by default. You can change this with the
-command
-\begin{MD}
- \raggedslides[len]
-\end{MD}
-<len> should be the maximum space between the end of the line and the right
-margin. The argument is optional; \n\raggedslides\ is equivalent to
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \raggedslides[1fil]
-\end{LVerbatim}
-which gives a ragged right margin, as in \LaTeX's "flushleft" environment (the
-default). On the other hand,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \raggedslides[0pt]
-\end{LVerbatim}
-gives a justified margin, and
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \raggedslides[2em]
-\end{LVerbatim}
-gives a semi-ragged margin. Note that as a margin becomes less ragged,
-hyphenation becomes more likely and more material fits on a slide.
-
-\section{Page breaking within a slide environment\label{S-pagebreak}}
-
-A slide environment can contain more than one ``page'' of slides; \TeX\ will
-break slides into pages automatically.
-
-If the mere idea disturbs you, put the command
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \extraslideheight{10in}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-in your document. You can then divide slides into pages yourself by starting
-new slide environments or using the
-\begin{MD}
- \newslide
-\end{MD}
-command within a slide environment. And you need read this section no further.
-
-If instead you use the command
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \extraslideheight{0pt}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-then \TeX\ will break pages the way you would expect. This is a quick and
-dirty way to break a whole paper or a long proof into slides.
-
-However, dividing material into slides is usually too delicate a matter to be
-left up to \TeX, and ultimately you will make all the page breaks yourself. On
-the other hand, automatic page breaking can still be helpful at the early
-stages, letting \TeX\ find preliminary page breaks for you.
-
-Setting the "\extraslideheight" to "0pt" doesn't give you much flexibility
-about where to put the page breaks. Of course, you can always put a page break
-earlier than the one found by \TeX, but occasionally you will prefer to let a
-slide overflow by a small amount rather than rewrite the whole slide.
-
-Therefore, by default, "seminar.sty" uses\MainIndex{\extraslideheight}%
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \extraslideheight{10pt}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-This adds on an extra "10pt" to the target slide height (as determined by
-"\slideheight" for landscape slides and "\slidewidth" for portrait slides)
-{\em for the purpose of page-breaking only}.
-
-If the resulting slide exceeds the slide height, you will get a message like
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- LaTeX Error: Slide 3 overfull by 9pt.
-\end{LVerbatim}
-"seminar.sty" then tries to reduce the slide to its maximum height by
-squeezing out rubber vertical space (e.g., tightening up the interline
-spacing). If the slide is still too full, you will get another warning like:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- Overfull \vbox by 4.4pt while output was active.
-\end{LVerbatim}
-You can go back and look for a way to make the slide shorter, or you can
-insert a "\newslide" command to change the page-break, or you can just ignore
-these warnings.
-
-The recommended value to give in the argument of "\extraslideheight" is the
-largest length by which you might be willing to let a slide overflow.
-
-After you have decided on the page breaks, you can shut up the warnings about
-overfull slides and "\vbox"'s with
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \renewcommand{\slidefuzz}{1in}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-The value of \n\slidefuzz\ (which should be length, even though \n\slidefuzz\
-is an ordinary command sequence) is the threshold above which "seminar.sty"
-gives a warning about an overfull slide. The default definition is "2pt".
-
-
-\section{Margins on the page\label{S-slidemargins}}
-
-After "seminar.sty" makes a slide (or a slide page) as described above, it
-(optionally) frames the slide. This is described in Section \ref{S-frames}.
-For making and framing the slide, "seminar.sty" does not need to know anything
-about the paper you are printing on, or the margins you want. Hence, none of
-\LaTeX's standard page parameters are relevant within a slide environment.
-(However, for the sake of consistency, "seminar.sty" sets "\textwidth" to the
-width of the slide and "\textheight" to the height of the slide within a slide
-environment.)
-
-Now "seminar.sty" has to do something with the finished slide. As you read
-this User's Guide, you will find that there are various options. However,
-right now we are making slides for printing on transparencies, and so we have
-to position the slide on the transparency and add headers and footers.
-"seminar.sty" does not use \LaTeX's page parameters for this either. Instead,
-it uses the following parameters:
-\begin{center}
- \begin{tabular}{lc}
- {\em Parameter:} & \em Default:\\
- \N\slideleftmargin & .5in\\
- \N\sliderightmargin & .5in\\
- \N\slidetopmargin & .5in\\
- \N\slidebottommargin & .5in
- \end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-There are commands, to be set with "\renewcommand".\footnote{The only true
-length parameters (meaning that thay should be set with "\setlength") in
-"seminar.sty" are \n\slidewidth, \n\slideheight, \n\slideframewidth,
-\n\slideframesep, \n\semin, and \n\semcm.}
-
-\begin{figure}
-\hrule height 1pt\relax
-\begin{center}
-\setlength\unitlength{.7cm}
-\begin{picture}(13,11.5)(-1,-1.5)
-\thicklines
-\put(0,0){\framebox(11,8.5){\Huge My slide}}
-\put(5.5,4.25){\fancyoval(8.5,6){}}
-
-\thinlines
-\put(0,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}}
-\put(.75,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}}
-\put(.5,8.8){\vector(1,0){.25}}
-\put(.5,8.8){\vector(-1,0){.5}}
-\put(.375,9.1){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\n\slideleftmargin}}
-
-\put(10.25,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}}
-\put(11,8.65){\line(0,1){.3}}
-\put(10.75,8.8){\vector(1,0){.25}}
-\put(10.75,8.8){\vector(-1,0){.5}}
-\put(10.625,9.1){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\n\sliderightmargin}}
-
-\put(0,-.15){\line(0,-1){.3}}
-\put(11,-.15){\line(0,-1){.3}}
-\put(5.5,-.3){\vector(1,0){5.5}}
-\put(5.5,-.3){\vector(-1,0){5.5}}
-\put(5.5,-.6){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n\paperheight}}
-
-\put(-.15,0){\line(-1,0){.3}}
-\put(-.15,.75){\line(-1,0){.3}}
-\put(-.3,.5){\vector(0,1){.25}}
-\put(-.3,.5){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
-\put(-.6,.375){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\n\slidebottommargin}}
-
-\put(-.15,8.5){\line(-1,0){.3}}
-\put(-.15,7.75){\line(-1,0){.3}}
-\put(-.3,8){\vector(0,1){.5}}
-\put(-.3,8){\vector(0,-1){.25}}
-\put(-.6,8.125){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\n\slidetopmargin}}
-
-\put(11.15,0){\line(1,0){.3}}
-\put(11.15,8.5){\line(1,0){.3}}
-\put(11.3,4.25){\vector(0,1){4.25}}
-\put(11.3,4.25){\vector(0,-1){4.25}}
-\put(11.6,4.25){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\n\paperwidth}}
-
-\put(.75,7.75){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{Here is my header}}
-\put(10.25,7.75){\makebox(0,0)[br]{9/30/99}}
-\put(.75,.75){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{Here is my footer}}
-\put(10.25,.75){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{7-9}}
-\end{picture}
-
-\caption{Slide margins.\label{SlideMargins}}
-\end{center}
-\hrule height 1pt\relax
-\end{figure}
-
-Look at Figure \ref{SlideMargins}. Note that the headers and footers lie {\em
-inside} the top and bottom margins, respectively. The slide is then centered
-horizontally and vertically between the margins.
-
-
-\section{Magnification and lengths}
-
-"seminar.sty" changes \TeX's magnification so that the output is larger than
-when typesetting an article. This means, for example, that if you paste some
-input from a paper you are writing with \LaTeX\ into a slide, it will look
-pretty much the same in the slide, except that it is magnified. For example,
-"\vspace{.5in}" produces a space that gets bigger along with the fonts and
-everything else. Of course, it won't look identical, since "seminar.sty" uses
-its own spacing parameters and margins.
-
-\TeX's standard magnifications are in magsteps. $n$ magsteps means a
-magnification of $1.2^n$. "seminar.sty"'s default magnification is 4 magsteps,
-but you can change this with the command
-\begin{MD}
- \slidesmag{n}
-\end{MD}
-<n> should be an integer between $-5$ and 9.
-
-As noted above, lengths grow with the magnification. For spacing, like the
-parameter "\parindent" or using "\\[2pt]" to add a little extra space between
-lines, this is great, because it is easier to think in unmagnified dimensions.
-Setting "\parindent" to ".5cm" will look the same (relative to everything
-else) whatever the magnification.
-
-However, if you want to set the unit in a "picture" environment to 1cm, {\em
-as it appears on the slide}, use
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \setslidelength{\unitlength}{1cm}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-"\setslidelength" is like \LaTeX's "\setlength", but it scales the size down
-so that the resulting size after magnification is, in this example, 1cm (in
-the process, it removes any stretch from rubber lengths).%
-\footnote{If you know what {\tt true} dimensions are, you may be wondering why
-they haven't been mentioned. These are not recommended because you will not be
-able to print the slides two-up or use the {\tt article} format.}
-There is also a
-\begin{MD}
- \addtoslidelength{cmd}{len}
-\end{MD}
-command.
-
-"seminar.sty" also provides the lengths
-\begin{MD}
- \semin\\
- \semcm
-\end{MD}
-which are equal to an inch and a centimeter, scaled down to ``before
-magnification'' size. For example,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \rule{1pt}{4\semcm}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-makes a line 4 centimeters long on the transparency,.\footnote{Suppose you
-want to use another unit, such as millimeters, instead of centimeters. Then
-try this:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \newcommand{\semmm}{\semcm}
- \renewcommand{\semcmlength}{1mm}
- \setslidelength{\semmm}{1mm}
-\end{LVerbatim}}
-
-"\textwidth", "\textheight", "\columnwidth" and "\linewidth" all have the
-expected values in slides. (But "\slidewidth" and "\slideheight" do not.)
-Thus, this would
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \rule{1pt}{.5\textwidth}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-make a line that is 1/2 the width of the slide.
-
-For help getting an EPS file to be the right size, see page \pageref{EPS}.
-
-Finally, there are some parameters that "seminar.sty" scales for you, and
-hence you can (and should) set them at their magnified values (the actual size
-on transparencies):
-\begin{itemize}
- \item "\slidewidth" and "\slideheight"
- \item "\slideframewidth" and "\slideframesep" (see Section \ref{S-frames}).
- \item The slide margin parameters (see Section \ref{S-slidemargins}).
- \item The \LaTeX\ page parameters, {\em when they are set in the
-preamble}.\footnote{The \LaTeX\ page parameters are listed on page 163 of
-Lamport's {\em \LaTeX\ User's Guide and Reference Manual}. They are used for
-notes (see Section \ref{S-notes}) and the \o{article} option (see Sections
-\ref{S-twoup} and \ref{S-article}), but not for printing slides onto
-transparencies. Lamport warns that resetting page parameters in the middle of
-the document is tricky; here it is more so, because you do have to worry about
-scaling them. But you can use "\setslidelength" for this.}
-\end{itemize}
-
-Note that the warnings about overfull slides (see Section \ref{S-pagebreak})
-report unmagnified dimensions.
-
-
-\section{Font sizes}
-
-The "\slidesmag" command lets you change the magnification of your document.
-You can effectively fine tune the magnification by using the "11pt" and "12pt"
-style options. For example, instead of increasing the magnification from 4 to
-5, you can switch to the "12pt" style option. There are differences---e.g.,
-magnification affects the space you get from "\hspace{1in}"---but the fonts
-will at least be roughly the same size either way. The "11pt" option gives a
-half-step, somewhat like "\slidesmag{4.5}", if the latter were permitted.
-
-Sometimes you want to use smaller font sizes for a single slide, in order to
-fit in that little bit of extra material, or to use larger font sizes, so that
-the few things you have to say on a slide don't look too lonely. You can't
-changing the magnification in the middle of the document, but you can change
-the size of the fonts with the command
-\begin{MD}
- \ptsize{n}
-\end{MD}
-This switches to the font sizes that are in effect when you use the "<n>pt"
-option. Actually, <n> can be 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14 or 17, whether you have
-"art<n>.sty" or not.
-
-
-\section{Spacing parameters\label{S-spacing}}
-
-\begin{figure}
-\hrule height 1pt
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{llc}
-{\em Command:} & {\em Initializes:} & {\em Default} \\[2pt]
-\N\slideparskip & "\parskip" & "1ex minus .2ex"\\
-\N\slideparindent & "\parindent" & "0pt"\\
-\N\slidefootnotesep & "\footnotesep" & "1.2ex"\\
-\N\slideleftmargini & "\leftmargini" & "1.8em" \\
-\N\slideleftmarginii & "\leftmarginii" & "1.4em" \\
-\N\slideleftmarginiii & "\leftmarginiii" & "1em" \\
-\N\slidelabelsep & "\labelsep" & ".5em" \\
-\N\slideitemsep & "\itemsep" & ".8ex minus .2ex" \\
-\N\slidepartopsep & "\partopsep" & "1ex minus .2ex" \\
-\N\slidestretch & "\baselinestretch" & "1.2"\\
-\N\slidearraystretch & "\arraystretch" & "1.2"
-\end{tabular}
-
-\caption{Slide spacing parameters.\label{SpacingDefaults}}
-\end{center}
-\hrule height 1pt
-\end{figure}
-
-The commands in Figure \ref{SpacingDefaults} are used to initialize some of
-the spacing parameters at the beginning of each slide environment and when
-"\ptsize" is used in a slide environment. These are spacing parameters that
-should depend on the size of fonts and that in \LaTeX's "article" style would
-be set in "art10.sty", etc. These commands should all be changed with
-"\renewcommand", even though, except for the "stretch" parameters, their
-values should be lengths.
-Note that "ex" and "em" units are used because these are the units that depend
-of font sizes.
-
-Outside a slide environment, redefine the commands on the left if you want to
-change these spacing parameters. Within a slide environment, reset the
-parameters directly, or redefine the commands on the left and then use the
-"\ptsize" command.
-
-In other \LaTeX\ styles, the extra distance between lines that is inserted
-when "\baselinestretch" exceeds 1 is eaten up by tall or deep lines. E.g., if
-the line contains a table or a large math operator, there is probably no
-extra space at all. The advantage of this system is that the distance between
-baselines does not fluctuate with every tilde. The disadvantage is that lines
-can end up too close.
-
-In "seminar.sty", on the other hand, fraction
-\begin{MD}
- \slideskip
-\end{MD}
-of the extra space cannot be eaten, but up to fraction
-\begin{MD}
- \slideshrink
-\end{MD}
-of this extra space that cannot be eaten can be removed if there is too much
-material on the slide. This gives you added flexibility about how much
-material to include on a slide. Both \n\slideskip\ and \n\slideshrink\ can be
-set with "\renewcommand" to a number between 0 and 1. The default value of
-\n\slideskip\ is ".75" and the default value of \n\slideshrink\ is ".25". Set
-\n\slideskip\ to "0" to revert to \LaTeX's usual behavior, as described above.
-
-For example, suppose you are using a 10pt font, \n\slidestretch\ is "1.2",
-\n\slideskip\ is ".75", and \n\slideshrink\ is ".25". The "\baselineskip" for
-a 10pt font is normally 12pt, leaving a little space between the lines. Then
-"\baselineskip" is set to
-\begin{center}
- "\slidestretch" $\times$ "12pt" $=$ 1.2$\times$12pt $=$ 14.4pt
-\end{center}
-The extra space between lines that is inserted is thus 2.4pt, and
-\begin{center}
- "\slideskip" $\times$ 2.4pt $=$ .75$\times$2.4pt $=$ 1.8pt
-\end{center}
-of this cannot be eaten by tall or deep lines. However, the space between
-lines can be reduced by up to
-\begin{center}
- "\slideshrink" $\times$ 1.8pt $=$ .25$\times$1.8pt $=$ .45pt
-\end{center}
-if the slide would otherwise be too long.
-
-
-\section{Slide frames\label{S-frames}}
-
-Slides can be framed. The command
-\begin{MD}
- \slideframe[commands]{style}
-\end{MD}
-specifies the frame style to use. Valid frame styles are "none" and "plain",
-unless you use macros that define additional styles. For example, the
-\o{fancybox} style option defines the frames "shadow", "double", "oval" and
-"Oval" (corresponding to the "\shadowbox", "\doublebox", "\ovalbox" and
-"\Ovalbox" commands defined in that style option). The \o{semcolor}
- option defines the styles "scplain", "scdouble", and "scshadow".
-
-All the frame styles use the lengths
-\begin{MD}
- \slideframewidth\\
- \slideframesep
-\end{MD}
-which are the (magnified) width of the line (default 4pt) and the distance
-between the slide and the frame (default .4in), respectively.
-
-\n\slideframe's optional argument is for commands that you want to use to
-customize the slide frame style. For example:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \slideframe[\setlength{shadowsize}{12pt}]{shadow}\\
- \slideframe[\psset{fillstyle=gradient}]{scplain}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-If you want to build your own custom slide frame, use the command
-\begin{MD}
- \newslideframe{style}[commands]{frame command}
-\end{MD}
-<style> is the name of the frame, "[<commands>]", which is optional, will be
-inserted before the frame command and before the <commands> given by
-"\slideframe"'s optional argument. These commands can be used to set some
-default parameter values. Then the final argument should frame "#1".
-
-For example, if "\myframe{foo}" frames "foo", and if "\myframe" uses the
-length "\baldness" as a parameter, then you might write
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \newslideframe{wildframe}[\setlength{\baldness}{.2cm}]%
- {\myframe{#1}}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-You can still override the default value of "\baldness", as in
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \slideframe[\setlength{\baldness}{.1cm}]{wildframe}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-There is a starred version of \n\slideframe\ that adds the frame to previously
-specified frames.\footnote{If using color or PostScript images, note that each
-frame gets added to the background.} This can be used for special tricks. For
-example, if you are using the \o{fancybox} and \o{semcolor} options, then
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \newslideframe{draft}%
- {\boxput{\rput{30}{\Huge\gray DRAFT}}{#1}}
- \slideframe{draft}
- \slideframe*{scdouble}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-puts the word ``DRAFT'' in the background of each slide, gray and rotated 30
-degrees, and then adds a double frame.\footnote{Use "\boxput*" to put "DRAFT"
-in the foreground. See "fancybox.doc" for details.}
-
-
-\part{Advanced Features}
-
-\section{Counters}
-
-The counter for slides is \C{slide}. The default definition of \N\theslide\ is
-"\arabic{slide}". You can use "\label" and "\ref" to cross-reference slides,
-and the page number in slide environments is set to
-\n\theslide.\footnote{However, these page or slide cross-references are not
-always accurate when you let \TeX\ break pages for you within a slide.} Thus,
-you can write, for example,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- See equation (\ref{foo}) on Slide \pageref{foo}.
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-You may want some counters, such as equation counters, to be reset with each
-new slide environment or \n\newslide\ command. By default, only the "footnote"
-counter is reset this way, but you can specify your own (comma-separated) list
-of counters to be reset with the command
-\begin{MD}
- \slidereset{list}
-\end{MD}
-If you want to reset additional counters, rather than replace the list
-entirely, use
-\begin{MD}
- \addtoslidereset{list}
-\end{MD}
-
-There is another way in which the footnote counter gets special treatment. The
-command
-\begin{MD}
- \theslidefootnote
-\end{MD}
-is used for the counter text instead of "\thefootnote". The default definition
-is
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \alph{footnote}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\section{Selectively including or excluding slides}
-
-The commands
-\begin{MD}
- \onlyslides{list}\\
- \notslides{list}
-\end{MD}
-can be used to include or exclude only those slides in the given list. The
-argument should expand to a comma-separated list of numbers or ranges. The
-numbers do not need to be in order, the list can contain numbers that do not
-correspond to any slide, and there can be duplicate numbers. Negative numbers
-should be enclosed in curly braces. Since the argument is first expanded, you
-can use the "\ref" command in the argument. For example,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \onlyslides{{-2},\ref{dp}-10,\ref{chart},0,17-999}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-is legal. If "\label{dp}" appears in slide 5 and "\label{chart}" appears in
-slide 12, this is equivalent to:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \onlyslides{{-2},5-10,12,0,17-999}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\section{Printing your slides two-up\label{S-twoup}}
-
-Printing your slides two-up is useful both for previewing slides and for
-making hard copies to distribute or for proofreading.
-
-One way to print your slides two-up is to include the \O{article} style
-option. This is described further below.
-
-Another way is to include the command
-\begin{MD}
- \twoup[n]
-\end{MD}
-in the preamble. This inputs "2up.tex", which contains generic macros for
-two-up printing, and sets the parameters to values that are likely to work.
-Including the optional argument "[<n>]" increases the two-up magnification by
-$n$ magsteps. $n$ can be a positive or negative integer. If you are not able
-to get the right layout, then include the \O{2up} style option, read the
-documentation of "2up.tex", and set the parameters yourself, rather than using
-the \n\twoup\ command.
-
-The \o{article} style option is also called the article {\em format} (as
-opposed to the slides format). In the article format without the \o{portrait}
-option, the slides are centered horizontally and vertically, two to a page (if
-they fit---landscape slides do fit by default). With the portrait option, the
-slides are printed side-by-side, two to a page. In the \o{article} format, you
-can mix landscape and portrait slides with different orientations, but this
-does not work well with the \o{portrait} option.
-
-You can change the article format's magnification with
-\begin{MD}
- \articlemag{n}
-\end{MD}
-This command works like the "\slidesmag" command (page \pageref{+slidesmag}).
-The default is
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \articlemag{0}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Increase the article magnification if the slides look too lonely; decrease it
-if they are not coming out two-up.
-
-The size of the slides depends on the {\em difference} between the
-magnifications in the slides and article format. E.g., since the default
-slides magnification is 4 magsteps, the slides are scaled down in the article
-format by 4 magsteps. When you change the slides magnification with
-\n\slidesmag, you also have to change the article magnification with
-\n\articlemag\ by the same amount if you want the size of the slides in the
-article format to remain the same. However, when the article magnification in
-magsteps is negative , you will be using non-standard font magnifications
-(which will produce terrible results if you cannot generate the needed
-fonts---see Appendix \ref{bitmaps} for advice).
-
-Whether or not landscape slides (or rotated portrait slides) come out two-up
-in the article format without the \o{portrait} option depends on (i) the
-difference between the slides and article magnification, (ii) the values of
-\n\slidewidth\ and \n\slideheight\, (iii) the size of the slide frame, and
-(iv) the article format's page parameters. With the default values of
-(ii)--(iv), the slides will still come out two-up if you change the difference
-between the slides and article magnification to 3 (e.g., increase the value of
-\n\articlemag\ by 1). Try this if you want the slides to be larger.
-
-If you use the \o{article} option {\em and} the \n\twoup\ command, then your
-slides should be printed four-up!
-
-You will notice labels on the side or bottom of each slide in the \o{article}
-format. The command
-\begin{MD}
- \slidestyle{style}
-\end{MD}
-determines where these labels go. There are three predefined slide styles:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\tt empty] No captions or labels are used.
-\item[\tt left] The labels go on the left of each slide (the default when the
-\o{portrait} option is not used).
-\item[\tt bottom] The labels go on the bottom (the default with the
-\o{portrait} option).
-\end{description}
-The label you get is the value of \N\slidelabel. The default definition of
-\n\slidelabel\ is
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \bf Slide \theslide
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\section{Notes\label{S-notes}}
-
-In addition to slides, you can include a few comments following each slide to
-remind you of what to say, or even the entire text of your presentation for
-your own benefit or to be distributed to others. These comments or text,
-referred to in this documentation as ``notes'', do not go inside any special
-environment. However, a slide cannot go in the middle of a paragraph of notes.
-
-To include notes this way, you have to use one of the following style options,
-which determine what is printed:
-\begin{quote}
- \begin{tabular}{ll}
- \O{slidesonly} & Only the slides are printed.\\
- \O{notes} & Both notes and slides are printed.\\
- \O{notesonly} & Only the notes are printed.\\
- \end{tabular}
-\end{quote}
-These style options are referred to as {\em selections} in this documentation.
-
-The pages of notes following slide 5 are numbered 5.1, 5.2, etc.
-
-You can use the "portrait" option to print out your notes, even if you don't
-use this option when printing the slides.
-
-With the "notesonly" selection, the slides are not printed, but they are
-processed. This means that one can still refer in the notes to slides or to
-equations in slides.
-
-The fact that various spacing parameters are initialized at the beginning of
-each slide (see Section \ref{S-spacing}) means that when you reset these
-parameters outside a slide environment, only the notes are affected. This lets
-you use different values for notes and slides. The command \N\slidefonts\ can
-be used for any special font commands that should apply only to slides. Also,
-the command \N\everyslide\ is executed at the beginning of every slide, and
-you can use this for any other customizations you want to include.
-
-You can also use the "11pt" or "12pt" style option for your notes, without
-changing the size of the fonts in the slides, by using the "\ptsize" command
-to set the font sizes for slides. For example, suppose that the "12pt"
-document style option is used, but the preamble contains the command
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \ptsize{11}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-and the second slide begins with the command
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \ptsize{9}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Then the notes use the "12pt" font size declarations, all the slides but the
-second one use the "11pt" font size declarations, and the second slide uses
-the "9pt" font size declarations.
-
-Notes are typeset using \LaTeX's standard output routines, and \LaTeX's
-standard page parameters.
-
- Finally, it is even possible to use a different page style for notes and
-slides. The page style for notes is set by the "\pagestyle" and
-"\thispagestyle" commands. The command
-\begin{MD}
- \slidepagestyle{style}
-\end{MD}
-sets a different page style for the slides. If the argument is empty, then the
-page style for slides reverts to the one for notes.\footnote{There is no
-"\thisslidepagestyle" command.}
-
-With the command
-\begin{MD}
- \onlynotestoo
-\end{MD}
-the "\onlyslides" and "\notslides" commands apply to the notes as well.
-
-
-\section{How notes are omitted\label{omit}}
-
-In the previous section, it was stated that notes are not enclosed in a
-special environment. "seminar.sty" omits notes using special
-macros\footnote{Defined in {\tt xcomment.sty}} that comment out everything
-{\em outside} the slide environments (and a few other environments mentioned
-below). Global declarations that should be processed even when slides are
-omitted go in \e{allversions*} environments, described below.
-
-"seminar.sty" also let you use a more conventional approach to notes. If you
-put the command
-\begin{MD}
- \noxcomment
-\end{MD}
-in the preamble, then the notes go inside \E{note} environments, and you can
-put all the global declarations outside any environment. "xcomment.sty" is
-used to make \e{note} a comment environment when note should be omitted, and
-otherwise the \e{note} environment does nothing. This mode of operation is
-more robust than omitting everything outside the slide environments, but
-remembering to insert the
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \begin{note} ... \end{note}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-is more tedious.
-
-Here are a few technicalities that have to do with "xcomment.sty" and that
-apply whether or not you use \n\noxcomment.
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The text that follows the beginning of a slide environment (when not
-using \n\noxcomment) or the end of a \e{note} environment {\em must have
-balanced curly braces}.
-\item "\input" and "\include" commands are followed, even when found in
-omitted notes, but you must use the \LaTeX\ syntax "\input{<file>}" (as
-opposed to \verb*+\input <file> +), and the inputted file must end with
-"\endinput" (this is a good practice anyway).
-\item In omitted text, "%" is still a comment character (hence it is possible
-to comment out a slide or note environment).
-\item A temporary file, "\jobname.tmp", is created (this is of no
-consequence---just in case you wanted to know where it comes from).
-\end{enumerate}
-
-The rest of this section deals with special considerations when omitting
-everything outside the slide environments.
-
-If you might want to make a global change to one of the slide parameters after
-the document preamble, you cannot include it in a slide environment because
-the change will be local, and you cannot include it in the notes because the
-change won't be processed when the notes are omitted.
-
-To get around this problem, an environment \E{allversions*} is provided. It is
-processed even when notes are omitted, and any parameter changes or command
-definitions made within the environment are global. Don't generate any output
-within this environment.
-
-On a rare occasion you might want to include some text that should be typeset
-even when the other notes are omitted (e.g., a list of the slides, or a cover
-page). The \E{allversions} environment is provided for this purpose.
-
-If you do any serious hacking, you might want to add to the list of
-environments that should be included with the "slidesonly" selection. Do this
-with the command
-\begin{MD}
- \addtoslidelist{list}
-\end{MD}
-where <list> is a comma separated list of environments, without spaces.
-
-\section{The article format\label{S-article}}
-
-The \o{article} style option was described in Section \ref{S-twoup} as a way
-to print your slides two-up. This option is also a good way to print your
-notes.
-
-The \o{article} option gets its name because your document is typeset somewhat
-like it would be with \LaTeX's "article" style. (It uses \LaTeX's standard
-page parameters, but some of the default values are different.) It is also
-called the article {\em format}; the slides format is what you get without the
-\o{article} option.
-
-You probably don't want to use the \o{portrait} style option with the
-\o{article} format except when you are only printing portrait slides. But you
-are welcome to experiment.
-
-With the \o{notesonly} selection, you can make the notes as big as you want
-using the \n\articlemag\ command (e.g., for easy reading while giving a
-presentation). Just as in the \o{slides} format, the page parameters are
-scaled at the beginning of the document so that they can be set with their
-true dimensions in the preamble.
-
-The commands
-\begin{MD}
- \setartlength{cmd}{len}\\
- \addtoartlength{cmd}{len}
-\end{MD}
-are analogous to "\setslidelength" and "\addtoslidelength", but they scale the
-lengths so that they end up at the specified size after magnification in the
-"article" format. You never would use such a command in slide environments or
-to set slide parameters, but you might use these in the notes if you were
-planning on typesetting your notes with the "article" format rather than the
-"slides" format.
-
-You can change the placement of slides in the \o{article} format using the
-\begin{MD}
- \slideplacement{name}
-\end{MD}
-command. Here are the valid placement names:
-\begin{description}
- \item[float] The slides are floated. This is the default with the \o{notes}
-selection and the \o{portrait} option.
- \item[float*] Like "float", but if the notes are printed in a two-column
-format the slides extend across both columns (e.g., like "table" versus
-"table*"). This is the default with the \o{notes} selection without the
-\o{portrait} option.
- \item[onepercol] Each slide is centered horizontally and vertically within a
-single column. This is the default when only slides are printed and the
-\o{portrait} option is used.
- \item[twopercol] Each slide is centered horizontally, two or one per column,
-depending on how many fit. This is the default when only slides are printed
-and the \o{portrait} option is not used.
- \item[here] Each slide is centered horizontally, separated from adjoining
-text or other slides by the rubber length \N\slidesep. The default value of
-\n\slidesep\ is "\intextskip". This is useful with the \o{notes} selection
-when you want the slides to precede accompanying comments and when you do not
-mind large spaces at the bottom of pages.
- \item[here*] This is like "here*", but with "here*" the length \n\slidesep\
-is not lost when it falls at the beginning of a page or after a slide.
-\end{description}
-
-If you want each slide environment to begin a new page (with any of the
-selections), put the command
-\begin{MD}
- \slideclearpagetrue
-\end{MD}
-in the preamble.
-
-The \o{notesonly} selection has a starred version, \O{notesonly*}, which
-produces a slide marker for each slide environment, like this one:
-\begin{center}
-\leavevmode
-\vbox{%
-\hrule height 1pt
-\kern 8pt
-\hbox to \linewidth{\hss \LARGE\bf Slide 4 \hss}%
-\kern 8pt
-\hrule height 1pt}
-\end{center}
-
-
-Commands that are irrelevant in the "article" format are simply ignored. The
-idea is that it should be possible to switch back and forth between the two
-formats without making any other changes in the document. However, this is not
-entirely possible. Changing "\parindent" or "\textwidth" in the preamble
-affects both formats. You can get around this using the \n\ifarticle\
-conditional. For example,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \ifarticle
- blah blah
- \else
- blee blee
- \fi
-\end{LVerbatim}
-The "\else" part is optional.
-
-
-\section{Page styles}
-
-The page styles "empty", "plain", "headings" and "myheadings" work like in
-\LaTeX's article style. There is also a page style "align" which puts "+"
-signs in the corners, like in \SliTeX.\footnote{See question \ref{Pagestyle}
-in Section \ref{tips} for suggestions on defining new page styles.} You can
-change the size of the fonts used in headers and footers in the slides format
-by setting the commands
-\begin{MD}
- \slideheadfont\\
- \slidefootfont
-\end{MD}
-to the desired size, using "\renewcommand" (but any explicit font declarations
-in a page style override these commands). The default definition of these
-commands is "\scriptsize".
-
-
-\section{Other style options\label{options}}
-
-The style options described so far, "portrait", "article", "slidesonly",
-"notes", and "notesonly", were designed specifically for "seminar.sty". There
-are other such style options described elsewhere in this documentation:
-"semrot" (page \pageref{o+semrot}), \o{semlayer} (page \pageref{o+semlayer}).
-\o{semcolor} (page \pageref{o+semcolor}), "semhelv" (page
-\pageref{o+semhelv}), "semlcmss" (page \pageref{o+semlcmss}), and "a4" (page
-\pageref{o+a4}).
-
-Here are two more style options that are part of the "seminar.sty" package,
-but that can be used with other document styles:
-\begin{description}
-\item[fancybox] "fancybox.sty" is specific to slides, but it contains commands
-and documentation that are useful for making slides.
-
-\item[slidesec] This sets up some sectioning/heading commands for slides, and
-lets you print a list of slides or a table of contents. See the file
-"slidesec.sty" for details.
-\end{description}
-
-It is impossible to predict, much less describe, the consequences of using all
-the other available \LaTeX{} style option with each selection and format.
-Since this document style is an extension of \LaTeX's "article" style, style
-options and commands that do not work with \SliTeX{} may well work here. Just
-about any style option that works with \LaTeX's "article" style will work with
-the "article" format. When unsure of the effect of an option, just try it and
-see for yourself what happens.
-
-\section{Overlays\label{S-overlays}}
-
-For overlays, you must use both the \O{semlayer} and \o{semcolor} style
-options (see page \pageref{o+semcolor}).
-
-Overlays have two purposes. First, you can use overlays to gradually add
-layers of information on a slide during a presentation. Second, you can use
-overlays to make color layers; each layer is printed in black-on-white on
-paper, and then you use some kind of color copying service to put each layer
-on a transparency in a different color. This is not nearly as nice as having a
-color printer or using a color printing service, but it's the next best thing.
-
-"seminar.sty" lets you make both types of overlays (and the main slide) from a
-single slide environment. The command\footnote{You can also write
-\begin{Ex}
- "\begin{overlay}{<n>}" $\ldots$ "\end{overlay}"
-\end{Ex}}
-\begin{MD}
- \overlay{n}
-\end{MD}
-puts whatever is in its scope (\TeX\ group) on overlay $n$, where
-$n=0,\ldots,9$. Actually, overlay 0 refers to the main slide, but you might
-use "\overlay{0}" because overlay commands can be nested. As implemented by
-the "semcolor" style option, these overlay commands can be used just about
-anywhere, including in math mode, tables, and around an included graphics file
-(if it is a conforming EPS file, at least). Also, it is all right to use
-non-consecutive overlay numbers.
-
-For color layers, you have to start by defining some colors using the command
-\begin{MD}
- \colorlayers{colors}
-\end{MD}
-<colors> should be a comma separated list of color names, without spaces, as
-in
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \colorlayers{red,green,blue}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Then you can use the command "\red" just like the command \n\overlay"{<n>}";
-everything in its scope goes on a red color layer.
-
-The "\colorlayers" command obeys the usual rules on scope. You can use this
-command any time, including in a slide environment. The command is cumulative,
-meaning that previously defined color layers continue to exist. The command
-was purposely defined so that it does not complain when a color name is
-already defined; this makes it easier to switch from some other color system
-to a layer system. However, you should be careful not to inadvertently
-redefine some command that you need. Fortunately, there are no \TeX{}
-primitives whose names are the names of colors.
-
-When you print out the slides, the main slide is printed, followed by each of
-the color layers (if any) for the main slide. Then each of the overlays is
-printed, together with each of its color layers. Only overlays or color layers
-that are actually used (i.e., that are not empty) are printed.
-
-You can turn overlays and color layers on and off with the commands
-\begin{MD}
- \overlaystrue\\
- \overlaysfalse\\
- \layerstrue\\
- \layersfalse
-\end{MD}
-These commands can be used at any time, and they obey the usual scoping rules.
-The default is for overlays to be active in the "slides" format and suppressed
-in the "article" format.
-
-The counter \C{overlay} keeps track of the overlays. The default definition of
-\N\theoverlay\ is:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \theslide-\alph{overlay}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Overlays can be cross-referenced.
-
-The command \N\currlayer\ is set to the name of the current color layer.
-\N\thelayer\ makes a label for layers; its default definition is:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \theoverlay-\currlayer
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Color layers cannot be cross-referenced.
-
-For example, if slide 7 has overlays 1 and 2 and colors "red" and "green",
-then the main slide is numbered 7, followed by layers 7-red and 7-green,
-followed by overlay 7-a, followed by layers 7-a-red and 7-a-green, followed by
-overlay 7-b, followed by layers 7-b-red and 7-b-green.
-
-The caption used in the slide styles is \n\overlaylabel\ for overlays and
-\N\layerlabel\ for layers. The defaults are, respectively,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \bf Overlay \theoverlay
- \bf Layer \thelayer
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-By default the overlays and layers use the same page styles in the "slides"
-format as their ``owner.'' You can specify special page styles with the
-commands:
-\begin{MD}
- \overlaypagestyle{style}\\
- \layerpagestyle{style}
-\end{MD}
-
-Finally, by default the overlays and layers use the same frame style as their
-``owner.'' You can specify special frame styles with the commands:
-\begin{MD}
- \overlayframe[commands]{style}\\
- \layerframe[commands]{style}
-\end{MD}
-
-
-\part{Help\label{Help}}
-
-Road map:
-\begin{itemize}
- \item If you just want to figure out how to do something, check Section
-\ref{tips}, ``Tips and tricks.''
- \item If you are trying to decipher an error message, check Section
-\ref{errors}, ``Errors.''
- \item If you are trying to solve some system-dependent problem that has
-arisen, check Section \ref{trouble}, ``Troubleshooting.''
- \item To convert \SliTeX\ files, see Section \ref{slitex}, ``Converting
-\SliTeX\ files''.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{Tips and tricks\label{tips}}
-
-\faq{How can I fit more material in the slides?}
-
-Or alternatively, make the little material you have fill up the slide.
-
-Let us count the ways:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Change the magnification with \n\slidesmag"{<n>}" (affects all the
-slides).
-\item Change the height and/or width of one or all the slides.
-\item Use "\ptsize{<n>}".
-\item Change \n\slidestretch.
-\item Use the \n\raggedslides\ command, which changes the propensity to
-hyphenate.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\faq{How do I include an Encapsulated PostScript figure?\label{EPS}}
-
-The only thing tricky about including EPS files is getting the size right. For
-example, suppose the you want to include a postscript file in a slide using
-the "epsf.sty" macros, and you want it to be 6 inches wide. Then this will do
-the trick:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \setslidelength{\epsfxsize}{6in}
- \epsffile{mypic.eps}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-If you include the command
-\begin{MD}
- \espfslidesize
-\end{MD}
-(e.g., in the preamble), then "epsf.sty" will take care of scaling the size
-for you, and so you can just set "\epsfxsize" and "\epsfysize" to their
-magnified sizes (using "\setlength" rather than "\setslidelength"). Or you can
-not set these parameters at all, and then the eps file appears at its natural
-size on the slide.
-
-Either way, this will have the expected effect:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \setlength{\epsfysize}{.8\textheight}
- \epsffile{mypic.eps}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-"psfig.tex" does not handle magnification properly. By using magnified
-dimensions, without "\setslidelength", as in
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \psfig{file=mypic.eps,width=6in}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-the picture should appear correctly within a slide, but then it will not scale
-properly if you try to use the \o{article} option or the \n\twoup\ command.
-The solution, if using Rokicki's "dvips", is to use "epsf.sty" (written by the
-man himself).
-
-\faq{How can I print just selected overlays, layers or pages of notes in the
-{\tt slides} format?}
-
-The "\onlyslides" and "\notslides" commands affect only slides. If a slide is
-omitted, so are all its overlays and color layers. To be more selective, you
-have to use your dvi driver to select the pages to be printed.
-
-In the "slides" format, the page numbers recognized by dvi drivers correspond
-to the numbers of the slides. This means that a slide and all the overlays,
-layers and notes that correspond to that slide have the same page number. Some
-drivers allow one to select occurrence $n$ of a page number. E.g., with
-"dvips",
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- dvips -p2.1 -l2.4 myslides
-\end{LVerbatim}
-will print the first through fourth page of overlays or notes that follow
-slide 2.
-
-If your dvi driver does not support such selection, and you would prefer that
-the driver recognize physical page numbers, then put the command
-\N\truepagenumbers\ in the preamble.
-
-
-\faq{How do I define custom page styles?}
-\label{Pagestyle}
-
-There is nothing special about defining new page styles in "seminar.sty".
-However, to make it easier to do this in the preamble, the commands
-\begin{MD}
- \newpagestyle{style}{header}{footer}\\
- \renewpagestyle{style}{header}{footer}
-\end{MD}
-are provided.\footnote{%
- You can also use the macros in "fancyheadings.sty", which is available from
-various archives. However, you have to set the pagestyle {\em after}
-"\begin{document}".
-Otherwise, the dimensions get screwed up. If using the \o{slidesonly}
-selection, then you also need to enclose the "\pagestyle" command in
-an \e{allversions*} environment. E.g.,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \begin{allversions*}
- \pagestyle{fancy}
- \end{allversions*}
-\end{LVerbatim}}
-
-<style> is the name of the page style, and <header> is the header, and
-<footer> is the footer. These can only be used for simple page styles that are
-the same for odd and even pages, and that do not do anything special with
-section marks.
-
-Headers and footers are set in an "\hbox" the width of the page
-("\textwidth"). You can use stretchable space such as "\hspace*{\fill}" or
-"\hfil" to center some information or put it flush against the margins. See
-the definitions of page styles in "latex.tex" and "article.sty" for examples.
-
-Here is an example: Professor Starr wants lots of information in the headers
-and footers for the slides, and so she defines the page style
-"mypagestyle":\footnote{{\tt\string\thedate} is set with the {\tt\string\date}
-command.}
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \newpagestyle{mypagestyle}%
- {\sl Big U \hfil \thedate \hfil \thepage}%
- {\hfil File \jobname.tex; printed \today\hfil}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Prof.\ Starr wants to use the standard "headings" page style for notes and the
-"mypagestyle" page style for slides, and she wants overlays to just have the
-overlay number. Therefore, she defines another page style for the overlays:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \newpagestyle{myoverlays}{\hfil \thepage}{}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-and she puts
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \pagestyle{headings}
- \slidepagestyle{mypagestyle}
- \overlaypagestyle{myoverlays}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-in the preamble.
-
-\faq{How do I change a parameter only for the {\tt slides} format?}
-\label{conditionals}
-
-The conditionals
-\begin{MD}
- \ifarticle\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\
- \ifslidesonly\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\
- \ifnotes\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\
- \ifnotesonly\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"\\
- \ifportrait\ $\ldots$ "\else" $\ldots$ "\fi"
-\end{MD}
-allow one to select for what versions material is to be processed. "\ifnotes"
-is true if and only if the "notes" selection is in effect, and so on. The
-"\else" clause is optional. See {\em The \TeX book}, Chapter 20, for more
-information about using conditionals.
-
-For example, the first line below sets the slide rotation to "right" in the
-"article" format only. The second line changes the page style for the "notes"
-and "notesonly" selections and "article" format:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \ifarticle\sliderotation{right}\fi
- \ifarticle\ifslidesonly\else\pagestyle{myheadings}\fi\fi
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\faq{Why does extra space get inserted at the top of a slide when I begin the
-slide with a color or overlay command (when using the \o{semcolor} option)?}
-
-Color and overlay commands with the "semcolor" option use "\special"'s. \TeX{}
-adds the space "\parskip" between the "\special"'s and the first material in
-the slide.
-
-Here is the workaround: If that material is an ordinary paragraph, put the
-command "\leavevmode" just after the color or overlay command. In other cases,
-if you are sure this is the problem, put "\vskip-\parskip" just before the
-color or overlay command.
-
-\section{Errors\label{errors}}
-
-There are several errors that identify themselves as being from "seminar.sty",
-but the error messages are so self-explanatory that that there is no need to
-describe them here. Instead, this section explains a few especially cryptic
-\TeX{} error messages that can arise when using "seminar.sty". These errors
-may also arise for reasons that are not particular to the "seminar.sty"
-macros. See your favorite \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} manuals for more help in
-debugging your documents.
-
-\error"! File ended while scanning use of \next."
-
-You are missing an "\end{document}" on the main file or an "\endinput" on a
-file that is input.
-
-
-\error"! File ended within \read."
-
-You may have an unmatched curly brace following "\begin{slide}" on the same
-line. See Section \ref{omit}.
-
-
-\error"! Paragraph ended before \begin@slide was complete."
-
-You have not specified the optional argument for the "slide" or "slide*"
-environment correctly (see Section \ref{slidedim}), or the first character in
-a slide environment is a "[" (put a pair "{}" of braces before the "[").
-
-\section{Troubleshooting\label{trouble}}
-\setcounter{faq}{0}
-
-\faq{A few slides do not come out two-up with the \o{article} option.}
-
-First, read Section \ref{S-twoup} carefully. If the slides still do not come
-out twoup, it might be that there is extraneous output between the slides. Try
-putting the commands
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \slideplacement{here*}
- \setlength{\slidesep}{8pt plus 1fill}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-in the preamble ("8pt" should be one-half the minimum distance between
-slides). If this solves the problem, look for the extraneous output, or just
-leave those commands in the preamble.
-
-
-\faq{What kind of incompatibilities are there between {\tt seminar.sty} and
-other macros?}
-
-Of course, whenever you load macros that are not part of the standard \LaTeX{}
-distribution and that were not designed to work with "seminar.sty", problems
-may arise because of name conflicts. What are listed here are changes made to
-\LaTeX{} commands that may conflict with other macros that also redefine these
-command. The problems listed here are very unlikely to occur, however, unless
-you have a habit of seriously hacking the standard \LaTeX{} macro files.
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item This style modifies the definitions of the \LaTeX{} primitive
-"\document". It generally will not be upset by, nor will it void,
-modifications to "\document" made before "seminar.sty" is input. However,
-subsequent modifications of "\document" may cause problems.
-
-\item "xcomment.sty", which is input by "seminar.sty" with the "slidesonly"
-selection, modifies the definition of "\end" within included environments.
-This is generally compatible with modifications to "\end" made outside
-environments, but may conflict with modifications to "\end" made inside
-environments.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\faq{Why are the landscape slides displayed sideways and the portrait slides
-displayed upside down on my previewer?}
-
-This document style makes frequent use of landscape mode. Some DVI-to-PS
-converters, such as older versions of Rokicki's "dvips", use their own
-PostScript macros to print a landscape document, rather than simply
-instructing PostScript to use landscape mode.
-If the PostScript output of such a converter is viewed using a PostScript
-previewer that does not allow you to choose the orientation of the display,
-the output will be positioned correctly on the page, but the page will always
-be displayed in portrait mode. When viewing slides without the "portrait"
-option, the landscape slides will be sideways, and the portrait slides will be
-upside-down!
-
-There is nothing this style can do to coerce the page to be displayed in
-landscape mode. There are various ways to minimize neck strain, however:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The direction in which the portrait slides are rotated can be reversed,
-so that they end up right-side-up. Just put
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \sliderotation{right}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-before the beginning of the document (assuming that you are using rotation
-macros).
-\item You can also get the portrait slides to be displayed right-side-up by
-using the "portrait" style option (Section \ref{options}).
-\item In the "article" format, the document is typeset in portrait mode
-(unless the "portrait" option is used), and so the landscape slides are
-right-side-up. You can use this format when composing and proof-reading the
-slides.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\faq{Why is my dvi driver soooo slow?}
-
-Probably it cannot find the right font bitmaps, and so it is either
-automatically generating new ones, or it is scaling the ones it can find.
-Either way, as long as you can somehow generate the missing font bitmaps, this
-problem is transitory. See Appendix \ref{bitmaps} for details.
-
-\faq{Why does \TeX{} complain about missing circle fonts?}
-
-Older versions of the NFSS use the names "circle10" and "circlew10" for the
-\LaTeX circle fonts, instead of the otherwise standard names "lcircle10" and
-"lcirclew10". You can copy your ".pk" and ".tfm" files to the new names, or
-get a new version of the NFSS.
-
-\section{Converting \SliTeX\ files}\label{slitex}
-
-"seminar.sty" can do everything \SliTeX\ can do, and much
-more\footnote{However, color layers and overlays require PSTricks and a
-PostScript printer.} Here is a brief and incomplete description of how to do
-with "seminar.sty" what you can do with \SliTeX, and how to convert \SliTeX\
-files.
-
-\begin{itemize}
- \item Use "seminar" as your document style, instead of "slides".
-
- \item Run \LaTeX\ or \AmS-\LaTeX, instead of \SliTeX.
-
- \item With "seminar.sty", the preamble and slides can all go in the same
-file.
-
- \item The default in "seminar.sty" is to get landscape slides. If you want
-to convert a \SliTeX\ file containing portrait slides, add the "portrait"
-style option, and replace your "slide" environments by "slide*" environments.
-
- \item With "seminar.sty", notes do not need to go in a separate environment.
-To convert a \SliTeX\ file containing "note" environments, define a note
-environment that does nothing:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \newenvironment{note}{}{}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
- \item For color layers:
- \begin{itemize}
- \item Use the "\colorlayers" command instead of the "\colors" command.
- \item Delete the argument to the "slide" and "slide*" environments that
-lists the color layers.
- \item Include the \o{semlayer} style option.
- \end{itemize}
-
- \item "seminar.sty" does not use separate environments for overlays:
- \begin{itemize}
- \item Remove the "overlay" environments.
- \item Replace "\invisible" commands by "\overlay{1}", "\overlay{2}", etc.
- \item Include the \o{semlayer} style option.
- \end{itemize}
-
- \item To actually produce the overlays and color layers, you have to have
-PSTricks and a PostScript printer, and you must include the \o{semcolor} style
-option.
-
- \item Use \n\onlyslides"{<list>}" and \n\onlynotestoo\ instead of
-"\onlynotes".
-\end{itemize}
-
-
-\begingroup
-\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}%
-\def\thepart{Appendices:}
-\part{Configuration}
-\endgroup
-\begingroup
-\def\thepart{}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices:\hspace{1em}Configuration}
-\endgroup
-\appendix
-
-Before reading this appendix, you should follow the installation instructions
-in the file "sem-read.me" that is distributed with "seminar.sty".
-
-\section{The short story about fonts}\label{short-fonts}
-
-"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX{} style, and you can use whatever fonts that are
-compatible with \LaTeX\ (or \AmS-\LaTeX). However, you are likely to want to
-use special fonts with "seminar.sty"; see Appendix \ref{fonts} for help.
-Furthermore, you are likely to want to use fonts in sizes that are larger than
-the standard sizes; see Appendix \ref{bitmaps} for help.
-
-But if you don't want to read these appendices, you can just use whatever
-\LaTeX\ fonts you know how to use (e.g., the standard Computer Modern fonts).
-To be sure you need only standard font magnifications:\footnote{This is not a
-consideration if you are using only PostScript or other scalable fonts.}
-\begin{itemize}\label{font-res}
- \item Don't use the "11pt" or "12pt" style options (or the \n\ptsize{}
-command).
- \item Don't change the document magnification (or only use 0--4 magsteps).
- \item Don't use any font size larger than "\large".
- \item Don't use the \n\twoup\ command.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{Choosing fonts\label{fonts}}
-
-So that you can use different fonts for the notes and the slides (if you
-want), the command "\slidefonts" is invoked at the beginning of every slide
-environment. Define it to set up any special fonts for the slides.
-
-Here are the font configurations that come ready-to-use with "seminar.sty".
-You might also use these as a starting point for your own configurations.
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item You can just use the regular old Computer Modern fonts that you probably
-grew up on. For this, you don't have to do anything at all. Ain't that easy?
-But see the next section about font bitmaps.
-
-\item The \O{semhelv} style option sets up the PostScript Helvetica text fonts
-for the slides. The Computer Modern fonts are still used for math and for the
-notes with the \o{article} format. You need a PostScript printer, a dvi-to-ps
-driver that supports PostScript fonts (e.g., Rokicki's "dvips"), and the New
-Font Selection Scheme. You should also check the font file names used in
-"semhelv.sty", and change them if necessary to match the names on your system.
-
-This combination of fonts is highly recommended because sans serif fonts look
-good for slides, Helvetica is a resident font in just about all PostScript
-printers, and the fonts are scalable and thus there is no problem of needing
-new bitmaps.
-
-\item The \O{semlcmss} style option sets up the \SliTeX\ sans serif fonts for
-the slides, and uses the Computer Modern fonts for notes with the \o{article}
-format. The \SliTeX\ fonts are ugly, but they might be the only usable sans
-serif font you have on your system and you are really dying for that kind of
-font. Also, they usually come ready for printing magnified documents, and so
-you won't need too many new font bitmaps. You must have the New Font Selection
-Scheme. "semlcmss" uses
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \slidesmag{4}
- \ptsize{10}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-Deviating from this will increase the need for new font bitmaps.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-The New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS) mentioned above is a macro package for
-\LaTeX{} that greatly simplifies using non-standard fonts. The NFSS was
-written by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, and is available from various
-archives, including:
-\begin{center}
-"ftp.uni-stuttgart.de"
-\end{center}
-It is far easier to take the 10 minutes or so that are required (in theory, at
-least) to install the NFSS, than it is to try to muck around with \LaTeX's
-font primitives.
-
-
-\section{Font bitmaps\label{bitmaps}}
-
-If you are only using PostScript or other scalable fonts, or if you obey the
-restrictions listed on page \pageref{font-res}, then you can ignores this
-appendix.
-
-To use "seminar.sty", you may need font bitmap sizes that are not currently
-found on your system. This section describes how to avoid this and what to do
-about it. First, a few paragraphs about magnification and font bitmaps.
-
-\TeX's Metafont fonts are designed for a type size, such as 5pt. Most font
-families are available at least in the sizes 5pt, 6pt, 7pt, 8pt, 9pt and 10pt.
-Some are also available in the sizes 12pt and 17pt (and others), but often any
-size above 10pt is obtained by scaling the 10pt fonts. Table \ref{font-mag}
-lists the possible magnifications for fonts, depending on which option you are
-using ("10pt", "11pt" or "12pt"), and depending on the \LaTeX{} type size
-declaration that is in effect (e.g., "\small"). The magnifications are given
-in magsteps, which is \TeX's standard unit for font magnifications. $n$
-magsteps means a magnification of $1.2^n$.
-
-\begin{table}
-\hrule height 1pt\relax
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l|c|c|c|}
-\multicolumn{1}{l}{size} &
-\multicolumn{1}{c}{default (10pt)} &
- \multicolumn{1}{c}{11pt option} &
- \multicolumn{1}{c}{12pt option}\\
-\cline{2-4} "\tiny" & 0 & 0 & 0\\
-\cline{2-4} "\scriptsize" & 0 & 0 & 0\\
-\cline{2-4} "\footnotesize" & 0 & 0 & 0 \\
-\cline{2-4} "\small" & 0 & 0 & 1/2 \\
-\cline{2-4} "\normalsize" & 0 & 1/2 & 1 \\
-\cline{2-4} "\large" & 1 & 1 & 2 \\
-\cline{2-4} "\Large" & 2 & 2 & 3 \\
-\cline{2-4} "\LARGE" & 3 & 3 & 4\\
-\cline{2-4} "\huge" & 4 & 4 & 5\\
-\cline{2-4} "\Huge" & 5 & 5 & 5\\
-\cline{2-4}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\caption{Font magnification in magsteps ($n$ means a magnification of $1.2^n$)
-for a font that is available in 5pt, 6pt, 7pt, 8pt, 9pt and 10pt
-sizes.\label{font-mag}}
-\end{center}
-\hrule height 1pt\relax
-\end{table}
-
-Both the "article" and the "slides" formats may also magnify the document. By
-default, the magnification of the "slides" format is 4 magsteps, and the
-magnification of the "article" format is 0. To find the total font
-magnification, add the magnification listed in the table to the magnification
-of the document. E.g., in the "slides" format with the "12pt" option (or the
-command "\ptsize{12}" at the beginning of a slide), the "\large" command may
-invoke fonts that have a magnification of up to 7 magsteps.
-
-Most systems have font bitmaps for 0, 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 magsteps. If you
-obey the restrictions listed on page \pageref{font-res}, then you will only
-need fonts in these standard magnifications. However, if you want to use other
-font magnifications, then check with your system administrator to determine
-which of the following applies to you (or just plunge ahead and see what
-happens):
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item If you have Metafont and "dvips" or some other driver that automatically
-generates font bitmaps as needed, and if this feature is enabled, then you
-will simply notice that it takes a long time to print documents at first,
-because the driver has to wait for the new font bitmaps to be made.
-Eventually, you will have generated all the extra bitmaps you need, and this
-delay will go away.
-\item If you have Metafont, but your dvi driver does not automatically
-generate needed bitmaps, then you just need to keep track of what font bitmaps
-you are missing as you use "seminar.sty" and occasionally run Metafont to make
-them. You will also notice a delay when a font bitmap is missing, because your
-driver will probably scale the closest bitmap it finds, and this can take time
-on some systems.
-\item If you do not even have Metafont, then you have to try to get by without
-the extra bitmaps. Scaled fonts look lousy, but an occasional scaled font in a
-heading is not so bad.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-Of course, PostScript and other scalable fonts do not present any problem, and
-so it is a good idea to use these as much as possible. The Computer Modern
-fonts are available from Blue Sky Research in PostScript Type I format. If you
-do not have PostScript versions of the CM fonts, and you instead use other
-PostScript fonts for text, then you are likely to still need bitmapped fonts
-for mathematics. However, since mathematics is usually set at "\normalsize" or
-smaller, this is not a big problem.
-
-If you are installing "seminar.sty" on a multi-user system, then hopefully you
-will make the needed fonts available.
-
-\section{Color}
-
-You can use whatever color commands you ordinarily use with \LaTeX. You might
-try the \o{semcolor} style option, which lets you use the PSTricks color
-commands for printing on a color PostScript printer. The \o{semcolor} option
-combined with the \o{semlayer} option (see Section \ref{S-overlays}) lets you
-print color layers.
-
-\section{Landscape printing and slide rotation\label{S-landscape}}
-
-If your dvi driver supports a "\special" for landscape printing, then you can
-define \N\printlandscape\ in the preamble of your document to invoke this
-command. E.g., for "dvips" put the line
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \renewcommand{\printlandscape}{\special{landscape}}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-in the preamble. Otherwise, "seminar.sty" will display a message reminding you
-to print your document in landscape mode, when appropriate.
-
-You can print both landscape and portrait slides in one shot if you can rotate
-the portrait slides when printing in landscape mode or the landscape slides
-when printing in portrait mode. If you are using a PostScript printer, you
-probably are using a dvi driver that supports rotation; otherwise, you
-probably are not. Here are suggestions for setting up rotation:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The \o{semcolor} option provides an interface to the rotation macros in
-PSTricks (see Appendix \ref{S-semcolor}); it works with many popular dvi-to-ps
-drivers.
-
-\item If you are using Rokicki's "dvips" and want rotation but do not want to
-load the entire PSTricks package, then use the \O{semrot} option instead of
-the \o{semcolor} option.
-
-\item If the \o{semcolor} and \o{semrot} options do not work for you, but you
-have your own rotation macros, then you have to define the commands
-\begin{MD}
- \leftsliderotation\\
- \rightsliderotation
-\end{MD}
-so that they rotate something left and right, respectively. For example,
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \renewcommand{\leftsliderotation}[1]{\rotateleft{#1}}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-\end{itemize}
-
-In any case, you can determine the direction of rotation using
-\begin{MD}
- \sliderotation{direction}
-\end{MD}
-where valid directions are "none", "left" and "right". The default is "left".
-
-By default, the headers and footers aren't rotated, but you can switch between
-rotating and not rotating the headers with the commands:
-\begin{MD}
- \rotateheaderstrue\\
- \rotateheadersfalse
-\end{MD}
-
-\section{The semcolor style option\label{S-semcolor}}
-
-The \O{semcolor} option sets up an interface between "seminar.sty" and the
-PSTricks package. PSTricks is a collection of PostScript macros for \TeX. It
-works with Rokicki's "dvips", and several other dvi-to-ps drivers. You can
-probably get the PSTricks package from wherever you obtained "seminar.sty", or
-check the archives listed in the PSTricks read-me file, "read-me.pst", which
-is distributed with "seminar.sty".
-
-What the \o{semcolor} style option gives you, compared to just using the
-PSTricks package, is:
-\begin{description}
-\item[Color] A small patch to make the PSTricks color commands more robust in
-slides.
-\item[Rotation] The rotations "left" and "right" are defined. "left" is the
-default.
-\item[Framing] The frame styles "scplain" (using "\psframebox"), "scdouble"
-(using "\psdblframebox") and "scshadow" (using "\psshadowbox").
-\item[Overlays] Overlays and layers, when used in conjunction with the
-\o{semlayer} option.
-\end{description}
-
-\section{A4 and other paper sizes\label{S-papersizes}}
-
-Use the \O{a4} option when using A4 paper. Note that this option does not
-correspond to an independent file.
-
-If you want to configure seminar.sty for A4 paper by default (without having
-to include style options), then you can do one of the following:
-\begin{enumerate}
-
- \item Add the following line to "seminar.con" (see Appendix
-\ref{S-configfile}):
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \input{sem-a4.sty}
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
- \item Add the following lines to "seminar.con" (these lines are just the
-contents of "sem-a4.sty"):
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \def\paperwidth{210mm}
- \def\paperheight{297mm}
- \input sem-page.sty
- \slidewidth 222mm
- \slideheight 152mm
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
- \item Create a file such as "mysem.sty", to be used as a document {\em
-style} (rather than style {\em option}), with the following lines:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \def\paperwidth{210mm}
- \def\paperheight{297mm}
- \input seminar.sty
- \slidewidth 222mm
- \slideheight 152mm
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-For other paper sizes, you can create a style option by modifying
-"sem-a4.sty". Then any of the options described above is available to you,
-(with the appropriate parameter values). However, this will give satisfactory
-results only for paper sizes that are close to A4 or 8.5in by 11in.
-
-Note that for any paper size, even 8.5in by 11in, the page parameters that are
-set this way are just suggested defaults, and most people will want to
-customize them. Because of the variety of ways in which "seminar.sty"
-documents can be printed, this is a little more complex than with most
-document styles. Examine "sem-page.sty" to see what page parameters need to be
-set, and when.
-
-\section{Configuration file\label{S-configfile}}
-
-You can put customizations to "seminar.sty" in a file named "seminar.con".
-This file is optional. It is loaded by "seminar.sty" if it exists, {\em
-before} loading the style option files. E.g., "seminar.con" might contain the
-following lines:
-\begin{LVerbatim}
- \input semhelv.sty
- \input semcolor.sty
- \renewcommand{\printlandscape}{\special{landscape}}
- \endinput
-\end{LVerbatim}
-
-\clearpage
-\PrintUserIndex
-
-\end{document}
-%% END sem-user.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3024550bec..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f896093fc..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp1.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-\listfiles
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% BEGIN semsamp1.tex
-%
-% This is a sample document for seminar.sty, v0.93 (and maybe later).
-%
-% Try this with and without the article option:
-
-\documentclass[fancybox,article]{seminar}
-
-\def\printlandscape{\special{landscape}} % Works with dvips.
-
-\articlemag{1}
-
-%\twoup % Try me.
-
-\newpagestyle{327}%
- {Economics 327 \hspace{\fill}\rightmark \hspace{\fill}\thepage}{}%
-\pagestyle{327}
-
-\markright{Choice under uncertainty}
-
-\slideframe{Oval}
-
-\newcommand{\heading}[1]{%
- \begin{center}
- \large\bf
- \shadowbox{#1}%
- \end{center}
- \vspace{1ex minus 1ex}}
-
-\newcommand{\BF}[1]{{\bf #1:}\hspace{1em}\ignorespaces}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-
-\begin{slide}
-\heading{A heading}
-
-One thing this example illustrates is how the {\tt article} style option is
-good for printing slides two-up, for distribution to a seminar audience or
-class, or just for proofreading.
-
-\BF{Definition}
-$p$ (weakly) first-order stochastically dominates $q$ if for every $\bar z\in
-Z$,
-\[
- p(z\leq \bar z) \leq q(z\leq \bar z)
-\]
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\begin{slide}
-\heading{Problems with stochastic dominance as a DT}
-
-\begin{center}
- \begin{tabular}{|r|l|}\hline
- $z$ & $p(z)$\\ \hline
- \$999 & .01\\ \hline
- \$1,000,000 & .99 \\ \hline
- \end{tabular}%
- \hspace{1cm}%
- \begin{tabular}{|r|l|}\hline
- $z$ & $q(z)$\\ \hline
- \$1,000 & 1\\ \hline
- \end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}
-\heading{Candidate Theory \#3: Expected utility}
-
-Let $Z$ be an arbitrary set of outcomes. Let $u:Z\rightarrow R$ be a utility
-representation of the DM's preferences over the elements of $Z$ as certain
-outcomes. (I.e., $u(y)\geq u(z)$ iff $y \geq z$.)
-
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\begin{slide}
-\heading{Expected utility \& the St.\ Petersburg Paradox}
-
-This can get around even St.\ Petersburg Paradox, because we don't require
-that utility be linear in money:
-
-\begin{center}
- \begin{tabular}{r|c|c|c|c|c}\cline{2-6}
- Prize & \$2 & \$4 & \$8 & \$16 & $\ldots$\\ \cline{2-6}
- $u(z)=\log_2(z)$ & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & $\ldots$ \\ \cline{2-6}
- Prob. & 1/2 & 1/4 & 1/8 & 1/16 & $\ldots$\\ \cline{2-6}
- \end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-Expected utility is $\sum_{k=1}^\infty k/2^k = 2$, and so lottery gives same
-expected utility as getting \$4 for sure.
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\end{document}
-%% END semsamp1.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 117ef173f9..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index b332a31414..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp2.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-
-%% BEGIN semsamp2.tex
-% This is a sample document for seminar.sty, v0.93 (and maybe later).
-%
-% This file contains both landscape and portrait mode slides.
-% Choose one of the following to print them out:
-% - If using PSTricks, try the semcolor style option.
-% - If using Rokicki's dvips, try the semrot style option.
-% - To print the landscape slides, put \landscapeonly in the preamble.
-% To print the portrait slides, include the portrait style option and
-% put \portraitonly in the preamble.
-%
-%
-\documentclass[%
- slidesonly,% Try notes or notesonly instead.
- %notes,% Use instead of slidesonly to typeset the notes.
- %notesonly,% Use instead of slidesonly to typeset notes and slides.
- semcolor,% Try me if using PSTricks.
- semrot,% Try me if using Rokicki's dvips.
- %semhelv,% Try me if using a PostScript printer.
- %article,% Try me.
- %portrait,% Try me.
- %sem-a4,% Try me if using A4 paper.
- semlayer% This must be included, but you need the semcolor option to
- ]{seminar} % actually see the overlays.
-
-\slidesmag{5}
-\articlemag{1}
-
-%\twoup % Try me for twoup printing.
-
-%\portraitonly % To print only portrait slides
-%\landscapeonly % To print only landscape slides
-
-%\notslides{\ref{questions}-7,1} %Try me: The slides are omitted.
-%\onlyslides{\ref{questions}-7,1} %Try me: Only these slides are included.
-%\onlynotestoo %Try me: For selecting notes as well.
-
-%\colorlayers{red,blue} % Try deleting this if using the semcolor option,
- % to get \blue and \red to use PostScript color.
-
-%\overlaysfalse % Suppress overlays with semcolor option.
-%\layersfalse % Suppress color layers with semcolor option.
-
-\rotateheaderstrue % Try this out if using rotation macros.
-
-
-\title{Example for seminar.sty}
-\author{Policarpa Salabarrieta}
-\date{July 21, 1991}
-
-\newcommand\sref[1]{SLIDE \ref{#1}}
-\newcommand\heading[1]{\begin{center}\large\bf #1\end{center}}
-
-\newpagestyle{MH}%
- {University of Guaduas, March 13, 1998\hfil\thepage}{}
-\pagestyle{MH}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle % This won't show up when \onlynotestoo is in effect.
-
-\begin{slide}
- \ifslidesonly % Title slide only for slidesonly selection.
- \maketitle
- \addtocounter{slide}{-1}
- \slidepagestyle{empty}
- \fi
-\end{slide}
-
-This is a lot of gobbledy-gook intended only to illustrate some of the
-features of seminar.sty.
-
- The phrase information overload rings a bell with just about anyone.
-Certainly you all receive more working papers or more applications for
-graduate school than you can readily read. Nevertheless, the term information
-overload is ill-defined. (\sref{too_much}, top)
-
- A message like this when you check your email conjures up the notion of
-information overload. More generally, information overload always means too
-much information, in some sense or another. But what does ``too much'' mean?
-(\sref{too_much}, bottom) It might just mean that people cannot process all
-the information they receive. That is certainly true for everyone. A claim
-that is much stronger, and that is implicit when people complain about
-informaton overload, is that people {\em should} receive less information, by
-some criterion.
-
-\begin{slide}\label{too_much}%
-\begin{center}
- \large\bf
- Information overload = ``Too much'' information
-\end{center}
-\smallskip
-
-\begin{verse} \bf\tt
- You have 134 unread messages:\\
- Do you want to read them now?
-\end{verse}
-
-\begin{enumerate}
- {\overlay2
- \item People {\overlay1 cannot process all} the information they receive.}
- \item People {\em should} receive less information.
- \end{enumerate}
-\end{slide}
-
- In this paper, I use the term ``information overload'' in both senses.
-(\sref{overload}, bottom). Specifically, I say that an {\em individual} is
-overloaded with information if she receives more information than she can
-process. But I say that there is information overload in a {\em network} if
-there is some mechanism that makes the senders and/or receivers better off by
-restricting the flow of information. This latter notion of information
-overload is an equilibrium property, and it depends on what we mean by
-``better off.''
-
-\begin{slide*}\label{overload}
-\ptsize{12}
-
-\begin{itemize}{\overlay1
- \item There is information {\overlay0 overload in a network if} there is
-some mechanism that, compared to the {\em status quo}, makes the senders
-and/or receivers better off by restricting the flow} of information.'
-
- \item There is information overload in a network if there is some mechanism
-that, compared to the {\em status quo}, makes the senders and/or receivers
-better off by restricting the flow of information.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\end{slide*}
-
-(\sref{questions})
- The purpose of my paper is to show why there can be information overload in
-a network and what kind of mechanisms can make the receivers and/or senders
-better off. Since the cost of communication is one factor that restricts
-communication, I am thus also going to look at how the welfare of the senders
-and receivers depends on the cost of communication.
-
- Most messages don't become jumbled and we can choose which ones to process.
-But some of us may have a bias towards choosing to process more information
-than we should, like the graduate student who feels compelled to read every
-article on the usual lengthy reading list, and just ends up getting confused
-and ruffling through the papers.
-
-
-\begin{slide}[7.3in,5.5in] \label{questions}
-\heading{Questions}
-
-\begin{itemize}
- {\overlay1 \item When could {\blue there be overload} in networks?}
- \item What mechanims make the receivers and senders better off?
- \item How does the welfare {\red of the senders} and receivers depend on the
-cost of communication?
-\end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-
-However, experiments in consumer research and psychology have failed to find
-that such a bias is prevalent. This is in spite of the fact that it is common
-for stress and cognitive strain to increase with information load. We may
-incur such stress and strain because the information we choose to process is
-valuable to us.
-
-More commonly, then, we can and do choose to process roughly as much
-information as we can handle efficiently. This is called screening. But when
-we choose which messages to begin to process, we're ignorant of their
-contents, since otherwise there would be no reason to process them in the
-first place. Therefore, if we receive more junk mail, then some of the
-important mail gets crowded out, and we are effectively less informed.
-
-\begin{slide} \label{informed}
-\begin{center}
- {\bf Being more informed} \par
- \smallskip
- is always better,\par
- \medskip
- \overlay1{but it's not the same as \par
- \smallskip
- {\bf receiving more information}}
-\end{center}
-\end{slide}
-
- Why would the senders communicate too many messages in the first place? If I
-present too much material in this seminar, you have to choose which parts to
-ignore and I would rather make that decision myself, since I know what I most
-want to get across. Thus, it is in my interest not to overload you with
-information. Generally, whenever there is a single sender of messages, that
-sender will prefer to screen rather than have the receiver screen, because the
-sender has an interest in which messages the receiver processes.
-But when there are more senders, one sender's messages tend to crowd out the
-messages of the other senders, as in this example here. If the senders don't
-take this external cost into account when sending messages, they may
-collectively overload the receiver. (\sref{akbar})
-
-There are several reasons that our scarcity of attention, that is, our limited
-capacity to process information, can mean that we become less informed when we
-receive more information. I have a cartoon here to illustrate these reasons.
-(\sref{akbar})
-
-\begin{slide}\label{akbar}\def\slidefuzz{15pt}
- {\large A tax $\tau$ on communication is said to support
-$\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ if $\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ is an equilibrium for
-$\Gamma(c+\tau)$.}
-\medskip
-
- {\bf Proposition 6.} {\em Assume $\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ is not an equilibrium
-for $\Gamma(c)$.\vspace{-3pt}
-\begin{enumerate}
- \item If $\mbox{supp}(\gamma)=[0,1]^n$, there is no tax that supports
-$\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$.
- \item If $\mbox{supp}(\gamma)=S^{n-1}$, there is a tax that supports
-$\tilde{\cal{X}}(c)$ if and only if $m=1$, $p_j>c\, \forall j$, and
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item $n=2$; or
- \item $n=3$ and $p_i^{-1}+p_j^{-1}\geq p_k^{-1}$ for all distinct
-$i,j,k$; or
- \item $n=4$ and $p_1=p_2=p_3=p_4$.
-\end{enumerate}
-\end{enumerate}}
-\end{slide}
-
- If, by restricting communication, we eliminate the less relevant messages,
-then we can become more informed. But how can we achieve this? Restricting the
-flow of information shifts the task of screening messages from the receivers
-to the senders. Unlike the receivers, the senders do know the contents of the
-messages they originate. If the senders' interests coincide with those of the
-receiver and if the senders have sufficient knowledge about the receivers,
-then the senders will choose the messages which are most relevant to the
-receivers. This may make the receivers, and even the senders, better off.
-
- The network in Slide \ref{architectures} attains the minimal delay $c(8,24)
-= 6$ using 8 processors. It is an example of the efficient one-shot networks
-described by Foo. We will focus on a class of networks that are similar to the
-Foo networks but that may differ slightly. For $q$, $c$ and $n$ such that $1
-\leq q \leq \lfloor n/2 \rfloor$ and $c(q,n) \leq c \leq n$, let $R_{nqc}$ be
-the class of essential networks for adding $n$ items using $q$ processors in
-$c$ cycles that have the following properties:
-
-\begin{slide*}\label{architectures}
-\heading{Architecture}
-
-\begin{center}
-\setlength{\unitlength}{1.65in}
-\begin{picture}(1.1,1.6)(3.5,5.0)
-\put(4.0,6.5){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(4.1,6.5){1}
-\put(4.0,6.0){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(4.1,6.0){2}
-\put(4.0,6.1){\vector(0,1){.3}}
-\put(3.5,6.0){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(3.6,6.0){3}
-\put(3.6,6.1){\vector(1,1){.3}}
-\put(4.0,5.5){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(4.1,5.5){4}
-\put(4.0,5.6){\vector(0,1){.3}}
-\put(4.5,6.0){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(4.6,6.0){5}
-\put(4.4,6.1){\vector(-1,1){.3}}
-\put(4.5,5.5){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(4.6,5.5){6}
-\put(4.4,5.6){\vector(-1,1){.3}}
-\put(3.5,5.5){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(3.6,5.5){7}
-\put(3.5,5.6){\vector(0,1){.3}}
-\put(4.0,5.0){\circle*{.04}}
-\put(4.1,5.0){8}
-\put(4.0,5.1){\vector(0,1){.3}}
-\end{picture}
-\end{center}
-\end{slide*}
-
-Why would the senders communicate too many messages in the first place? If I
-present too much material in this seminar, you have to choose which parts to
-ignore and I would rather make that decision myself, since I know what I most
-want to get across. Thus, it is in my interest not to overload you with
-information.
-
-Generally, whenever there is a single sender of messages, that sender will
-prefer to screen rather than have the receiver screen, because the sender has
-an interest in which messages the receiver processes. But when there are more
-senders, one sender's messages tend to crowd out the messages of the other
-senders, as in this example here. If the senders don't take this external cost
-into account when sending messages, they may collectively overload the
-receiver. (\sref{architectures})
-
-\end{document}
-%% END semsamp2.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 96b83e558a..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d6b5923a9..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/semsamp3.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-\listfiles
-%%
-%% Ein Beispiel der DANTE-Edition
-%%
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2012 Herbert Voss
-%%
-%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
-%%
-%%
-%% ====
-% Show page(s) 1,3
-%%
-\documentclass[landscape,rules]{exaseminar}
-\pagestyle{empty}
-\setlength\textwidth{172.40709pt}
-% use **dvips -T 297mm,210mm <file>**!
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
-\def\FileDate{June 2002}
-\def\FileInfoB{Backgrounds}
-\def\FileVersion{1.0}
-\StartShownPreambleCommands
-\documentclass{seminar}
-\usepackage{sem-dem}% General utility macros
-\HyperSetUp\hypersetup{pdfpagemode=UseOutlines}% Open the document with bookmarks shown
-\newcommand\MySeminarOutlinePresentation{%
- \SeminarOutlinePresentation{Where we are}{LightBlue}{RoyalBlue}{yellow}%
- \SeminarHeader{\LARGE\HLe{Demonstration of \MakeLowercase{\FileInfoB}}}}
-\VerbatimFootnotes % To allow verbatim material in footnotes
-\StopShownPreambleCommands
-\begin{document}
-\SeminarFirstSlide \SeminarListOfSlides
-\renewcommand{\slidestretch}{1}% Komprimieren der Zeilen
-\begin{slide}
- \slideheading{Introduction}
- \begin{dinglist}{\DingListSymbolA}
- \item The \emph{full screen} backgrounds, which are the ones well suited
- for screen presentations, are managed by the
- \Verb+\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground+ and
- \Verb+\SeminarSlideFrameBackground+ macros.\footnote{They are built on the
- model of the \Verb[fontsize=\footnotesize]+\newslideframe+ and
- \Verb[fontsize=\footnotesize]+\slideframe+ ones, which cannot be used for
- this goal (there is a design incompatibility in the management of the
- slide headers).}
-
- \item We can overlap several partial \emph{backgrounds} with the
- `\textsf{fancybox}' package (using it \Verb+\boxput+ macro), calling the
- \Verb+\slideframe[*]+ macro, eventually several times (see the
- \HLe{Seminar} documentation and FAQ). See examples on
- slide~12 and in the file \href{file:sem-dem2.pdf}{sem-dem2.pdf}.
-
- \item We show here several kinds of backgrounds:
- \begin{dinglist}{\DingListSymbolB}\setlength{\labelwidth}{4mm}
- \item \HLe{solid} backgrounds,
- \item \HLe{gradient} backgrounds, using the \textsf{pst-grad} PSTricks package,
- \item \HLe{gradient} backgrounds, using the \textsf{pst-slpe} PSTricks package,
- \item \HLe{composite} backgrounds, based on PSTricks graphics (you can
- obviously rather use the others \AllTeX{} packages for algorithmic graphics),
- \item backgrounds with \HLe{external images}.
- \end{dinglist}
- \end{dinglist}
-\end{slide}
-\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 68a52701aa..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-code.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN tvz-code.sty
-%% 93/04/01
-%% Tim Van Zandt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% Lousy hacks for typesetting the documented code for the
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% seminar.sty and PSTricks packages.
-
-\input tvz-hax.sty
-\input doc.sty % Tested with v1.7k
-\input art11.sty
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE PARAMETERS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Paragraphs are marked by space rather than indentation:
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
-
-% Textwidth just wide enough for 78 characters of code.
-\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\small\tt f}
-\textwidth 78\wd\@tempboxa
-\oddsidemargin\paperwidth\relax
-\advance\oddsidemargin -\textwidth
-\divide\oddsidemargin 2
-\advance\oddsidemargin -1in
-\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\tiny 999\ }
-\advance\oddsidemargin\wd\@tempboxa
-\evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
-
-\if@twoside
- \advance\oddsidemargin .3in
- \advance\evensidemargin -.3in
-\fi
-
-% No headers, 1in top margin
-\topmargin 0pt
-\headheight 0pt
-\headsep 0pt
-
-% Total bottom margin 1in, text height 9in
-\textheight 9in
-\footskip .625in
-
-% Now adjust for different paper size:
-\@tempdima=\paperheight
-\advance\@tempdima-11in
-\divide\@tempdima 2
-\advance\topmargin \@tempdima
-
-% Marginal notes always on left.
-\marginparwidth 3.5cm
-\marginparsep .5cm
-\reversemarginpar
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% MACROCODE PATCH FOR SHORT META %%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\expandafter\def\expandafter\macrocode\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\DeleteShortMeta
- \macrocode}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DOC PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\newbox\junkbox
-\def\DocInput#1{%
- \MakePercentIgnore
- \setbox\junkbox=\hbox\bgroup
- \input{#1}%
- \MakePercentComment}
-\let\EndDocPreamble\egroup
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% VERBATIM %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Use fancybox.sty's LVerbatim environment. Each line should contain
-% percent plus three spaces (or other char), including blank lines. E.g.,
-% \begin{LVerbatim}
-% foo
-% bar
-% \end{LVerbatim}
-
-\def\EveryVerbatimLine#1#2#3#4{}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\%=12
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \global\EndVerbatimTokens{% }
-\endgroup
-\AltGetVerbatim
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% INDEXING %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Things are faster without \MakeIndex
-
-\def\MakeIndex{\makeindex\EnableCrossrefs}
-\DisableCrossrefs
-
-% Use \codelabel[int]{foo} to label last line of code plus int.
-% E.g., to label first and then last line of some code:
-% \codelabel[1]{foo}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% foo
-% bar
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \codelabel{foo}
-
-\def\codelabel{\@ifnextchar[{\@codelabel}{\@codelabel[0]}}
-\def\@codelabel[#1]#2{%
- \@bsphack
- \begingroup
- \advance\c@CodelineNo #1
- \def\@currentlabel{\the\c@CodelineNo}%
- \label{#2}%
- \endgroup
- \@esphack}
-
-% Definitions in code are indexed by page number, but other occurences
-% are indexed by the line of code.
-
-\CodelineIndex
-\def\SpecialMainPageIndex#1{%
- {\let\special@index\index\SpecialMainIndex{#1}}}
-\renewcommand{\theCodelineNo}{{\rm\tiny\arabic{CodelineNo}}}
-
-% Index numbers for main definitions are set in bold rather than underlined.
-
-\def\main#1{{\bf #1}}
-
-% two column index
-
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-
-% Customize index prologue:
-
-\def\index@prologue{%
- \section*{Index}\markboth{Index}{Index}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}%
- The {\bf bold} numbers denote the pages where the entries are defined,
- and all other numbers indicate the {\em lines of code} where
- the entries are used.}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% MACRO %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% A change to the macro environment; prints macro names within the margins
-% of the text, instead of as marginal notes. Use one \macro command,
-% with comma separated macro names.
-
-\newif\iffirst@macroname
-\newif\ifnestedmacro
-
-\def\macro{%
- \ifnum\macro@level=\z@
- \def\next{\MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@}%
- \else
- \def\next{\@latexerr{Nested \string\begin{macro}}\@eha
- \endgroup\end{macro}\macro@level=\z@\begin{macro}}
- \fi
- \next}
-\def\m@cro@#1{%
- \first@macronametrue
- \m@@cro@@#1,\@nil,}
-\def\m@@cro@@#1,{%
- \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{\@nil}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\next\finishm@@cro@@
- \else
- {\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne\SpecialMainPageIndex{#1}\nobreak}%
- \DoNotIndex{#1}%
- \iffirst@macroname
- \edef\saved@macronames{\string#1}%
- \first@macronamefalse
- \else
- \def\comma{\noexpand\comma}%
- \edef\saved@macronames{\saved@macronames\comma\string#1}%
- \fi
- \let\next\m@@cro@@
- \fi
- \next}
-\def\finishm@@cro@@{%
- \advance\macro@level\@ne
- \def\comma{{\rm, }}%
- \ListMacroNames{\saved@macronames}}
-
-\let\endmacro\relax
-
-\def\ListMacroNames{%
- \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.25ex plus -.5ex minus-.2ex}%
- {1.3ex plus.2ex}{\csname reset@font\endcsname\large\tt}*}
-
-\MacroIndent 0pt
-
-\def\MacroFont{\small\tt}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DoNot Index %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\DoNotIndex{\ ,\!,\[,\\,\],\^,\`,\{,\},\~}
-\DoNotIndex{\@warning,\active}
-\DoNotIndex{\begingroup,\catcode,\char,\csname,\def,\do}
-\DoNotIndex{\docdate,\dospecials,\edef,\else,\endcsname,\endgroup}
-\DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\filedate,\fileversion}
-\DoNotIndex{\gdef,\if,\ifcat}
-\DoNotIndex{\ifx,\immediate,\lccode,\let}
-\DoNotIndex{\lowercase,\next,\noexpand}
-\DoNotIndex{\relax,\space,\the}
-\DoNotIndex{\toks@,\typeout,\write}
-\DoNotIndex{\@M,\@arabic,\@author,\@auxout,\@bsphack,\@car,\@date}
-\DoNotIndex{\@dblarg,\@dblfloat,\@eha,\@empty,\@esphack,\@evenfoot}
-\DoNotIndex{\@evenhead,\@float,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@gtempa,\@ifnextchar}
-\DoNotIndex{\@ifundefined,\@ixpt,\@latexerr,\@listI,\@listi,\@listii}
-\DoNotIndex{\@listiii,\@listiv,\@listv,\@listvi,\@makefnmark,\@mkboth}
-\DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@mne,\@nil,\@normalsize,\@oddfoot}
-\DoNotIndex{\@oddhead,\@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempc,\@tempd}
-\DoNotIndex{\@tempdima,\@testfalse,\@testtrue,\test@member}
-\DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@title}
-\DoNotIndex{\@topnum,\@viiipt,\@viipt,\@vipt,\@vpt,\@xiipt}
-\DoNotIndex{\@xipt,\@xpt,\@xivpt,\@xviipt,\@xxpt,\@xxvpt}
-\DoNotIndex{\addcontentsline}
-\DoNotIndex{\advance,\aftergroup,\baselinestretch,\begin}
-\DoNotIndex{\belowdisplayshortskip,\belowdisplayskip,\bf,\bgroup}
-\DoNotIndex{\box,\c@@page,\c@page,\c@secnumdepth,\clearpage,\columnsep}
-\DoNotIndex{\columnwidth,\copy,\dimen@,\dimen@i,\dimen@ii,\divide}
-\DoNotIndex{\dp,\ds@article,\ds@notes,\ds@notesonly}
-\DoNotIndex{\ds@slidesonly,\egrou,\end,\end@dblfoloat,\end@float}
-\DoNotIndex{\endinput,\fnsymbol,\footheight,\footnotesep,\footskip}
-\DoNotIndex{\global,\globaldefs,\hbox,\headheight,\headsep,\hfil}
-\DoNotIndex{\hrule,\hskip,\hss,\ht,\Huge,\huge}
-\DoNotIndex{\if@filesw,\if@test,\if@twocolumn,\if@twoside}
-\DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifvmode,\ignorespaces}
-\DoNotIndex{\input,\interlinepenalty,\itemsep,\ixpt,\label}
-\DoNotIndex{\labelsep,\labelwidth,\LARGE,\large,\Large}
-\DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\leftmargin,\leftmargini,\leftmarginii}
-\DoNotIndex{\leftmarginiii,\leftmarginiv,\leftmarginv}
-\DoNotIndex{\leftmarginvi,\leftmark,\leftskip,\lineskip}
-\DoNotIndex{\magstep,\marginparsep,\marginparwidth,\markboth}
-\DoNotIndex{\markright,\medbreak,\multiply,\newbox,\newcount}
-\DoNotIndex{\newcounter,\newdimen,\newif,\newlabel,\newpage}
-\DoNotIndex{\newtoks,\nobreak,\nointerlineskip,\normallineskip}
-\DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\null,\number,\numberline,\oddsidemargin}
-\DoNotIndex{\offinterlineskip,\or,\par,\parbox,\parskip,\partopsep}
-\DoNotIndex{\prevdepth,\protect,\ref,\refstepcounter,\rightmrk}
-\DoNotIndex{\rm,\scriptsize,\section,\sectionmark,\setbox,\setcounter}
-\DoNotIndex{\sl,\small,\stepcounter,\string,\textheight,\textwidth}
-\DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thepage,\thesection,\thesubsection}
-\DoNotIndex{\thispagestyle,\tiny,\topmargin,\topsep,\uppercase}
-\DoNotIndex{\vbox,\vfill,\viiipt,\viipt,\vipt,\vpt,\vskip,\vss}
-\DoNotIndex{\wd,\xcommentloaded@,\xdef,\xiipt,\xipt,\xivpt,\xpt}
-\DoNotIndex{\xviipt,\xxpt,\xxvpt,\z@}
-\DoNotIndex{\abovedisplayskip,\abovedisplayshortskip,\@currentlabel}
-\DoNotIndex{\@dottedtocline,\@ne\@setsize,\@starttoc,\@tempboxa,\@}
-\DoNotIndex{\arraystretch,\centerline,\egroup,\end@dblfloat}
-\DoNotIndex{\evensidemargin,\footnotesize,\ifnum,\parindent,\parsep}
-\DoNotIndex{\rightmark,\@afterindenttrue,\@ne,\if@specialpage.\long}
-\DoNotIndex{\fboxrule,\fboxsep,\@for,\vfil}
-\DoNotIndex{\@@fortmp,\@@tempa,\@@tempb,\@ehd,\@for,\@fortmp,\@m}
-\DoNotIndex{\@mparswitchfalse,\@mparswitchtrue,\@nnil,\@spaces}
-\DoNotIndex{\@specialstyle,\@temptokena,\@twosidefalse,\@twosidetrue}
-\DoNotIndex{\@whilenum,\alph,\arabic,\count@,\errhelp,\errmessage}
-\DoNotIndex{\fbox,\index,\minipage,\newcommand,\overfullrule}
-\DoNotIndex{\pagestyle,\raggedright,\ref@stepcounter,renewcommand}
-\DoNotIndex{\semcolor@loaded,today,\@tempcnta,\@tempcntb,\trivlist,\t,\p}
-\DoNotIndex{\today,\item,\@colht,\@currenvir,\@thefoot,\@thehead}
-\DoNotIndex{\@totalleftmargin,\allowbreak,\@captype,\@footnotetext}
-\DoNotIndex{\@listdepth,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue,\@mpfn,\@mpfootins}
-\DoNotIndex{\endtrivlist,\everypar,\hsize,\ifvoid,\lastskip}
-\DoNotIndex{\linewidth,\skip,\thempfn,\thempfootnote,\topskip,\unvbox}
-\DoNotIndex{\@@input,\@@par,\@acci,\@accii,\@acciii,\@cclv,\@height}
-\DoNotIndex{\@maxdepth,\@tempdimb,\@tempg,\@temph,\@texttop,\@twocolumnfalse}
-\DoNotIndex{\@xfloat,\addvspace,\alloc@,\bigskipamount,\botmark,\chardef}
-\DoNotIndex{\closein,\closeout,\count,\countdef,\dimen,\glossary,\goodbreak}
-\DoNotIndex{\insc@unt,\intextsep,\kern,\mag,\marginpar,\maxdepth,\medskip}
-\DoNotIndex{\moveleft,\newinsert,\newskip,\onecolumn,\openin,\openout}
-\DoNotIndex{\read,\renewcommand,\repeat,\rightskip,\strut,\vfuzz,\voffset}
-\DoNotIndex{\vsize}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\endinput
-
-%% END tvz-code.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index f8a4798fcc..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-hax.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN tvz-hax.sty
-%% 93/04/01
-%% Tim Van Zandt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% These are some lousy hacks for typesetting the code
-%% and User's Guide in the Seminar and PSTricks packages.
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAPER SIZES %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Default paper size is 8.5in by 11in.
-% Just include the `a4' style option for A4 paper size.
-% For other paper sizes, define \paperwidth and \paperheight
-% before the \documentstyle command.
-
-\@ifundefined{paperwidth}{\def\paperwidth{8.5in}}{}
-\@ifundefined{paperheight}{\def\paperheight{11in}}{}
-\@namedef{ds@a4}{\def\paperwidth{210mm}\def\paperheight{297mm}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% INPUTS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\newif\iftwoup
-\@namedef{ds@2up}{\input 2up.tex \twouptrue}
-
-\input article.sty
-\input fancybox.sty % Version 0.93 or later.
-
-\iftwoup
- \if@twoside
- \targetlayout{twosided}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\if@twoside
- \def\twosideclearpage{%
- \clearpage
- \ifodd\c@page\else
- \thispagestyle{empty}%
- \null\leavevmode
- \clearpage
- \fi}
-\else
- \let\twosideclearpage\clearpage
-\fi
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% MISC %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\def\arraystretch{1.2}
-
-\hfuzz 1pt
-
-% Just in case I'm using AmS-LaTeX.
-\def\makeatother{\catcode`\@=12\relax}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SHORT META %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Works in verbatim environments, unless specially designed.
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \gdef\ShortMeta{%
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \def<##1>{{\MetaFont ##1\/}}}
-\endgroup
-\def\DeleteShortMeta{\catcode`\<=12\relax}
-\def\MetaFont{\sl} % For meta arguments.
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% FILE VERSIONS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% \GetVersion{file} scans first ten lines of <file> for
-% \filedate and \fileversion definitions.
-%
-% \CheckVersion{file} scans <scans> file for \filedate and \fileversion
-% and then compares these witha \FileDate and \FileVersion.
-%
-\def\GetVersion#1{%
- \immediate\openin1=#1
- \count@=0
- \let\fileversion\relax
- \let\filedate\relax
- \@testtrue
- \loop
- \if@test
- \advance\count@1
- \immediate\read1 to \@tempa
- \@tempa
- \ifnum\count@=10
- \@latexerr{Couldn't find fileversion}\@eha
- \@testfalse
- \else
- \ifx\fileversion\relax
- \@testtrue
- \else
- \ifx\filedate\relax
- \@testtrue
- \else
- \@testfalse
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \repeat}
-
-\def\CheckVersion#1{%
- \GetVersion{#1}
- \ifx\FileVersion\fileversion
- \ifx\FileDate\filedate\else
- \@latexerr{Doc date (\FileDate) and file date (\filedate)
- do not match}\@eha
- \fi
- \else
- \@latexerr{Doc version (\FileVersion) and file version (\fileversion)
- do not match}\@eha
- \fi}
-
-% This expands the date, as defined in \filedate.
-
-\def\expanddate#1/#2/#3/{%
- \number#3{}
- \month=#2
- \ifcase\month\or
- January \or February \or March \or April \or May \or June \or
- July \or August \or September \or October \or November \or December
- \fi
- 19#1}
-\def\thefiledate{\expandafter\expanddate\filedate/}
-\date{\thefiledate}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LOGOS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\def\AmS{{\protect\the\textfont\tw@
- A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125em S}}
-
-\def\b@LaTeX{%
- \begingroup
- \csname reset@font\endcsname
- \rm\bf
- L\kern-.32em
- \raise.36ex\hbox{%
- \ifx\@currsize\Huge\LARGE\else
- \ifx\@currsize\huge\Large\else
- \ifx\@currsize\LARGE\large\else
- \ifx\@currsize\Large\normalsize\else
- \ifx\@currsize\large\small\else
- \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\footnotesize\else
- \ifx\@currsize\small\scriptsize\else
- \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize\scriptscriptsize
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \bf A}%
- \kern-.15em
- T\kern-.1667em
- \lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125em
- X%
- \endgroup}
-\def\bLaTeX{\b@LaTeX}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE STYLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% The `docheadings' page style uses footers rather than headers.
-
-\def\ps@docheadings{%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth
- \def\@oddhead{}%
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \small\sf
- \rightmark
- \hfil
- \thepage}%
- \def\@evenfoot{%
- \small\sf
- \thepage
- \hfil
- \theheadertitle}%
- \def\sectionmark##1{\markright {##1}}}%
-\pagestyle{docheadings}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Table of Contents %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Tighten up spacing in TOC:
-
-\newskip\tempskip
-\def\TOCshrink{.5}
-\def\TableOfContents{%
- \begin{quote}
- \begin{center} \Large\bf Contents \end{center}
- \def\numberline##1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 1em}}%
- \let\oldaddvspace\addvspace
- \def\addvspace##1{%
- \tempskip##1\relax
- \oldaddvspace{\TOCshrink\tempskip}}
- \@starttoc{toc}%
- \end{quote}}
-\def\tableofcontents{%
- \clearpage
- \markright{Table of contents}%
- \TableOfContents
- \clearpage}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% code and examples %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% `Ex' is an environment for putting samples of code.
-% It is a variant of
-% \begin{quote}\tt ... \end{quote}.
-% It is NOT verbatim.
-
-\def\NotNested{%
- \def\begin##1{%
- \@latexerr{Bad nesting of environments.
- Perhaps missing \end{\@currenvir}}\@eha
- \end{\@currenvir}%
- \begin{##1}}}
-
-\def\Ex{%
- \NotNested
- \list{}{}\item[]%
- \if@minipage\else\vskip\parskip\fi
- \leftskip\@totalleftmargin
- \rightskip\z@
- \parindent\z@
- \parskip\z@
- \parfillskip\@flushglue
- \hfuzz 1pt
- \@@par
- \global\@inlabelfalse}
-\def\endEx{\endlist}
-
-% Various things to make it easier to write code and examples:
-
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12
- \catcode`\(=1 \catcode`\)=2
- \catcode`\+=0 \catcode`\\=12
- +gdef+|(\) % \| = character \
- +gdef+{({) % \{ = character {
- +gdef+}(}) % \} = character }
-+endgroup
-\def\Backslash{\protect\|}
-
-% Define some functional font commands:
-
-\def\MainFont{\tt} % For macro definitions.
-\def\UsageFont{\tt} % For in-line macro names.
-\def\InlineFont{\tt} % For other in-line snipets of code.
-\def\DisplayFont{\tt} % For displayed code.
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\endinput
-%% END tvz-hax.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index f203fa2cf3..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/tvz-user.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% BEGIN tvz-user.sty
-%% 93/04/01
-
-\input tvz-hax.sty
-
-\def\papersizeadjust{%
- \@tempdima=\paperwidth\relax
- \advance\@tempdima-8.5in
- \divide\@tempdima 2
- \advance\oddsidemargin\@tempdima
- \advance\evensidemargin\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\paperheight
- \advance\@tempdima-11in
- \divide\@tempdima 2
- \advance\topmargin\@tempdima}
-
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\"=\active
- \gdef\ShortVerb{%
- \catcode`\"=\active
- \def"{\Verb"}}%
- \gdef\DeleteShortVerb{\catcode`\"=12\relax}
-\endgroup
-
-% Paragraphs are marked by large space rather than indentation:
-\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
-\setlength{\parskip}{7pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
-
-% Reduce \topsep:
-\def\@listI{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \parsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@
- %\topsep 10\p@ plus4\p@ minus6\p@
- \topsep 5\p@ plus2\p@ minus2\p@
- \itemsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@}
-\let\@listi\@listI
-\@listi
-\def\@listii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- %\topsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@
- \topsep 2\p@ plus.5\p@ minus\p@
- \parsep 2.5\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep}
-\def\@listiii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- %\topsep 2.5\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@
- \topsep 1\p@ plus.2\p@ minus.2\p@
- \parsep \z@
- \partopsep \p@ plus\z@ minus\p@
- \itemsep \topsep}
-
-\skip\footins 20pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Special hacks for User's Guides %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% Listing questions
-\newcounter{faq}[section]
-\def\thefaq{\arabic{faq}}
-\let\l@faq\@gobbletwo
-\def\faq{\@startsection{faq}{2}{\z@}%
- {3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\faqfont}}
-\def\faqfont{\normalsize\sf}
-\def\faqmark#1{}
-%%
-%% Listing errors
-\def\error{\vskip 2ex\noindent}
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\@ifundefined{AmSTeX}
- {\def\AmSTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex%
- \hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.2em\cal S$-\TeX}}}{}
-\@ifundefined{BibTeX}
- {\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em%
- T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}}{}
-\@ifundefined{SliTeX}
- {\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06emL\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox
- {\sc i}\kern -.03em\TeX}}}{}
-\@ifundefined{PlainTeX}{\def\PlainTeX{{\sc Plain}\kern2pt\TeX}}{}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Special indexing for User's Guides %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%%
-\@ifundefined{actualchar}{\def\actualchar{@}}{}
-\@ifundefined{quotechar}{\def\quotechar{"}}{}
-\@ifundefined{levelchar}{\def\levelchar{!}}{}
-\@ifundefined{encapchar}{\def\encapchar{|}}{}
-\@ifundefined{verbatimchar}{\def\verbatimchar{+}}{}
-%%
-%% These are the indexing commands:
-%%
-%% Commands: \MainIndex \UsageIndex
-%% Environments: \MainEnvIndex \UsageEnvIndex
-%% Style options: \MainOptionIndex \UsageOptionIndex
-%% Counters: \MainCntIndex \UsageCntIndex
-\def\@Index#1{\@bsphack\index{#1}\@esphack}
-\def\Index#1#2{%
- \@bsphack
- \index{\expandafter\@gobble\string#2\actualchar\string
- \verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar\string#2\verbatimchar
- \encapchar #1}}
-{\catcode`\!=0 !catcode`!\=12!gdef!special@gobble#1{!if\#1!else#1!fi}}
-\def\MainIndex{\Index{main}}
-\def\UsageIndex{\Index{usage}}
-\def\SpecialIndex#1#2#3{%
- \@Index{#3\actualchar{\tt #3} (#1)\encapchar #2}%
- \@Index{#1s:\levelchar{\tt #3}\encapchar #2}}
-\def\MainEnvIndex{\SpecialIndex{environment}{main}}
-\def\UsageEnvIndex{\SpecialIndex{environment}{usage}}
-\def\MainOptionIndex{\SpecialIndex{option}{main}}
-\def\UsageOptionIndex{\SpecialIndex{option}{usage}}
-\def\MainCntIndex{\SpecialIndex{counter}{main}}
-\def\UsageCntIndex{\SpecialIndex{counter}{usage}}
-%%
-%% Font for index page numbers:
-\def\main#1{{\bf #1}}
-\def\usage#1{{#1}}
-%%
-%% These combine various functions:
-%%
-%% Commands: \Main \Usage
-%% Environments: \MainEnv \UsageEnv
-%% Style options: \MainOption \UsageOption
-%% Counters: \MainCnt \UsageCnt
-%%
-%% The "Main" ones
-%% * Index argument.
-%% * Print argument with \MainFont
-%% * Create label +foo, e+foo or o+foo.
-%%
-%% The "Usage" ones
-%% * Index argument.
-%% * Print argument with \UsageFont.
-%%
-\def\SpecialLabel#1#2+{\label{+#2}}
-\def\LabelIndex#1{\MainIndex{#1}\expandafter\SpecialLabel\string#1+}
-\def\Main#1{%
- \MainIndex{#1}%
- \expandafter\SpecialLabel\string#1+%
- {\MainFont\string#1}}
-\def\Usage#1{\UsageIndex{#1}{\UsageFont\string#1}}
-\def\MainEnv#1{%
- \MainEnvIndex{#1}%
- \label{e+#1}%
- {\MainFont #1}}
-\def\UsageEnv#1{\UsageEnvIndex{#1}{\UsageFont #1}}
-\def\MainOption#1{%
- \MainOptionIndex{#1}%
- \label{o+#1}%
- {\MainFont #1}}
-\def\UsageOption#1{\UsageOptionIndex{#1}{\UsageFont #1}}
-\def\MainCnt#1{%
- \MainCntIndex{#1}%
- \label{c+#1}%
- {\MainFont #1}}
-\def\UsageCnt#1{\UsageCntIndex{#1}{\UsageFont #1}}
-%%
-%% These are abbreviations.
-%%
-\def\N{\Main}
-\def\n{\Usage}
-\def\E{\MainEnv}
-\def\e{\UsageEnv}
-\def\O{\MainOption}
-\def\o{\UsageOption}
-\def\C{\MainCnt}
-\def\c{\UsageCnt}
-%%
-%% This is for listing commands in a description environment.
-\def\xitem#1{\item[\Main{#1}]}
-%%
-%%
-\renewcommand{\EveryVerbatimLine}[2]{}
-\VerbatimFootnotes
-
-%% User's guide and documented code have different index prologue.
-\def\PrintUserIndex{{\let\ps@plain\@empty\@input{\jobname.ind}}}
-
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\<=1 \catcode`\>=2
- \catcode`\{=13 \catcode`\}=12
- \catcode`\[=13
- \gdef\@MD<%
- \catcode`\{=13 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\[=13
- \def{##1}<\{<\MetaFont ##1\/>\}>%
- \def[##1]<\string[<\MetaFont ##1\/>]>>
-\endgroup
-\def\MD{%
- \NotNested
- \Ex
- \begingroup
- \@MD
- \def\end{\par\endgroup\end}%
- \def\\{\@centercr\Main}%
- \MainFont
- \Main}
-\def\endMD{\endEx}
-
-\endinput
-%% END tvz-user.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index d6d8d20046..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/npsfont.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN npsfont.sty
-%%
-\def\fileversion{v1.0}
-\def\filedate{91/11/20}
-%%
-%% Style option npsfont.sty, for use with LaTeX 2.09
-%% and the New Font Selection Scheme.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-% DESCRIPTION:
-%
-% Defining new PostScript fonts with the New Font Selection Scheme is easy,
-% but these macros make it easier. They save on keystrokes, and most
-% importantly, they make it easy to change the file names used for fonts
-% because you only have to type the file name once instead of 12 times (for
-% the 12 standard LaTeX sizes). An optional argument lets you scale the fonts.
-%
-% These macros are substitutes for the NFSS's \new@fontshape command. For
-% information on the purpose of this command, and on how to select fonts that
-% are defined with it, see the documentation of the NFSS. If you don't have
-% the NFSS, it is available from
-% rusmv1.rus.uni-stuttgart.de
-% in
-% soft/tex/latex-style-supported/New-Font-Selection
-% and from
-% ymir.claremont.edu
-% in
-% [.anonymous.tex.inputs.latex-mainz]
-% The NFSS is undoubtably the best way to use PostScript fonts (or any non-
-% standard fonts) with LaTeX, and is well worth upgrading to.
-%
-% USAGE:
-%
-% \newpsfont[<scaling>]{<family>}{<series>}{<shape>}{<filename>}
-%
-% \newpsfamily[<scaling>]{<family>}{
-% {<series 1>}{<shape 1>}{<filename 1>},
-% {<series 2>}{<shape 2>}{<filename 2>},
-% . . .
-% {<series n>}{<shape n>}{<filename n>}}
-%
-% The scaling argument is optional. Like the \new@fontshape command, these
-% commands can only be used in the preamble.
-%
-% EXAMPLE:
-%
-% Suppose the Helvetica-Oblique virtual font on your system has the name
-% phvro.vf. The following defines the <helvetica> family, <m>edium series, and
-% <it>alic shape to be the Helvetica-Oblique font, at the standard LaTeX
-% font sizes, scaled by .82:
-%
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{it}{phvro}
-%
-% This is equivalent to:
-%
-% \new@fontshape{helvetica}{m}{it}{%
-% <5>phvro at 4.1pt%
-% <6>phvro at 4.92pt%
-% <7>phvro at 5.74pt%
-% <8>phvro at 6.56pt%
-% <9>phvro at 7.38pt%
-% <10>phvro at 8.2pt%
-% <11>phvro at 8.979pt%
-% <12>phvro at 9.84pt%
-% <14>phvro at 11.808pt%
-% <17>phvro at 14.1696pt%
-% <20>phvro at 17.0068pt%
-% <25>phvro at 20.4016pt}{}
-%
-% The following command sets up the standard Helvetica family:
-%
-% \newpsfamily[.82]{helvetica}{%
-% {m}{n}{phvr}, %Helvetica
-% {m}{it}{phvro}, %Helvetica-Oblique
-% {m}{sl}{phvro}, %Helvetica-Oblique
-% {bx}{n}{phvb}, %Helvetica-Bold
-% {bx}{it}{phvbo}, %Helvetica-BoldOblique
-% {bx}{sl}{phvbo}} %Helvetica-BoldOblique
-%
-% (Don't forget the commas.) It is equivalent to:
-%
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{n}{phvr} %Helvetica
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{it}{phvro} %Helvetica-Oblique
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{m}{sl}{phvro} %Helvetica-Oblique
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{bx}{n}{phvb} %Helvetica-Bold
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{bx}{it}{phvbo} %Helvetica-BoldOblique
-% \newpsfont[.82]{helvetica}{bx}{sl}{phvbo} %Helvetica-BoldOblique
-% \extra@def{helvetica}{}{}
-%
-% WHY SCALE FONTS?:
-%
-% Disclaimer: The suggestions that follow come from someone who doesn't know
-% anything about fonts.
-%
-% Mixing fonts that are not designed to be used together is not for purists,
-% but many of us do it anyway. Scaling the fonts can at least correct for
-% differences in the x-heights. This is important if you use Computer
-% Modern fonts for in-line math and some other fonts for text.
-%
-% To find out the x-height of the 10pt size of a font, load this style and
-% use the command
-%
-% \showxheight{<filename>}
-%
-% E.g., \showxheight{phvr} and \showxheight{cmr10} displays
-%
-% x-height of cmr10 at 10pt is 4.30554pt
-% x-height of phvr at 10pt is 5.24998pt
-%
-% on the terminal. Scaling the Helvetica fonts by 4.30554/5.24990 = .82
-% gets the x-heights of these fonts in line. It is best to set the x-heights
-% the same for the medium weight, normal shaped fonts, and then scale the
-% rest of the fonts in the same family by the same amount.
-%
-% David Jones has a psfonts.sty that sets up the standard PostScript fonts,
-% all scaled so that the x-heights match that of the Computer Modern medium
-% roman font. It is available via anonymous ftp from theory.lcs.mit.edu in
-% /pub/dmjones.
-%
-% IMPLEMENTATION:
-%
-% \scale@stdsizes has at its argument a scaling factor. It uses \font@scale
-% to define \scaled@sizes to be the macro whose argument is the name of a
-% font, and which expands to the definitions of the standard \LaTeX{} sizes
-% for New Font Selection Schemes \new@fontshape command.
-%
-\message{\space\space\fileversion\space\space\filedate
- \space\space<tvz>}
-\@ifundefined{new@psfontshape}{}{\endinput}
-\def\font@scale#1#2#3{\dimen@=#2\dimen@=#3\dimen@
- \edef\scaled@sizes##1{\scaled@sizes{##1}<#1>##1 at\number\dimen@ sp}}
-\def\scale@stdsizes#1{%
- \edef\scaled@sizes##1{}%
- \font@scale{5}{5pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{6}{6pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{7}{7pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{8}{8pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{9}{9pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{10}{10pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{11}{10.95pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{12}{12pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{14}{14.4pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{17}{17.28pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{20}{20.74pt}{#1}%
- \font@scale{25}{24.88pt}{#1}}
-\def\new@psfontshape#1#2#3#4{%
- \new@fontshape{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scaled@sizes{#4}}{}}
-\def\new@psfont[#1]#2#3#4#5{%
- \scale@stdsizes{#1}%
- \new@psfontshape{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}
-\def\newpsfont{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\new@psfont}{\new@psfont[1]}}
-\def\newpsfamily{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\new@psfamily}{\new@psfamily[1]}}
-\def\new@psfamily[#1]#2#3{%
- \scale@stdsizes{#1}%
- \@for\@tempa:=#3\do{%
- \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\new@psfontshape{#2}\@tempa}
- \@tempb}%
- \extra@def{#2}{}{}}
-\def\showxheight#1{%
- \font\@tempfont=#1 at 10pt%
- \typeout{^^J x-height of #1 at 10pt is \the\fontdimen5\@tempfont}}
-% The commands are added to \@preamblecmds to save memory.
-\begingroup
- \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}
- \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds
- \do\font@scale
- \do\scale@stdsizes
- \do\scaled@sizes
- \do\new@psfontshape
- \do\new@psfont
- \do\newpsfont
- \do\newpsfamily
- \do\new@psfamily}
-\endgroup
-\endinput
-%% END npsfont.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a9a4e5b0c..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-a4.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% BEGIN sem-a4.sty
-%\def\paperwidth{210mm}
-%\def\paperheight{297mm}
-\paperwidth=210mm
-\paperheight=297mm
-\input sem-page.sty
-\slidewidth=222mm
-\slideheight=152mm
-\endinput
-%% END sem-a4.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index e671c22498..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-dem.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% sem-dem.sty --- General utility macros for these Seminar demonstration files
-%%
-%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr>
-%% Created the : Sun Dec 9 21:49:38 2001
-%% Last mod. by : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr>
-%% Last mod. the : Fri Apr 5 21:02:35 2002
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Identification of the file (constant parameters)
-\def\FileAuthor{Denis Girou}
-\def\FileInfoA{Seminar demonstration files}
-\def\FileName{\jobname}
-
-% Write identification in the PDF file (if one will be generated)
-\RequirePackage{hyperref}
-\newcommand{\HyperSetUp}{%
-\hypersetup{pdftitle={\FileInfoA{} - \FileInfoB},
- pdfsubject={\FileName{}
- [\FileDate{} - Version \FileVersion]},
- pdfauthor={\FileAuthor},
- pdfkeywords={\FileInfoB{} PSTricks Seminar slides}}}
-
-% Header/footer initialization
-\def\SeminarStandardHeaderFooterDemos{%
-\date{\HLa{\FileDate}}%
-\SeminarStandardHeaderFooter
- {\LARGE\HLe{Demonstration of \MakeLowercase{\FileInfoB}}}
- {\HLa{\FileInfoA{} -- \FileInfoB}}
- {\HLa{Version \FileVersion{} -- }}
- {\HLe{\FileAuthor}}}
-
-\SeminarStandardHeaderFooterDemos
-
-% General first slide for all the demonstration files
-\newcommand{\SeminarFirstSlide}{{%
-\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundSolid}
-\begin{slide}
- \ifx\SeminarPaperVersion\AnswerYes
- \else
- \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % Due to the special annotation for full screen mode
- \fi
-
- \begin{center}
- \psframebox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red,framearc=0.2]{%
- \Large\bfseries\color{yellow}
- \begin{tabular}{c}
- Seminar demonstration files\\
- \setlength{\pst@dimg}{\widthof{Seminar demonstration files}}%
- \setlength{\pst@dimh}{\widthof{\FileInfoB}}%
- \ifdim\pst@dimg>\pst@dimh
- \rule[1mm]{\pst@dimg}{0.6mm}\\
- \else
- \rule[1mm]{\pst@dimh}{0.6mm}\\
- \fi
- \FileInfoB
- \end{tabular}}
-
- \vspace{1cm}
- \psframebox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=LightBlue,
- framesep=0.2,framearc=0.4]{%
- \bfseries
- \begin{tabular}{c}
- \FileAuthor\\
- \FileDate
- \end{tabular}}
-
- \ifx\SeminarPaperVersion\AnswerYes
- \else
- \vspace{\stretch{1}}
- \hfill%
- \rput[br](0.2,0){%
- \psframebox[linewidth=0.02,framesep=0.05]{%
- \footnotesize\bfseries
- \shortstack[l]{%
- With Acroread, \textcolor{red}{CTRL-L} switch\\[-1mm]
- between full screen and window mode}}}
- \fi
- \end{center}
-\end{slide}}}
-
-% List of slides
-\newcommand{\SeminarListOfSlides}{{%
-% Background changing
-\ifx\SeminarColorVersion\AnswerYes
- \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin}{PaleGreen}%
- \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd}{green}%
- \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientAngle}{-90}%
- \SeminarSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundGradient}
-\fi
-\renewcommand{\slidestretch}{0.7}% We compress the lines
-\begin{slide}
- \listofslides
-\end{slide}}}
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index a013fcf3ad..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/sem-page.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN sem-page.sty
-\def\fileversion{1.0}
-\def\filedate{93/04/01}
-%%
-%% Contains the page parameters for the `seminar' LaTeX document style.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-\def\slideleftmargin{.6in}
-\def\sliderightmargin{.6in}
-\def\slidetopmargin{.6in}
-\def\slidebottommargin{.6in}
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait
- \twocolumn
- \sloppy
- \topmargin 0pt
- \headheight 15pt
- \headsep 25pt
- \footskip 30pt
- \footheight 15pt
- \textheight\paperwidth\relax
- \advance\textheight -1in
- \advance\textheight -\headsep
- \advance\textheight -\headheight
- \advance\textheight -\footskip
- \advance\textheight -\footheight
- \advance\textheight -.5in
- \textwidth\paperheight\relax
- \advance\textwidth by -2in
- \oddsidemargin 0pt
- \evensidemargin 0pt
- \leftmargini 2em
- \leftmarginv .5em
- \leftmarginvi .5em
- \columnsep 40pt
- \marginparwidth 0pt
- \marginparsep 0pt
- \else
- \textwidth 5.5in
- \oddsidemargin\paperwidth\relax
- \advance\oddsidemargin -\textwidth
- \divide\oddsidemargin 2
- \advance\oddsidemargin -1in
- \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
- \if@twoside
- \advance\oddsidemargin -18pt
- \advance\evensidemargin 18pt
- \fi
- \topmargin -20pt
- \headheight 15pt
- \headsep 25pt
- \footskip 33pt
- \footheight 15pt
- \textheight\paperheight\relax
- \advance\textheight -1in
- \advance\textheight -\topmargin
- \advance\textheight -\headsep
- \advance\textheight -\headheight
- \advance\textheight -\footskip
- \advance\textheight -.5in
- \fi
-\else
- \oddsidemargin 0pt
- \evensidemargin 0pt
- \marginparwidth 0pt
- \marginparsep 0pt
- \ifportrait
- \textwidth\paperwidth\relax
- \textheight\paperheight\relax
- \else
- \textwidth\paperheight\relax
- \textheight\paperwidth\relax
- \fi
- \advance\textwidth by -2in
- \topmargin -1in
- \headheight .5in
- \headsep .5in
- \advance\textheight by -2in
- \footskip .75in
- \footheight .25in
-\fi
-\endinput
-%% END sem-page.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 84fc61986c..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semcolor.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `semcolor.sty', version 1.01
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% semcolor.sty Copyright (C) 1993 Timothy Van Zandt
-%%
-%% This package may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project
-%% Public License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution.
-%% Either version 1.0 or, at your option, any later version.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.02}
-\def\filedate{2014/01/17}
-%%
-%% LaTeX style option `semcolor.sty'.
-%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-%% You must install the PSTricks package v0.9 or later to use semcolor.sty.
-%%
-\@ifundefined{SemcolorFrameOps}{}{\endinput}
-\typeout{Style Option: `semcolor' for doc style `seminar'
- \fileversion\space <\filedate> (tvz)}
-% RN modification begin -- 2004/05/04; Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de
-%\input{pstricks}
-\ProvidesFile{semcolor.sty}[\filedate\space v\fileversion\space (tvz)]
-%\RequirePackage{pstricks}
-\RequirePackage{pst-ovl}
-% RN modification end
-%
-% Set up the frame styles:
-\def\SemcolorFrameOps{\psset{%
- fillstyle=none,%
- linewidth=\slideframewidth,%
- framesep=\slideframesep,%
- cornersize=absolute,%
- linearc=.5cm,%
- shadowsize=2pt,%
- shadowcolor=darkgray}}%
-\newslideframe{scplain}[\SemcolorFrameOps]{\psframebox{#1}}
-\newslideframe{scdouble}[\SemcolorFrameOps]{\psdblframebox{#1}}
-\newslideframe{scshadow}[\SemcolorFrameOps]{\psshadowbox{#1}}
-\slideframe{scplain}
-%
-% Rotation:
-\def\leftsliderotation#1{\rotateleft{#1}}
-\def\rightsliderotation#1{\rotateright{#1}}
-\sliderotation{left}
-%
-% Color:
-\addto@hook\after@slidepage{\pstVerb{0 setgray}}
-%
-% Overlays:
-\def\make@overlay#1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{%
- \pst@initoverlay{#1}%
- \pst@Verb{ 0 \tx@BOL }%
- \copy\@@slidebox
- \pst@Verb{ -1 \tx@BOL }}}
-\def\@overlay{\pst@overlay}
-\addto@hook\before@newslide{\def\curr@overlay{0}}
-\@ifundefined{overlaystrue}{}{\ifarticle\else\overlaystrue\layerstrue\fi}
-%
-\endinput
-%% END semcolor.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index cbb1ba1fe2..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semhelv.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN semhelv.sty
-\def\fileversion{1.4}
-\def\filedate{2000/05/08}
-%%
-%% LaTeX style option `semhelv.sty' for the `seminar' document class.
-%% For use with LaTeX2e.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1994, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% Edited by Sebastian Rahtz <sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk>
-%% and Denis Girou <denis.girou@idris.fr>
-%% To use OT1-encoding 7t names
-%% ************************************************************************
-%% **** DESCRIPTION ****
-%% ************************************************************************
-%%
-% This file contains the external font information needed to load
-% the PostScript Helvetica fonts for use by seminar.cls.
-%
-% IMPORTANT:
-% As distributed, the following font file names are assumed for the
-% `standard' TeX encoding:
-%
-% Helvetica phvr7t
-% Helvetica-Oblique phvro7t
-% Helvetica-Bold phvb7t
-% Helvetica-BoldOblique phvbo7t
-% Courier pcrr7t
-% Courier-Bold pcrb7t
-% Courier-Oblique pcrro7t
-% Courier-BoldOblique pcrbo7t
-%
-% With the NFSS2 and LaTeX2e, you can also use the CORK encoding. The
-% assumed file names are as above, but with `8t' instead of `7t'
-%
-% This means, e.g., that phvr7t.tfm or phvr7t.vf must be the name of the
-% TeX .tfm or .vf (virtual font) file for the PostScript Helvetica font.
-% See the documentation of your dvi-to-ps driver for information on using
-% PostScript fonts.
-%
-% Fonts are scaled so that the x-heights match those of the cmr fonts;
-% this makes in-line math look acceptable.
-%
-% Note: The Courier font is not that great.
-%
-% Preliminaries:
-\csname semhelv@loaded\endcsname
-\let\semhelv@loaded\endinput
-\typeout{Style Option: `semhelv' for the `seminar' doc style
- \fileversion\space <\filedate> (tvz)}
-\typeout{Modified by Stefan (see source for details)}
-\@ifundefined{selectfont}
- {\@seminarerr{`semhelv' style option can only be used
- with the New Font Selection Scheme}\@eha\endinput}{}
-%
-% Font definitions.
-
-\expandafter\ifx\csname DeclareSizeFunction\endcsname\relax
-
-% FOR NFSS:
-
-\@ifundefined{newpsfamily}{\input{npsfont.sty}}{}%
-
-% See npsfont.sty for the definition of \newpsfamily.
-
-\newpsfamily[.82]{helvetica}{
- {m}{n}{phvr7t}, %Helvetica
- {m}{it}{phvro7t}, %Helvetica-Oblique
- {m}{sl}{phvro7t}, %Helvetica-Oblique
- {bx}{n}{phvb7t}, %Helvetica-Bold
- {bx}{it}{phvbo7t}, %Helvetica-BoldOblique
- {bx}{sl}{phvbo7t}} %Helvetica-BoldOblique
-\newpsfamily[.985]{courier}{
- {m}{n}{pcrr7t}, %Courier
- {bx}{n}{pcrb7t}, %Courier-Bold
- {m}{it}{pcrro7t}, %Courier-Oblique
- {bx}{it}{pcrbo7t}} %Courier-BoldOblique
-
-% Use fonts or use \slidefonts:
-\ifarticle
- \renewcommand{\slidefonts}{%
- \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}%
- \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}%
- \family\default@family\selectfont}
-\else
- \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}%
- \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}%
- \family\default@family\selectfont
-\fi
-
-\else
-
-% FOR NFSS2 OR LATEX2E:
-
-\def\helv@scale{.82}
-
-\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{helvetica}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvr8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvro8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvrc8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvb8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvbo8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/m/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/n}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{helvetica}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}%
-
-\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{helvetica}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvr7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvro7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvrc7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{n}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvb7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{it}{<->s*[\helv@scale]phvbo7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/m/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/n}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * helvetica/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{helvetica}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * helvetica/b/it}{}%
-
-\def\courier@scale{.985}
-
-% DG/SR modification begin - May. 13, 1998
-% Update some names (phvrq -> phvr7t etc.)
-% DG/SR modification end
-
-\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{courier}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrr8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrro8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrrc8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrb8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrbo8t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/m/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * courier/b/n}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{T1}{courier}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}%
-
-\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{courier}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrr7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrro7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{sc}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrrc7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{n}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrb7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{it}{<->s*[\courier@scale]pcrbo7t}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/m/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{b}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{n}{<->ssub * courier/b/n}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{it}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{sc}{<->sub * courier/m/sc}{}%
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{courier}{bx}{sl}{<->ssub * courier/b/it}{}%
-
-% Use fonts or use \slidefonts:
-\ifarticle
- \renewcommand{\slidefonts}{%
- \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}%
- \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}%
- \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont}
-\else
- \renewcommand{\default@family}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{helvetica}%
- \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{courier}%
- \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{helvetica}%
- \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont
-\fi
-
-\fi
-
-\endinput
-%% END semhelv.sty
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2 b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fdb705933..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg2
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,606 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% seminar.bg2 --- Corrections for compatibility problems and new bugs
-%% found in the Seminar package, and few new additions
-%% to help overlays management for PDF output files.
-%% (see also the seminar.bug file in Seminar distribution)
-%%
-%% Disclaimer: this file is mine and doesn't engage TVZ!
-%%
-%% Note: insert it after \usepackage{graphicx} if you use `graphicx'
-%% and after \usepackage{longtable} if you use `longtable'
-%%
-%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr>
-%% Created the : 1995
-%% Last mod. by : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr>
-%% Last mod. the : Fri May 31 20:19:22 2002
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\def\FileVersion{2.3}
-\def\FileDate{2014/05/12}
-\typeout{seminar.bg2: various corrections for the Seminar document class^^J%
- added since seminar.bug and few add-ons for overlays^^J%
- (Version \FileVersion\space of <\FileDate> (DG, hv))}
-
-\RequirePackage{pst-ovl}
-\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-% 1 - To correct a bug in the note environment
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1995)
-\@savsf=1
-
-
-% 2 - To correct several bugs to generate a list of slides with subsection
-% entries
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jul. 18, 1995)
-% - To clear the subheading when a new heading is defined
-% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997)
-% - To assure coherence between heading and subheading when used
-% in header/footer, for article mode
-% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997)
-% - Improvements (\refstepcounter and \@addtoreset) by Jeremy Gibbons
-% <jgibbons@brookes.ac.uk> - Sep. 30, 1997
-
-% Used by the \slide@subheading macro but undefined
-\def\theslidesubsection{\theslidesection.\arabic{slidesubsection}}
-
-%% Requires main pst-ovl
-\ifx\PSTovlloaded\endinput\else\input pst-ovl \fi
-
-
-\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{%
- \refstepcounter{slidesection}%
- \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection}
- \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide
- {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}%
- \makeslideheading{#2}}%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslideheading{#1}%
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{}%
-}
-
-\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{%
- \refstepcounter{slidesubsection}%
- \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide
- {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname
- \theslidesubsection}\makeslidesubheading{#2}}%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}%
-}
-% 3 - To correct a bug in the \slidecontents macro
-% (reported by Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Sep. 22, 1996)
-
-\long\def\@gobblethree #1#2#3{}
-
-\def\slide@contents{%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{##1}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \let\l@subslide\@gobblethree
- \@startlos}
-
-% 4 - To solve incompatibility between the `graphicx' package and Seminar.
-% The \espfslidesize Seminar macro work only with the old version of
-% the `epsfig' package, so with \includegraphics the PostScript files are
-% always scaled without the possibility to leave them to there natural
-% size. And also these files are not correctly scaled when we switch
-% from normal to article mode under Seminar. So, we must redefined the
-% \epsfslidesize macro of Seminar and modify few internal macros of
-% `graphicx'.
-% (Note: I consider only the `graphicX' package, not the 'graphicS' one)
-% (reported by Karl Tombre (LORIA) <Karl.Tombre@loria.fr> and
-% Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Jan. 16, 1997)
-
-\def\GraphicsNotScaled{%
-\ifx\Gin@viewport\undefined
-\else % Graphicx package detected
-\def\Gin@i{%
- \def\Gin@req@sizes{%
- \Gin@nat@height=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@height
- \Gin@nat@width=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@width
- \Gin@req@height\Gin@nat@height
- \Gin@req@width\Gin@nat@width}%
- \@ifnextchar[\Gin@ii{\Gin@ii[]}}
-\define@key{Gin}{width}{%
-\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@ewidth{\@tempdima}}
-\define@key{Gin}{height}{%
-\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}}
-\define@key{Gin}{totalheight}{%
-\def\Gin@eresize{\totalheight}%
-\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}}
-\fi}
-
-\def\epsfslidesize{%
-\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize
-\GraphicsNotScaled}
-
-% 5 - To solve incompatibily between the LongTable package and Seminar
-% (reported by Bhaskar Manda (UIUC) <bhaskar@or4.me.uiuc.edu> - May 7, 1997)
-% - Problem in article format seen later
-% (reported by Axel Thimm <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997)
-
-% From seminar.cls
-\def\slide@outputLT{% (from \slide@output)
- \@makeslide
- \@testfalse
- \ifnotesonly\else
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \reset@slideoutput
- \@@makeslideLT
- \process@slide
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}}
-\def\@@makeslideLT{% (from \@@makeslide)
- \overfullslide@warning
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{%
- \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax
- \vbox to\slide@vsize{%
- \box\@outputbox
- \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi
- \unvbox\@slidebox
- \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}%
- \the\after@slidepage}%
- \wd\@slidebox\textwidth}
-
-% From LongTable
-\def\LT@output{%
- \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen
- \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc
- \else
- \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
- \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot
- \dimen@\pagegoal
- \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot
- \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@
- \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
- \@makecol
- \slide@outputLT
- \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \global\@colroom\@colht
- \global\vsize\@colht
- \vbox
- {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}%
- \fi
- \else
- \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
- \@makecol
- \slide@outputLT
- \copy\LT@head
- \fi}
-
-% We must adjust \textheight. Sometimes, you must increase it a little by
-% something like \addtolength{\textheight}{5mm}
-% But if you use slides like \begin{slide*}[15cm,10cm]
-% you must define locally \textheight=15cm
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-\headheight}
-
-
-% 6 - To allow automatic changes of language dependent labels,
-% for instance by loading the `french' package after Seminar
-% (suggested by Bernard Gaulle (IDRIS) <gaulle@idris.fr> - Nov. 20, 1997)
-% From seminar.cls
-\def\slidename{Slide}
-\def\slidelabel{\bf\slidename{} \theslide}
-% From slidesec.sty
-\def\listslidename{List of Slides}%
-\def\listofslides{\section*{\listslidename%
-\@mkboth{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}%
- {\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}}%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}%
- \let\l@subslide\l@slide
- \@startlos}
-
-
-% 7 - There were several problems when doing a global change of color
-% outside the "slide"environment (using the \color{ColorName} macro
-% of the `color' package) if this change was not done globally
-% (that is to say before the "\begin{document}") but inside the document,
-% for a part of the slides.
-% These problems can be seen specially for screen presentations,
-% when we want to use a dark background, so a light foreground color
-% for the text.
-% First, the header (defining for instance with the `fancyhdr' package)
-% changed of color one slide later and was restored one slide later too
-% if the change of the color was mas inside a group for some slides,
-% and second, the black color was forced by the footer.
-% We solve the first problem by usage of the same technique than the one
-% used by Seminar for global changes based on \special macros and made
-% before the "\begin{document}". We save the \specials in the
-% \saved@specials box and insert it at the beginning of the \@slidebox box
-% with the \insert@specials macro, as for the first slide.
-% And we solve the second problem by suppression of the command in the
-% hook which force the black color (defined in the `semcolor' package).
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2002)
-
-% Built from \save@srlidespecials (for all slides excepted the first one)
-\def\save@slidespecials@ii{%
- \begingroup
- \output{%
- \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv
- \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}%
- \hbox{}\penalty-\@M
- \endgroup}%
-
-% The first slide is already managed, so we will define \save@slidespecials@i
-% started to the second one only...
-\def\save@slidespecials@i{}%
-
-\ifarticle\else
- \def\insert@specials{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}%
- \fi
- \global\let\save@slidespecials@i\save@slidespecials@ii}
-\fi
-
-\addto@hook{\before@newslide}{\save@slidespecials@i}
-\after@slidepage={}
-
-% 7 - To vertically correctly center the footer, if defined
-% (this is mainly visible when using the `fancyhdr' package, and specially
-% when a footer rule line is defined)
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) - <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - April 1998)
-
-% 8 - Add-on to allow "full screen" backgrounds.
-% Seminar originally support only partial backgrounds, which doesn't cover
-% the full page but only the place of the text. It cannot be easily
-% modified, as there are dependancies between the header and the text.
-% So, we choose to define new macros \SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground
-% and \SeminarSlideFrameBackground to manage the full screen backgrounds,
-% designed on the model of the \newslideframe and \slideframe ones.
-% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jun. 30, 1999)
-
-\newbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground
-
-\ifarticle
-\else
- \def\output@slide{%
- \begingroup
- \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \setslidelength\@tempdima{%
- \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}%
- \setslidelength\@tempdimb{%
- \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}%
- \ifrotateheaders
- \@ifrotateslide{%
- \dimen@=\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\dimen@}
- \fi
- % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight
- % used for scratch:
- % Some page styles like to know \textwidth:
- \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin
- \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin
- \ifautoslidemargins
- \textwidth=\wd\@slidebox
- \oddsidemargin=\@tempdima
- \advance\oddsidemargin-\textwidth
- \divide\oddsidemargin 2
- \else
- \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin
- \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin
- \textwidth=\@tempdima
- \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin
- \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin
- \fi
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{%
- \box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground
- \kern\oddsidemargin
- \vbox to\@tempdimb{%
- \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1
- \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}%
- \fi
- \let\label\@gobble
- \let\index\@gobble
- \let\glossary\@gobble
- \vbox to\headheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slideheadfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}%
- \kern\z@}%
- \vfill
- \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}%
- \vfill
- \vbox to\footheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slidefootfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}%
- \vfill}}%
- \hss}%
- \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \insert@specials
- \let\protect\noexpand
- \shipout\box\@slidebox
- \endgroup
- \let\firstmark\botmark}
- \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{}
-\fi
-
-\def\finish@slide{%
- \theSlideFrameBackground
- \theslideframe
- \add@slidelabel\slidelabel}
-
-
-\def\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}}%
- {\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}}
-\def\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1[#2]{%
- \@namedef{semsfbops@#1}{#2}%
- \@namedef{semsfb@#1}##1}
-
-\def\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground{Slide}}
-\def\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground#1{%
- \@ifstar{\@testtrue\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}%
- {\@testfalse\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}}
-\def\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}%
- {\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}}
-\def\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{%
- \def\@tempa{none}%
- \def\@tempb{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{\relax}%
- \else
- \ifx\@tempb\@empty
- \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{}%
- \else
- \@ifundefined{semsfb@#3}%
- {\@seminarerr{Background slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\if@test
- \Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[#2]{#3}%
- \else
- \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{%
- \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}#2%
- \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}%
- \fi}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname
- \edef\next{%
- \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa
- \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}%
- #2%
- \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}}%
-
-\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{none}
-
-
-% 9 - For screen presentations, and specially animated graphics,
-% we need more than 10 overlays. We increase the limit to 676 (26^2).
-% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Dec. 5, 2001)
-
-\def\overlay#1{%
- \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi
- \ifslide
- \@tempcnta=#1
- \@testfalse
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-2 \ifnum\@tempcnta<677 \@testtrue\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \c@overlay=\@tempcnta
- \ifnum\c@overlay=0
- \advance\c@slide by -1
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \else
- \advance\c@overlay by -1
- \refstepcounter{overlay}%
- \ifoverlays
- \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifoverlays
- \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be
- an integer between 0 and 676}\@eha
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used
- in slide environments}\@eha
- \fi
- \ignorespaces}
-
-\def\overlay@loop{%
- \begingroup
- \overlay@prep
- \c@overlay=1
- \@whilenum\c@overlay<677
- \do{%
- \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}%
- \if@test
- \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \fi
- \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}%
- \advance\c@overlay by 1}%
- \endgroup}
-
-\def\theoverlay{{%
-\ifnum\c@overlay>26
- \@tempcnta=\c@overlay
- \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
- \divide\@tempcnta by 26
- \multiply\@tempcnta by 26
- \@tempcntb=\c@overlay
- \advance\@tempcntb-\@tempcnta
- \@tempcnta=\c@overlay
- \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
- \divide\@tempcnta by 26
- \theslide-\@alph{\@tempcnta}\@alph{\@tempcntb}%
-\else
- \theslide-\alph{overlay}%
-\fi}}
-
-
-% 10 - Addition for management of cumulative and progressive overlays.
-% Due to PSTricks, Seminar had since the beginning the required
-% capabilities to manage overlays in various ways. The only thing
-% to do is to redefine the PSTricks \pst@initoverlay macro in the
-% relevant way.
-% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2001)
-
-% From `semcolor'
-\def\make@overlay#1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{%
- \pst@initoverlay{#1}%
- \pst@Verb{0 \tx@BOL }%
- \copy\@@slidebox
- \pst@Verb{-1 \tx@BOL }}}
-
-\iffalse
-% We must redefine too the /BeginOL macro form pstricks.pro, as "all" is now -1
-% \def\pst@initoverlay#1{\pst@Verb{\tx@InitOL /TheOL (#1) def}}
-\def\pst@initoverlay#1{%
-\pst@Verb{
-/BeginOL {
- dup -1 eq exch TheOL eq or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/TheOL #1 def}}
-
-\def\pst@overlay#1{%
-\edef\curr@overlay{#1}%
-\pst@Verb{#1 \tx@BOL }%
-\aftergroup\pst@endoverlay}
-\def\pst@endoverlay{%
-\pst@Verb{\curr@overlay\space \tx@BOL }}
-\fi
-
-% Cumulative overlays
-% ===================
-
-% Cumulative overlays, to force to print all preceding ones
-\def\SeminarCumulativeOverlays{%
-\iffalse
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{
-/BeginOL {
- dup -1 eq exch TheOL le or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/TheOL ##1 def}}%
-\fi
-}
-
-% Alternative method for same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used)
-\def\SeminarAltCumulativeOverlays{%
-\iffalse
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{
-\tx@InitOL end
-/Visible {initclip} def
-/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def
-/TheOL ##1 def}}
-\fi
-}
-
-% Progressive overlays
-% ===================
-
-% Progressive overlays (at step i, only overlays 0 and i are shown)
-\def\SeminarProgressiveOverlays{%
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- /NumOL ED
- NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/TheOL ##1 def}}}
-
-% Alternative method for the same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used)
-\def\SeminarAltProgressiveOverlays{%
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- /NumOL ED
- NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/Visible {initclip} def
-/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def
-/TheOL ##1 def}}}
-
-% Generation of the next overlay (minor add-on)
-% =============================================
-% (it increment automatically the number of the current overlay)
-\newcommand{\SeminarNextOverlay}[1]{%
-\addtocounter{overlay}{1}%
-\begin{overlay}{\the\c@overlay}#1\end{overlay}}
-
-% To force all items in the various list environments to appear
-% in their own overlay (minor add-on)
-% =============================================================
-\let\itemORIG\item
-
-\def\SeminarItemInOverlay{%
-\def\item{%
-\addtocounter{overlay}{1}%
-\overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
-\itemORIG}}
-
-\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax
-\endinput
-%% END seminar.bg2
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3 b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3
deleted file mode 100644
index 760f3fde6f..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bg3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,608 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% seminar.bg3 --- Corrections for compatibility problems and new bugs
-%% found in the Seminar package, and few new additions
-%% to help overlays management for PDF output files.
-%% (see also the seminar.bug file in Seminar distribution)
-%%
-%% Disclaimer: this file is mine and doesn't engage TVZ!
-%%
-%% Note: insert it after \usepackage{graphicx} if you use `graphicx'
-%% and after \usepackage{longtable} if you use `longtable'
-%%
-%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr>
-%% Created the : 1995
-%% Last mod. by : Patrice MEGRET (FPMs - Belgium) <patrice.megret@fpms.ac.be>
-%% Last mod. the : Sunday February 29 2004
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\def\FileVersion{2.3}
-\def\FileDate{2014/05/12}
-\typeout{seminar.bg3: various corrections for the Seminar document class^^J%
- added since seminar.bug and few add-ons for overlays^^J%
- (Version \FileVersion\space of <\FileDate> (P.M.))}
-
-\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-% PM modification begin PM December 6, 2003
-% ce nouveau test permet de choisir entre un footer
-% verticalement centr \footervcenter = true (default)
-% ou non \footervcenter = false
-\newif\iffootervcenter \footervcentertrue
-% PM modification end December 6, 2003
-
-
-% 1 - To correct a bug in the note environment
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1995)
-\@savsf=1
-
-
-% 2 - To correct several bugs to generate a list of slides with subsection
-% entries
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jul. 18, 1995)
-% - To clear the subheading when a new heading is defined
-% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997)
-% - To assure coherence between heading and subheading when used
-% in header/footer, for article mode
-% (reported by Axel Thimm - <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997)
-% - Improvements (\refstepcounter and \@addtoreset) by Jeremy Gibbons
-% <jgibbons@brookes.ac.uk> - Sep. 30, 1997
-
-% Used by the \slide@subheading macro but undefined
-\def\theslidesubsection{\theslidesection.\arabic{slidesubsection}}
-
-\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{%
- \refstepcounter{slidesection}%
- \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection}
- \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide
- {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}%
- \makeslideheading{#2}}%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslideheading{#1}%
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{}%
-}
-
-\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{%
- \refstepcounter{slidesubsection}%
- \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide
- {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname
- \theslidesubsection}\makeslidesubheading{#2}}%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}%
-}
-
-
-% 3 - To correct a bug in the \slidecontents macro
-% (reported by Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Sep. 22, 1996)
-
-\long\def\@gobblethree #1#2#3{}
-
-\def\slide@contents{%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{##1}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \let\l@subslide\@gobblethree
- \@startlos}
-
-
-% 4 - To solve incompatibility between the `graphicx' package and Seminar.
-% The \espfslidesize Seminar macro work only with the old version of
-% the `epsfig' package, so with \includegraphics the PostScript files are
-% always scaled without the possibility to leave them to there natural
-% size. And also these files are not correctly scaled when we switch
-% from normal to article mode under Seminar. So, we must redefined the
-% \epsfslidesize macro of Seminar and modify few internal macros of
-% `graphicx'.
-% (Note: I consider only the `graphicX' package, not the 'graphicS' one)
-% (reported by Karl Tombre (LORIA) <Karl.Tombre@loria.fr> and
-% Denis Roegel (LORIA) <Denis.Roegel@loria.fr> - Jan. 16, 1997)
-
-\def\GraphicsNotScaled{%
-\ifx\Gin@viewport\undefined
-\else % Graphicx package detected
-\def\Gin@i{%
- \def\Gin@req@sizes{%
- \Gin@nat@height=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@height
- \Gin@nat@width=\inverseslidesmag\Gin@nat@width
- \Gin@req@height\Gin@nat@height
- \Gin@req@width\Gin@nat@width}%
- \@ifnextchar[\Gin@ii{\Gin@ii[]}}
-\define@key{Gin}{width}{%
-\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@ewidth{\@tempdima}}
-\define@key{Gin}{height}{%
-\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}}
-\define@key{Gin}{totalheight}{%
-\def\Gin@eresize{\totalheight}%
-\@tempdima=##1\@tempdima=\inverseslidesmag\@tempdima\def\Gin@eheight{\@tempdima}}
-\fi}
-
-\def\epsfslidesize{%
-\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize
-\GraphicsNotScaled}
-
-
-% 5 - To solve incompatibily between the LongTable package and Seminar
-% (reported by Bhaskar Manda (UIUC) <bhaskar@or4.me.uiuc.edu> - May 7, 1997)
-% - Problem in article format seen later
-% (reported by Axel Thimm <thimm@physik.fu-berlin.de> - June 5, 1997)
-
-% From seminar.cls
-\def\slide@outputLT{% (from \slide@output)
- \@makeslide
- \@testfalse
- \ifnotesonly\else
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \reset@slideoutput
- \@@makeslideLT
- \process@slide
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}}
-\def\@@makeslideLT{% (from \@@makeslide)
- \overfullslide@warning
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{%
- \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax
- \vbox to\slide@vsize{%
- \box\@outputbox
- \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi
- \unvbox\@slidebox
- \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}%
- \the\after@slidepage}%
- \wd\@slidebox\textwidth}
-
-% From LongTable
-\def\LT@output{%
- \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen
- \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc
- \else
- \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
- \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot
- \dimen@\pagegoal
- \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot
- \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@
- \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
- \@makecol
- \slide@outputLT
- \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \global\@colroom\@colht
- \global\vsize\@colht
- \vbox
- {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}%
- \fi
- \else
- \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
- \@makecol
- \slide@outputLT
- \copy\LT@head
- \fi}
-
-% We must adjust \textheight. Sometimes, you must increase it a little by
-% something like \addtolength{\textheight}{5mm}
-% But if you use slides like \begin{slide*}[15cm,10cm]
-% you must define locally \textheight=15cm
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-\headheight}
-
-
-% 6 - To allow automatic changes of language dependent labels,
-% for instance by loading the `french' package after Seminar
-% (suggested by Bernard Gaulle (IDRIS) <gaulle@idris.fr> - Nov. 20, 1997)
-% From seminar.cls
-\def\slidename{Slide}
-\def\slidelabel{\bf\slidename{} \theslide}
-% From slidesec.sty
-\def\listslidename{List of Slides}%
-\def\listofslides{\section*{\listslidename%
-\@mkboth{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}%
- {\expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename}}%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}%
- \let\l@subslide\l@slide
- \@startlos}
-
-
-% 7 - There were several problems when doing a global change of color
-% outside the "slide"environment (using the \color{ColorName} macro
-% of the `color' package) if this change was not done globally
-% (that is to say before the "\begin{document}") but inside the document,
-% for a part of the slides.
-% These problems can be seen specially for screen presentations,
-% when we want to use a dark background, so a light foreground color
-% for the text.
-% First, the header (defining for instance with the `fancyhdr' package)
-% changed of color one slide later and was restored one slide later too
-% if the change of the color was mas inside a group for some slides,
-% and second, the black color was forced by the footer.
-% We solve the first problem by usage of the same technique than the one
-% used by Seminar for global changes based on \special macros and made
-% before the "\begin{document}". We save the \specials in the
-% \saved@specials box and insert it at the beginning of the \@slidebox box
-% with the \insert@specials macro, as for the first slide.
-% And we solve the second problem by suppression of the command in the
-% hook which force the black color (defined in the `semcolor' package).
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2002)
-
-% Built from \save@srlidespecials (for all slides excepted the first one)
-\def\save@slidespecials@ii{%
- \begingroup
- \output{%
- \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv
- \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}%
- \hbox{}\penalty-\@M
- \endgroup}%
-
-% The first slide is already managed, so we will define \save@slidespecials@i
-% started to the second one only...
-\def\save@slidespecials@i{}%
-
-\ifarticle\else
- \def\insert@specials{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}%
- \fi
- \global\let\save@slidespecials@i\save@slidespecials@ii}
-\fi
-
-\addto@hook{\before@newslide}{\save@slidespecials@i}
-
-\after@slidepage={}
-
-
-% 7 - To vertically correctly center the footer, if defined
-% (this is mainly visible when using the `fancyhdr' package, and specially
-% when a footer rule line is defined)
-% (reported by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) - <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - April 1998)
-
-% 8 - Add-on to allow "full screen" backgrounds.
-% Seminar originally support only partial backgrounds, which doesn't cover
-% the full page but only the place of the text. It cannot be easily
-% modified, as there are dependancies between the header and the text.
-% So, we choose to define new macros \SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground
-% and \SeminarSlideFrameBackground to manage the full screen backgrounds,
-% designed on the model of the \newslideframe and \slideframe ones.
-% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Jun. 30, 1999)
-
-\newbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground
-\ifarticle
-\else
- \def\output@slide{%
- \begingroup
- \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \setslidelength\@tempdima{%
- \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}%
- \setslidelength\@tempdimb{%
- \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}%
- \ifrotateheaders
- \@ifrotateslide{%
- \dimen@=\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\dimen@}
- \fi
- % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight
- % used for scratch:
- % Some page styles like to know \textwidth:
- \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin
- \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin
- \ifautoslidemargins
- \textwidth=\wd\@slidebox
- \oddsidemargin=\@tempdima
- \advance\oddsidemargin-\textwidth
- \divide\oddsidemargin 2
- \else
- \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin
- \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin
- \textwidth=\@tempdima
- \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin
- \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin
- \fi
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{%
- \box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground
- \kern\oddsidemargin
- \vbox to\@tempdimb{%
- \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1
- \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}%
- \fi
- \let\label\@gobble
- \let\index\@gobble
- \let\glossary\@gobble
- \vbox to\headheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slideheadfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}%
- \kern\z@}%
- \vfill
- \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}%
- \vfill
- \vbox to\footheight{%
- \iffootervcenter
- \vfill
- \fi
- \hbox{%
- \slidefootfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}%
- \vfill}}%
- \hss}%
- \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \insert@specials
- \let\protect\noexpand
- \shipout\box\@slidebox
- \endgroup
- \let\firstmark\botmark}
- \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{}
-\fi
-
-
-\def\finish@slide{%
- \theSlideFrameBackground
- \theslideframe
- \add@slidelabel\slidelabel}
-
-
-\def\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}}%
- {\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}}
-\def\@SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground#1[#2]{%
- \@namedef{semsfbops@#1}{#2}%
- \@namedef{semsfb@#1}##1}
-
-\def\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground{Slide}}
-\def\Seminar@SlideFrameBackground#1{%
- \@ifstar{\@testtrue\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}%
- {\@testfalse\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}}
-\def\Seminar@@SlideFrameBackground#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}}%
- {\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[]}}
-\def\Seminar@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{%
- \def\@tempa{none}%
- \def\@tempb{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{\relax}%
- \else
- \ifx\@tempb\@empty
- \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{}%
- \else
- \@ifundefined{semsfb@#3}%
- {\@seminarerr{Background slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\if@test
- \Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground{#1}[#2]{#3}%
- \else
- \@namedef{the#1FrameBackground}{%
- \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}#2%
- \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}%
- \fi}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\Seminar@@@@SlideFrameBackground#1[#2]#3{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname
- \edef\next{%
- \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1FrameBackground\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa
- \setbox\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfbops@#3}%
- #2%
- \@nameuse{semsfb@#3}{\box\Seminar@SlideBoxBackground}}}}}%
-
-\SeminarSlideFrameBackground{none}
-
-
-% 9 - For screen presentations, and specially animated graphics,
-% we need more than 10 overlays. We increase the limit to 676 (26^2).
-% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - Dec. 5, 2001)
-
-\def\overlay#1{%
- \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi
- \ifslide
- \@tempcnta=#1
- \@testfalse
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-2 \ifnum\@tempcnta<677 \@testtrue\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \c@overlay=\@tempcnta
- \ifnum\c@overlay=0
- \advance\c@slide by -1
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \else
- \advance\c@overlay by -1
- \refstepcounter{overlay}%
- \ifoverlays
- \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifoverlays
- \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be
- an integer between 0 and 676}\@eha
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used
- in slide environments}\@eha
- \fi
- \ignorespaces}
-
-\def\overlay@loop{%
- \begingroup
- \overlay@prep
- \c@overlay=1
- \@whilenum\c@overlay<677
- \do{%
- \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}%
- \if@test
- \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \fi
- \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}%
- \advance\c@overlay by 1}%
- \endgroup}
-
-\def\theoverlay{{%
-\ifnum\c@overlay>26
- \@tempcnta=\c@overlay
- \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
- \divide\@tempcnta by 26
- \multiply\@tempcnta by 26
- \@tempcntb=\c@overlay
- \advance\@tempcntb-\@tempcnta
- \@tempcnta=\c@overlay
- \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
- \divide\@tempcnta by 26
- \theslide-\@alph{\@tempcnta}\@alph{\@tempcntb}%
-\else
- \theslide-\alph{overlay}%
-\fi}}
-
-
-% 10 - Addition for management of cumulative and progressive overlays.
-% Due to PSTricks, Seminar had since the beginning the required
-% capabilities to manage overlays in various ways. The only thing
-% to do is to redefine the PSTricks \pst@initoverlay macro in the
-% relevant way.
-% (added by Denis Girou (CNRS/IDRIS) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr> - 1999-2001)
-
-% From `semcolor'
-\def\make@overlay#1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{%
- \pst@initoverlay{#1}%
- \pst@Verb{0 \tx@BOL }%
- \copy\@@slidebox
- \pst@Verb{-1 \tx@BOL }}}
-
-\iffalse
-% We must redefine too the /BeginOL macro form pstricks.pro, as "all" is now -1
-\def\pst@initoverlay#1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- dup -1 eq exch TheOL eq or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/TheOL #1 def}}
-
-\def\pst@overlay#1{%
-\edef\curr@overlay{#1}%
-\pst@Verb{#1 \tx@BOL }%
-\aftergroup\pst@endoverlay}
-\def\pst@endoverlay{%
-\pst@Verb{\curr@overlay\space \tx@BOL }}
-\fi
-
-% Cumulative overlays
-% ===================
-
-% Cumulative overlays, to force to print all preceding ones
-\def\SeminarCumulativeOverlays{%
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- dup -1 eq exch TheOL le or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/TheOL ##1 def}}}
-
-% Alternative method for same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used)
-\def\SeminarAltCumulativeOverlays{%
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- dup -1 eq exch TheOL le or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/Visible {initclip} def
-/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def
-/TheOL ##1 def}}}
-
-% Progressive overlays
-% ====================
-
-% Progressive overlays (at step i, only overlays 0 and i are shown)
-\def\SeminarProgressiveOverlays{%
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- /NumOL ED
- NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/TheOL ##1 def}}}
-
-% Alternative method for the same goal (needed when PSTricks nodes are used)
-\def\SeminarAltProgressiveOverlays{%
-\def\pst@initoverlay##1{%
-\pst@Verb{%
-/BeginOL {%
- /NumOL ED
- NumOL -1 eq NumOL 0 eq NumOL TheOL eq or or
- {IfVisible not
- {Visible /IfVisible true def}
- if}
- {IfVisible
- {Invisible /IfVisible false def}
- if}
- ifelse} def
-\tx@InitOL end
-/Visible {initclip} def
-/Invisible {CP newpath OLUnit itransform moveto clip newpath moveto} def
-/TheOL ##1 def}}}
-
-% Generation of the next overlay (minor add-on)
-% =============================================
-% (it increment automatically the number of the current overlay)
-\newcommand{\SeminarNextOverlay}[1]{%
-\addtocounter{overlay}{1}%
-\begin{overlay}{\the\c@overlay}#1\end{overlay}}
-
-% To force all items in the various list environments to appear
-% in their own overlay (minor add-on)
-% ==================================
-\let\itemORIG\item
-
-\def\SeminarItemInOverlay{%
-\def\item{%
-\addtocounter{overlay}{1}%
-\overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
-\itemORIG}}
-
-\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax
-\endinput
-%% END seminar.bg3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug
deleted file mode 100644
index 64a1243d72..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.bug
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% BEGIN seminar.bug
-% LAST MODIFIED: December 1997
-% The latest version of this file can be obtained from Princeton.EDU.
-
-% This file list some bugs and latebreaking news for seminar.sty,
-% version 1.0, released April 1, 1993.
-
-% 1. Typo in the user's guide: \espfslidesize should be \epsfslidesize.
-
-% 2. fancyheadings.sty does not work well with slides.
-% WORKAROUND: Ignore the footnote in the User's Guide that discusses this.
-% Instead:
-%
-% - If you want the width of the header to be "\textwidth"
-% (the usual state of affairs), then put
-%
-% \renewcommand{\headwidth}{\textwidth}
-%
-% in the preamble and do not change "\headwidth" after that.
-%
-% - If you want to set the width to something else, then you have to scale
-% it appropriately. E.g., use
-%
-% \setslidelength{\headwidth}{<dim>}
-%
-% or, if are using the "fancy" page style with both the article and
-% slides formats, use
-% \ifarticle
-% \setartlength{\headwidth}{<dim1>}
-% \else
-% \setslidelength{\headwidth}{<dim2>}
-% \fi
-
-% 3. Some people prefer that the headers/footers automatically adjust their
-% size to the width of the framed slide (I don't, which I guess is why
-% seminar.sty does not work this way.) I have added an option for this.
-% Put the command
-%
-% \autoslidemarginstrue
-%
-% in the preamble. You must also input this file (seminar.bug), which
-% contains the patch.
-
-% 4. The optional argument in \twoup[int] does not work with the
-% portrait option and slides format.
-% PATCH: Input this file.
-
-% 5. Slide labels can come out in the wrong size font.
-% PATCH: Input this file.
-
-% 6. When \newslide is used inside a list environment, subsequent nested
-% list environments can have the wrong line width.
-% PATCH: Input this file.
-
-% 7. \overlaypagestyle and \layerpagestyle commands ignored.
-% PATCH: Input this file, AFTER inputting semlayer.sty.
-
-% 8. boxedEPS.tex won't work inside slide environments (because seminar.sty
-% erroneously modifies \read so that it is preceded by \immediate).
-% PATCH: Input this file.
-
-%%%% PATCHES
-
-\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-% 3.
-\newif\ifautoslidemargins
-\ifarticle\else
- \def\output@slide{%
- \begingroup
- \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \setslidelength\@tempdima{%
- \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}%
- \setslidelength\@tempdimb{%
- \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}%
- \ifrotateheaders
- \@ifrotateslide{%
- \dimen@=\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\dimen@}%
- \fi
- % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight
- % used for scratch:
- % Some page styles like to know \textwidth:
- \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin
- \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin
- \ifautoslidemargins
- \textwidth=\wd\@slidebox
- \oddsidemargin=\@tempdima
- \advance\oddsidemargin-\textwidth
- \divide\oddsidemargin 2
- \else
- \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin
- \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin
- \textwidth=\@tempdima
- \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin
- \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin
- \fi
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{%
- \kern\oddsidemargin
- \vbox to\@tempdimb{%
- \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1
- \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}%
- \fi
- \let\label\@gobble
- \let\index\@gobble
- \let\glossary\@gobble
- \vbox to\headheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slideheadfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}%
- \kern\z@}%
- \vfill
- \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}%
- \vfill
- \vbox to\footheight{%
- \hbox{%
- \slidefootfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}%
- \vfill}}%
- \hss}%
- \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \insert@specials
- \shipout\box\@slidebox
- \endgroup
- \let\firstmark\botmark}
- \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{}
-\fi
-
-% 4.
-\ifarticle\else
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-% 5.
-\def\reset@slideoutput{%
- \let\par\@@par
- \reset@font
- \normalsize
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}%
- \catcode`\ =10
- \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii}
-
-% 6.
-\def\extraslideheight#1{%
- \@tempdima #1\relax
- \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp}
- \ifslide\set@slideheight\fi}
-\def\set@slideheight{%
- \iflandscape
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \else
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \fi
- \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}%
- \textheight\vsize
- \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax}
-\def\newslide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
- \the\before@newslide}
-
-% 7. Must be input after semlayer.sty.
-\def\layer@prep{%
- \ifarticle\else\pagestyle{\layer@pagestyle}\fi
- \let\thepage\thelayer
- \ifx\thelayerframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\thelayerframe\fi
- \let\slidelabel\layerlabel}
-\def\overlay@prep{%
- \ifarticle\else\pagestyle{\overlay@pagestyle}\fi
- \let\thepage\theoverlay
- \ifx\theoverlayframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\theoverlayframe\fi
- \let\slidelabel\overlaylabel}
-
-\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax
-\endinput
-%% END seminar.bug
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f2378a1f6..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.cls
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1217 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN seminar.cls
-%% LaTeX2e seminar class, derived by Sebastian Rahtz from
-%% LaTeX document style `seminar', for use with LaTeX v2.09.
-%% generated on <1993/10/8>.
-%% Fixes from David Carlisle, Denis Girou,
-%% and Frank Küster/Günter Milde (a4paper option fix)
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.61}
-\def\filedate{2014/01/17}
-%%
-%% This is a style for typesetting notes and slides.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{seminar}[\filedate, \fileversion]
-\typeout{%
- Documentclass: `seminar' v\fileversion \space <\filedate> (tvz,hv)}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% fix hv
-\def\tx@BOL{}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\test@member#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempg{,#2,#1,}%
- \edef\@temph{####1,#1,}%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@temph\@temph##2\@nil{%
- \def\@tempg{##2}%
- \ifx\@tempg\@empty\@testfalse\else\@testtrue\fi}%
- \expandafter\@temph\@tempg\@nil}
-\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}}
-\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\normalsize\rm}}{}
-\def\@seminarerr#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- \typeout{^^JSeminar.sty error.\space\space\space
- Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.^^J}%
- \errmessage{#1^^J}}
-\def\notslide@err#1{\message{Cannot use \string#1 in slide environments}}
-\def\new@slidebox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\RequirePackage{pst-ovl}
-%%
-%\RequirePackage{geometry}
-%\geometry{dvips,paperwidth=8.5in,paperheight=11in}
-\newdimen\slidewidth \slidewidth 8.5in
-\newdimen\slideheight \slideheight 6.3in
-\paperwidth=8.5in
-\paperheight=11in
-%%
-\def\addto@preamblecmds#1{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
- \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds\do#1}%
- \endgroup}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\addto@preamblecmds\do\@preamblecmds}
-\def\sem@temp#1{\@ifundefined{if#1}%
- {\def\@tempa{\csname newif\endcsname}
- \expandafter\@tempa\csname if#1\endcsname}{}}
-\sem@temp{article}{}
-\sem@temp{slidesonly}{}
-\sem@temp{notes}{}
-\sem@temp{notesonly}{}
-\sem@temp{notesonlystar}{}
-\sem@temp{portrait}{}
-\DeclareOption{article}{\articletrue}
-\DeclareOption{noxcomment}{\def\xcomment@hook{}}
-\DeclareOption{slidesonly}{\slidesonlytrue\notesfalse\notesonlyfalse}
-\DeclareOption{notes}{\notestrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesonlyfalse}
-\DeclareOption{notesonly}{\notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse}
-\DeclareOption{notesonly*}{%
- \notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse\notesonlystartrue}
-\DeclareOption{portrait}{\portraittrue}
-\DeclareOption{a4}{%
- \paperwidth 210mm
- \paperheight 297mm
-% \geometry{paperwidth=210mm,paperheight=297mm}
- \slidewidth 222mm
- \slideheight 152mm\relax}
-\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\csname ds@a4\endcsname}%
-\DeclareOption{semrot}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semrot.sty}}}
-\DeclareOption{semhelv}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semhelv.sty}}}
-\DeclareOption{semcolor}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semcolor.sty}}}
-\DeclareOption{semlcmss}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semlcmss.sty}}}
-\DeclareOption{slidesec}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{slidesec.sty}}}
-\DeclareOption{semlayer}{\AtEndOfClass{\input{semlayer.sty}}}
-\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
-\ProcessOptions
-\ifnotesonly\else\notesonlystarfalse\fi
-\newdimen\footheight % seminar.sty v1.0 uses it, but its not in LaTeX2e.
-% Don't want these changed by article.cls:
-\let\sem@paperheight\paperheight
-\let\sem@paperwidth\paperwidth
-\let\paperheight\footheight
-\let\paperwidth\footheight
-\LoadClass{article}
-
-\RequirePackage{pst-ovl}% hv 20131224
-
-\renewcommand\normalsize{%
- \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt
- \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@slide@listi}
-\let\paperheight\sem@paperheight
-\let\paperwidth\sem@paperwidth
-\RequirePackage{sem-page}
-\newtoks\before@document
-\newtoks\after@document
-\let\xcomment@hook\relax
-\before@document{\endgroup\the\before@document\begingroup}
-\after@document{\the\after@document\xcomment@hook}
-\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\document}
-\edef\document{\the\before@document\the\@temptokena\the\after@document}
-\before@document{}
-\after@document{}
-\newtoks\before@enddocument
-\before@enddocument{\the\before@enddocument}
-\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\enddocument}
-\edef\enddocument{\the\before@enddocument\the\@temptokena}
-\before@enddocument{}
-\newif\ifprintlandscape
-\ifportrait
- \ifarticle\printlandscapetrue\fi
-\else
- \ifarticle\else\printlandscapetrue\fi
-\fi
-\addto@hook\before@document{\ifprintlandscape\printlandscape\fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\printlandscape}
-\def\printlandscape{\addto@hook\before@enddocument{%
- \typeout{^^J%
- *******************************************************^^J%
- ***** !! PRINT THIS DOCUMENT IN LANDSCAPE MODE !! *****^^J%
- *******************************************************}}}
-\def\slide{%
- \NestedSlide@Error{slide}%
- \landscapetrue
- \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}
-\def\endslide{\end@slide}
-\@namedef{slide*}{%
- \NestedSlide@Error{slide*}%
- \landscapefalse
- \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}%
-\@namedef{endslide*}{\end@slide}
-\newcounter{slide}
-\def\theslide{\arabic{slide}}
-\newcount\slide@count
-\newbox\@slidebox
-\newbox\not@slidebox
-\newif\ifslide
-\newif\iflandscape
-\def\@landscapeonly{0}
-\def\landscapeonly{\def\@landscapeonly{1}}
-\def\portraitonly{\def\@landscapeonly{-1}}
-\def\NestedSlide@Error#1{%
- \ifslide
- \endgroup
- \@seminarerr{Nested slide environments. Perhaps missing
- \string\end{\@currenvir}. May be fatal}\@ehd
- \expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}%
- \ifslide\expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}\fi
- \begingroup
- \def\@currenvir{#1}%
- \fi}
-\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{%
- \slide@clearpage
- \setlength\slidewidth{#1}%
- \setlength\slideheight{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \ifarticle
- \output{%
- \advance\count@ 1
- \global\setbox\not@slidebox\box\@cclv}%
- \par\@@par\penalty-\@M
- \fi
- \output{\slide@output}%
- \slidetrue
- \ifarticle\global\slide@count=\z@\fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \ifnotesonlystar\xdef\first@slidemarker{\the\c@slide}\fi
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
- \ifarticle\else
- \edef\page@textheight{\number\textheight sp}%
- \edef\page@textwidth{\number\textwidth sp}%
- \fi
- \set@slidesize
- \slidebox@restore
- \the\slide@hook
- \the\before@newslide
- \everyslide}
-\def\end@slide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \xdef\@tempg{\@currenvir}%
- \endgroup
- \ifslide
- \@seminarerr{Perhaps missing `\string\end{\@tempg}',
- \iffalse{\fi`\string}' or `\string\endgroup'}\@ehd
- \def\next{\endgroup\ifslide\expandafter\next\fi}%
- \next
- \fi
- \begingroup
- \output{\setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv}%
- \@@par\penalty-\@M
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\c@slide-1
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}{\@nameuse{saved@c@##1}}}%
- \slide@reset
- \ifarticle\outputloop@savedslides\fi
- \the\after@slide}
-\let\slideclearpagetrue\relax
-\let\slideclearpagefalse\relax
-\ifarticle
- \def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}
- \ifnotes
- \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}}
- \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}}
- \else
- \ifnotesonly
- \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}}
- \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}}
- \fi
- \fi
-\else
- \def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}
-\fi
-\newtoks\slide@hook
-\def\everyslide{}
-\newtoks\after@slide
-\def\slidebox@restore{%
- \def\thepage{\theslide}%
- \def\newpage{\newslide}%
- \def\clearpage{\newslide}%
- \def\thispagestyle##1{\notslide@err{\thispagestyle}}%
- \pagestyle{\slide@pagestyle}%
- \@twocolumnfalse
- \def\twocolumn{\notslide@err{\twocolumn}}%
- \def\onecolumn{\notslide@err{\onecolumn}}%
- \def\marginpar##1{\notslide@err{\marginpar}}%
- \def\thanks{\slidethanks}%
- \def\maketitle{\slidemaketitle}%
- \fix@floats
- \fix@whatsits
- \slide@footnotes
- \def\do##1{\expandafter\xdef\csname
- saved@c@##1\endcsname{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}%
- \slide@reset
- \topskip\z@ \maxdepth\z@
- \slide@listparameters
- \slidefonts
- \def\baselinestretch{\slidestretch}%
- \def\arraystretch{\slidearraystretch}%
- \sem@ptsize{\slide@ptsize}}
-\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}\gdef\thedate{#1}}
-\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\theauthor{#1}}
-\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\thetitle{#1}}
-\date{\today}
-\let\slidethanks\thanks
-\def\thethanks{\@thanks}%
-\def\slidemaketitle{%
- \par
- \begin{center}\bf
- {\large \thetitle}\par\vskip 1ex
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c} \theauthor \end{tabular}\par\vskip 1ex
- \thedate
- \end{center}%
- \thethanks\par}
-\def\fix@floats{%
- \def\@xfloat##1[##2]{%
- \expandafter\let\csname end##1\endcsname\end@float
- \par\medskip\vbox\bgroup\def\@captype{##1}\parindent\z@
- \ignorespaces}%
- \def\end@float{\par\vskip\z@\egroup\medskip}%
- \def\@dblfloat{\@float}\def\end@dblfloat{\end@float}%
- \def\endfigure{\end@float}\def\endtable{\end@float}}
-\let\normal@write\write
-\let\normal@read\read
-\let\normal@openout\openout
-\let\normal@closeout\closeout
-% changed as per DPC 1997/09/16
-\def\fix@whatsits{%
- \long\def \protected@write##1##2##3{%
- \begingroup
- ##2%
- \let\protect\noexpand
- \immediate\normal@write##1{##3}%
- \endgroup
- \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}%
-}
-% end change
-\newinsert\slide@footins
-\skip\slide@footins=\bigskipamount
-\count\slide@footins=1000
-\dimen\slide@footins=4in
-\def\theslidefootnote{\alph{footnote}}
-\def\slide@footnotes{%
- \def\thefootnote{\theslidefootnote}%
- \let\footins\slide@footins
- \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M}
-\def\slidefonts{}
-\def\slidestretch{1.18}
-\def\slidearraystretch{1.2}
-\def\raggedslides{\@ifnextchar[{\@raggedslides}{\@raggedslides[1fil]}}
-\def\@raggedslides[#1]{%
- \edef\slide@@rightskip{#1}%
- \ifslide\slide@rightskip\fi}
-\def\slide@rightskip{%
- \@rightskip\z@ plus \slide@@rightskip\relax \rightskip\@rightskip}
-\def\slide@@rightskip{1fil}
-\newcount\slide@listdepth
-\def\slide@listparameters{%
- \let\@listdepth\slide@listdepth
- \slide@listdepth\z@
- \def\@listi{\slide@listi}%
- \def\@listii{\slide@listii}%
- \def\@listiii{\slide@listiii}%
- \let\@listiv\relax\let\@listv\relax\let\@listvi\relax}
-\def\slide@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \parsep\parskip \divide\parsep2
- \partopsep\slidepartopsep\relax
- \advance\partopsep-\parskip
- \ifdim\partopsep<\z@\partopsep\z@\fi
- \itemsep\slideitemsep\relax
- \ifdim\parsep<\itemsep
- \topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parsep
- \else
- \itemsep\parsep \topsep\z@
- \fi}
-\def\slide@listii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \divide\itemsep2 \divide\parsep2
- \divide\topsep2 \divide\partopsep2\relax}%
-\def\slide@listiii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \itemsep \z@ \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@}%
-\def\slideleftmargini{1.8em}
-\def\slideleftmarginii{1.4em}
-\def\slideleftmarginiii{1em}
-\def\slidelabelsep{.5em}
-\def\slideitemsep{.8ex minus .2ex}
-\def\slidepartopsep{1ex minus .2ex}
-\newbox\saved@specials
-\def\save@slidespecials{%
- \begingroup
- \output{%
- \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv
- \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}%
- \hbox{}\penalty-\@M
- \global\let\saved@texttop\@texttop
- \gdef\@texttop{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else\box\saved@specials\nointerlineskip\fi
- \saved@texttop
- \global\let\@texttop\saved@texttop}%
- \endgroup}
-\addto@hook\after@document{\save@slidespecials}
-\ifarticle\else
- \def\insert@specials{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}%
- \fi
- \global\let\insert@specials\relax}
-\fi
-\def\extraslideheight#1{%
- \@tempdima #1\relax
- \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp}
- \ifslide\set@slidesize\fi}
-\extraslideheight{6pt}
-\def\set@slidesize{%
- \iflandscape
- \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \else
- \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \fi
- \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}%
- \textheight\vsize
- \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax
- \textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\hsize\linewidth\hsize}
-\def\newslide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
- \the\before@newslide
- \set@slidesize}
-\newtoks\before@newslide
-\def\slide@reset{\do{footnote}}
-\def\slidereset#1{\def\slide@reset{}\addtoslidereset{#1}}
-\def\addtoslidereset#1{%
- \edef\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\addto@slidereset\@tempa,\@nil,}
-\def\addto@slidereset#1,{%
- \ifx\@nil#1\else
- \@ifundefined{c@#1}%
- {\@seminarerr{Counter `#1' not defined}\@ehd}%
- {\expandafter\def\expandafter\slide@reset\expandafter{%
- \slide@reset\do{#1}}}%
- \expandafter\addto@slidereset
- \fi}
-\def\slide@output{%
- \@makeslide
- \@testfalse
- \ifnotesonly\else
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \reset@slideoutput
- \@@makeslide
- \process@slide
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}}
-\def\reset@slideoutput{%
- \let\par\@@par
- \reset@font
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}%
- \catcode`\ =10
- \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii}
-\newif\ifcenterslides
-\centerslidestrue
-\providecommand\@begindvi{} % added 1997/04/15 SPQR, to cope with very
- % old LaTeXs
-\def\@makeslide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\vbox{%
- \@begindvi % added 1997/04/15 SPQR
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \ifvoid\slide@footins\else
- \vskip\skip\slide@footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\slide@footins
- \fi
- \vskip\z@}}
-\def\@@makeslide{%
- \overfullslide@warning
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{%
- \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax
- \vbox to\slide@vsize{%
- \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi
- \unvbox\@slidebox
- \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}%
- \the\after@slidepage}%
- \wd\@slidebox\textwidth}
-\def\overfullslide@warning{%
- \dimen@\ht\@slidebox
- \advance\dimen@-\slide@vsize\relax
- \ifdim\dimen@>\slidefuzz\relax
- \@warning{Slide \theslide\space overfull by \the\dimen@}%
- \fi}
-\def\slidefuzz{2pt}
-\newtoks\after@slidepage
-\newif\ifrotateheaders
-\def\sliderotation#1{\@ifundefined{semsr@#1}%
- {\@latexerr{Slide rotation `#1' not defined.}\@eha}%
- {\@nameuse{semsr@#1}}}
-\def\semsr@left{%
- \def\rotate@slide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\leftsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}}
-\def\semsr@right{%
- \def\rotate@slide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\rightsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}}
-\def\semsr@none{\let\rotate@slide\relax}
-\sliderotation{none}
-\def\leftsliderotation#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string\leftsliderotation\space has not been defined}%
- \@ehd}
-\let\rightsliderotation\leftsliderotation
-\def\@ifrotateslide#1{%
- \ifx\rotate@slide\relax\else
- \iflandscape\ifportrait#1\fi\else\ifportrait\else#1\fi\fi
- \fi}
-\def\process@slide{%
- \slideframewidth=\inverseslidesmag\slideframewidth
- \slideframesep=\inverseslidesmag\slideframesep
- \fboxrule\slideframewidth
- \fboxsep\slideframesep
- \ifarticle
- \@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide
- \else
- \ifrotateheaders\else\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \fi
- \process@@slide}
-\def\process@@slide{\finish@slide\output@slide}
-\def\finish@slide{%
- \theslideframe
- \add@slidelabel\slidelabel}
-\ifarticle
- \def\output@slide{%
- \global\advance\slide@count1
- \@ifundefined{slidebox@\the\slide@count}%
- {{\globaldefs=1\expandafter
- \new@slidebox\csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname}}{}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname
- slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname\box\@slidebox}
-\else
- \def\output@slide{%
- \begingroup
- \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \setslidelength\@tempdima{%
- \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}
- \setslidelength\@tempdimb{%
- \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}
- \ifrotateheaders
- \@ifrotateslide{%
- \dimen@=\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\dimen@}
- \fi
- % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight
- % used for scratch:
- \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin
- \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin
- \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin
- \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin
- % Some page styles like to know \textwidth:
- \textwidth=\@tempdima
- \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin
- \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{%
- \kern\oddsidemargin
- \vbox to\@tempdimb{%
- \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1
- \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}%
- \fi
- \let\label\@gobble
- \let\index\@gobble
- \let\glossary\@gobble
- \vbox to\headheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slideheadfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}%
- \kern\z@}%
- \vfill
- \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}%
- \vfill
- \vbox to\footheight{%
- \hbox{%
- \slidefootfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}%
- \vfill}}%
- \hss}%
- \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \insert@specials
- \shipout\box\@slidebox
- \endgroup
- \let\firstmark\botmark}
- \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{}
-\fi
-\newskip\slidesep
-\slidesep\intextsep
-\ifarticle
- \def\fps@fslide{htbp}
- \def\ftype@fslide{32}
- \def\float@savedslide{%
- \begingroup\@float{fslide}%
- \centerline{\box\@slidebox}%
- \end@float\endgroup}%
- \@namedef{float*@savedslide}{%
- \begingroup\@dblfloat{fslide}%
- \centerline{\box\@slidebox}%
- \end@dblfloat\endgroup}%
- \def\center@slide{\hbox{%
- \kern-\@totalleftmargin
- \hbox to \columnwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}}}%
- \def\onepercol@savedslide{%
- \vbox to .996\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak}%
- \def\twopercol@savedslide{%
- \dimen@.5\textheight
- \advance\dimen@-\slidesep
- \ifdim\ht\@slidebox>\dimen@
- \onepercol@savedslide
- \else
- \vbox to .498\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak
- \fi}
- \def\here@savedslide{%
- \addvspace\slidesep\center@slide\addvspace\slidesep}
- \@namedef{here*@savedslide}{%
- \goodbreak \hrule \@height\z@ \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak
- \center@slide
- \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak \hrule\@height\z@ \goodbreak}
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \def\slideplacement#1{\@ifundefined{#1@savedslide}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide placement `#1' undefined}\@ehd}%
- {\expandafter\let\expandafter\output@savedslide
- \csname #1@savedslide\endcsname}}
-\else
- \def\slideplacement#1{}
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \ifnotes
- \ifportrait
- \slideplacement{float}
- \else
- \slideplacement{float*}
- \fi
- \else
- \ifportrait
- \slideplacement{onepercol}
- \else
- \slideplacement{twopercol}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \def\outputloop@savedslides{%
- \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
- \ifvoid\not@slidebox\else
- \dimen@=\dp\not@slidebox
- \unvbox\not@slidebox
- \hrule height\z@
- \prevdepth\dimen@
- \penalty\z@
- \fi
- \edef\slide@@count{\the\slide@count\relax}%
- \slide@count\z@
- \loop
- \ifnum\slide@count<\slide@@count
- \advance\slide@count1
- \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\@slidebox\expandafter\box
- \csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname
- \output@savedslide
- \repeat
- \ifnotesonlystar\make@slidemarker\fi}
-\fi
-\def\make@slidemarker{%
- \addvspace\slidesep
- \moveleft\@totalleftmargin
- \vbox{%
- \hsize\columnwidth
- \hrule height 1pt
- \kern 8pt
- \hbox to \columnwidth{%
- \hss
- \LARGE\bf\the@slidemarker
- \hss}%
- \kern 8pt
- \hrule height 1pt}%
- \addvspace\slidesep}
-\def\the@slidemarker{%
- Slide%
- \ifnum\c@slide=\first@slidemarker\else
- s {\c@slide\first@slidemarker\relax\theslide} --\fi
- { }\theslide}%
-\ifarticle
- \let\c@note\c@page
- \def\p@note{\p@page}
- \def\thenote{\thepage}
-\else
- \newcounter{note}
- \def\thenote{\theslide-\arabic{note}}
- \def\thepage{\thenote}
- \addto@hook\after@slide{\setcounter{note}{1}}
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@outputpage\expandafter{%
- \@outputpage\stepcounter{note}}
-\fi
-\ifarticle\else
- \let\c@page\c@slide
- \countdef\c@slide=0
- \c@slide=0
- \c@page=1
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \let\truepagenumbers\relax
-\else
- \def\truepagenumbers{%
- \let\c@slide\c@page
- \countdef\c@page=0
- \c@page=1
- \c@slide=0
- \let\truepagenumbers\relax}
-\fi
-\addto@preamblecmds{\truepagenumbers}
-\newdimen\slideframewidth \slideframewidth 4pt
-\newdimen\slideframesep \slideframesep .3in
-\def\newslideframe#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@newslideframe{#1}}{\@newslideframe{#1}[]}}
-\def\@newslideframe#1[#2]{%
- \@namedef{semsfops@#1}{#2}%
- \@namedef{semsf@#1}##1}
-\newslideframe{plain}{\fbox{#1}}
-\def\slideframe{\@slideframe{slide}}
-\def\@slideframe#1{%
- \@ifstar{\@testtrue\@@slideframe{#1}}{\@testfalse\@@slideframe{#1}}}
-\def\@@slideframe#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@@@slideframe{#1}}{\@@@slideframe{#1}[]}}
-\def\@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{%
- \def\@tempa{none}%
- \def\@tempb{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{\relax}%
- \else
- \ifx\@tempb\@empty
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{}%
- \else
- \@ifundefined{semsf@#3}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\if@test
- \@@@@slideframe{#1}[#2]{#3}%
- \else
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{\setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}#2\@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}%
- \fi}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\@@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1frame\endcsname
- \edef\next{%
- \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1frame\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}%
- #2%
- \@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}}%
-\slideframe{plain}
-\def\slidestyle#1{\@ifundefined{ss@#1}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide style `#1' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\@nameuse{ss@#1}}}
-\def\ss@empty{\let\add@slidelabel\@gobble}
-\def\ss@left{\def\add@slidelabel##1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{%
- \vbox to \ht\@slidebox{\vss
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 15pt}%
- \vss}\box\@slidebox}}}
-\def\ss@bottom{\def\add@slidelabel##1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\vbox{\copy\@slidebox\vskip 9pt
- \hbox to\wd\@slidebox{\hss##1\hss}}}}%
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait\slidestyle{bottom}\else\slidestyle{left}\fi
-\else
- \slidestyle{empty}
-\fi
-\def\slidelabel{\bf Slide \theslide}
-\def\newpagestyle#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{%
- \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}}
-\def\renewpagestyle#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{%
- \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}}
-\def\@ifgoodps#1{%
- \@ifundefined{ps@#1}{\@seminarerr{Page style `#1' undefined}\@eha}}
-\def\slidepagestyle#1{%
- \@ifgoodps{#1}%
- {\ifslide\pagestyle{#1}\else\edef\slide@pagestyle{#1}\fi}}
-\def\ps@{}
-\slidepagestyle{}
-\ifarticle
- \def\ps@align{}
-\else
- \def\ps@align{%
- \def\@oddhead{\thepage\hfil+}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{+\hfil+}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
-\fi
-\def\slideheadfont{\scriptsize}
-\def\slidefootfont{\scriptsize}
-\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or
- 2074\or 2488\or 2986\or 3583\or 4300\or 5160\fi\relax}
-\def\magstepminus#1{%
- \ifcase#1 \@m\or 833\or 694\or 579\or 482\or 401\fi\relax}
-\def\@magstep#1{%
- \ifnum#1<\z@\magstepminus{-#1}\else\magstep#1\fi}
-{\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12
- \gdef\@@inv@@mag#1pt#2{\def#2{#1}}}
-\def\invert@mag#1{\@tempdima=1000pt
- \divide\@tempdima by #1\relax
- \expandafter\@@inv@@mag\the\@tempdima#1}
-\def\@slidesmag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>0
- \edef\inverseslidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \invert@mag\inverseslidesmag
- \ifarticle\else\mag\@tempcnta\fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\@slidesmag\space argument must be an
- integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha
- \fi}
-\def\@articlemag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>0
- \edef\inverseartmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \invert@mag\inverseartmag
- \ifarticle\mag\@tempcnta\fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\articlemag\space argument must be an
- integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha
- \fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\@slidesmag\do\@articlemag}
-\newdimen\semin
-\newdimen\semcm
-\def\@semmagerr#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string#1 argument must be an integer
- between -5 and 9}\@eha}
-\def\slidesmag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6
- \ifnum\@tempcnta<10
- \edef\the@slidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \@slidesmag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}%
- \else
- \@semmagerr\slidesmag
- \fi
- \else
- \@semmagerr\slidesmag
- \fi
- \setslidelength\semin\seminlength
- \setslidelength\semcm\semcmlength}
-\def\seminlength{1in}
-\def\semcmlength{1cm}
-\def\articlemag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6
- \ifnum\@tempcnta<10
- \edef\the@articlemag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \@articlemag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}%
- \else
- \@semmagerr\articlemag
- \fi
- \else
- \@semmagerr\articlemag
- \fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\slidesmag\do\articlemag}
-\def\setslidelength#1#2{%
- #1=#2\relax
- #1=\inverseslidesmag#1}%
-\def\addtoslidelength#1#2{%
- \dimen@=#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \inverseslidesmag\dimen@}
-\def\setartlength#1#2{%
- #1=#2\relax
- #1=\inverseartmag#1}
-\def\addtoartlength#1#2{%
- \dimen@=#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \inverseartmag\dimen@}
-\def\slide@epsfsize#1#2{%
- \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt
- \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt
- \inverseslidesmag#1%
- \else
- 0pt
- \fi
- \else
- \inverseslidesmag\epsfxsize
- \fi
- \epsfysize
- \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt
- \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt
- \inverseslidesmag#2%
- \else
- 0pt
- \fi
- \else
- \inverseslidesmag\epsfysize
- \fi}
-\def\epsfslidesize{\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize}
-\slidesmag{4}
-\articlemag{0}
-\def\do@pageparameters{%
- \do\oddsidemargin
- \do\evensidemargin
- \do\marginparwidth
- \do\marginparsep
- \do\topmargin
- \do\headheight
- \do\headsep
- \do\textheight
- \do\textwidth
- \do\topskip
- \do\footskip
- \do\footheight}
-\ifarticle
- \def\scale@pageparameters{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseartmag##1\relax}%
- \do@pageparameters
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \def\scale@pageparameters{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseslidesmag##1\relax}%
- \do@pageparameters
- \endgroup}
-\fi
-\addto@hook\before@document{\scale@pageparameters}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\scale@pageparameters\do\do@pageparameters}
-\def\allversions{}
-\let\endallversions\relax
-\@namedef{allversions*}{\@bsphack\globaldefs=1}
-\@namedef{endallversions*}{\@esphack}
-\def\slide@list{slide,slide*,allversions,allversions*}
-\def\addtoslidelist#1{\xdef\slide@list{\slide@list,#1}}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\addtoslidelist}
-\ifslidesonly
- \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{\@@input xcomment.sty }{}
- \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}
- \newxcomment[]{note}
-\else
- \def\note{\@bsphack}%
- \def\endnote{\@esphack}%
-\fi
-\def\noxcomment{\def\xcomment@hook{}}
-\def\os@list{}
-\newif\if@os
-\def\onlyslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@ostrue
- \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\onlyslides\space argument
- contains undefined references}}}
-\def\notslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@osfalse
- \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\notslides\space argument
- contains undefined references}}}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\onlyslides\do\notslides}
-\addto@hook\after@document{%
- \ifx\os@list\@empty\else\os@expandlist\fi}
-\def\os@expandlist{%
- \let\os@@warning\relax
- \begingroup
- \def\ref##1{\@ifundefined{r@##1}{?}%
- {\noexpand\@car\@nameuse{r@##1}\noexpand\@nil}}%
- \edef\@tempd{\os@list}%
- \xdef\os@list{}%
- \@for\@tempc:=\@tempd
- \do{\expandafter\os@expandrange\@tempc-:-:\@nil}%
- \os@@warning
- \endgroup
- \let\os@expandrange\relax
- \let\os@checknum\relax
- \let\os@expandlist\relax}
-\def\os@expandrange#1-#2-#3\@nil{%
- \def\@tempa{?}\def\@tempb{#1}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\os@@warning\os@warning
- \else
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \def\@tempb{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\os@@warning\os@warning
- \else
- \def\@tempa{:}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \else
- \@tempcntb=#2\relax
- \fi
- \advance\@tempcnta by -1
- \advance\@tempcntb by 1
- \ifx\os@list\@empty
- \xdef\os@list{\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}%
- \else
- \xdef\os@list{\os@list,\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\os@test{%
- \@testtrue
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly=-1 \@testfalse\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly=1 \@testfalse\fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \ifx\os@list\@empty\else
- \if@os\@testfalse\fi
- \@for\@tempa:=\os@list\do{\expandafter\os@testrange\@tempa\@nil}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\os@testrange#1+#2\@nil{%
- \ifnum\c@slide>#1
- \ifnum\c@slide<#2
- \if@os\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\onlynotestoo{%
- \ifnotes\@testtrue\else\ifnotesonly\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{%
- \edef\sem@temp{\the\catcode`\@}%
- \catcode`\@=11
- \@@input xcomment.sty
- \catcode`\@=\sem@temp\relax}{}%
- \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}%
- \addto@hook\after@slide\onlynotes@too
- \fi}
-\def\onlynotes@too{%
- \os@test
- \if@test\gdef\do@end{}\else\gdef\do@end{\xc@begin}\fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds\onlynotestoo
-\def\ptsize#1{%
- \@ifundefined{#1@semptsize}%
- {\@seminarerr{\string\ptsize\space `#1' not valid.}\@eha}%
- {\ifslide
- \sem@ptsize{#1}\large\normalsize
- \else
- \edef\slide@ptsize{#1}%
- \fi}}
-\edef\slide@ptsize{1\@ptsize}%
-\def\slidefontsizes{\ptsize} %For backwards compatibility??
-\def\slide@setsize#1#2#3#4{%
- \@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
- \set@slideskip{#2}}
-\def\slide@@setsize#1#2#3#4{%
- \slide@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\slidedisplayskips}
-\def\set@slideskip#1{%
- \normallineskiplimit=#1
- \advance\normallineskiplimit-\normalbaselineskip
- \multiply\normallineskiplimit-1
- \normallineskiplimit\slideskip\normallineskiplimit
- \ifdim\normallineskiplimit<1pt\normallineskiplimit=1pt\fi
- \normallineskip=\normallineskiplimit
- minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit
- \dimen@=\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselineskip=\dimen@ minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit
- \normalbaselines}
-\def\slideskip{.75}
-\def\slideshrink{.25}
-\def\slidedisplayskips{%
- \abovedisplayskip 1.75ex minus .35ex
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip .2ex minus .2ex
- \belowdisplayshortskip 1ex minus .2ex}
-\def\sem@ptsize#1{%
- \@nameuse{#1@semptsize}%
- \large\normalsize
- \leftmargini\slideleftmargini\relax
- \leftmarginii\slideleftmarginii\relax
- \leftmarginiii\slideleftmarginiii\relax
- \labelsep\slidelabelsep\relax
- \parskip\slideparskip\relax
- \parindent\slideparindent\relax
- \slide@rightskip
- \slide@listi
- \skip\footins\slidefootins\relax
- \footnotesep\slidefootnotesep\relax}
-\def\slidefootins{2ex minus .8ex}
-\def\slidefootnotesep{1.2ex}
-\def\slideparindent{\z@}
-\def\slideparskip{1ex minus .2ex}
-\@namedef{8@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}}
-\@namedef{9@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}}
-\@namedef{10@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}}
-\@namedef{11@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}}
-\@namedef{12@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\Huge\huge}
-\@namedef{14@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\huge\LARGE
- \let\Huge\LARGE}
-\@namedef{17@semptsize}{%
- \def\normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\LARGE\Large
- \let\huge\Large
- \let\Huge\Large}
-\def\twoup{\@ifnextchar[{\@twoup}{\@twoup[0]}}
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \targetlayout{topbottom}%
- \printlandscapefalse
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}}
- \else
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \if@twoside
- \targetlayout{twosided}%
- \fi
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}}
- \fi
-\else
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \advance\@tempcnta by -3
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}}
- \else
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \targetlayout{topbottom}%
- \printlandscapefalse
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmargerr\slidesmag}}%
- \fi
-\fi
-\def\@semtwoupmagerr#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string#1 must come before \string\twoup}\@eha}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\twoup\do\@twoup}
-%
-\InputIfFileExists{seminar.con}{}
-%\ifeof1\else\closein1 \relax\@@input seminar.con\fi
-%
-\endinput
-%%
-%% END `seminar.cls'.
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f96e43da3..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.con
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,929 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% seminar.con --- Customization of the Seminar document class.
-%% We take care to do this for easy adaptations in other
-%% institutions and contexts.
-%%
-%% Author : Denis GIROU (CNRS/IDRIS - France) <Denis.Girou@idris.fr>
-%% Created the : 1993
-%% Last mod. by : hv
-%% Last mod. the : 2014-01-17
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\def\fileversion{3.3}
-\def\filedate{2014/01/17}
-%
-\typeout{seminar.con file: example of customization of the Seminar
- document class^^J%
- (Version \fileversion\space of <\filedate> (DG,hv))}
-\ProvidesFile{seminar.con}[\filedate\space v\fileversion\space `seminar.con' (dg,hv)]
-
-% Packages used
-% -------------
-
-% General packages (all are on CTAN)
-\PassOptionsToPackage{pdffitwindow,colorlinks,pdfpagemode=UseNone,bookmarks,setpagesize=false}{hyperref}
-\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames,svgnames}{xcolor}
-\usepackage{calc} % Simple computations with LaTeX variables
-\usepackage[hang]{caption} % Improved captions
-\usepackage{fancybox} % To have several backgrounds
- % (must be loaded before `fancyvrb')
-\usepackage{fancyhdr} % Headers and footers definitions
-\usepackage{fancyvrb} % Fancy verbatim environments
-%\usepackage{pstricks} % PSTricks with the standard color package
-% % (before `graphicx' for the \scalebox macro)
-\usepackage{graphicx} % Standard graphics package
-\usepackage{multido} % General loop macro
-\usepackage{pifont} % Ding symbols (mainly for lists)
-\usepackage{pst-node} % PSTricks nodes
-\usepackage{semcolor} % Seminar colored slides
-\usepackage{semhelv} % Seminar helvetica fonts
-\usepackage{semlayer} % Seminar overlays
-\usepackage{slidesec} % Seminar sections and list of slides
-\usepackage{pst-grad} % PSTricks gradient mode
-\usepackage{pst-fr3d} % PSTricks 3D framed boxes
-\usepackage{pst-slpe} % Improved PSTricks gradients
-\usepackage{thumbpdf} % Thumbnails for PDF versions
-\usepackage[breakwords]{truncate}% To truncate a string at a specified length
-\usepackage{url} % Convenient URL typesetting
-
-
-\edef\SeminarAtCode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode`\@=11\relax
-
-%\ifx\VTeXversion\@undefined
- \input{seminar.bug} % Official bugs corrections
- \input{seminar.bg2} % Unofficial bugs corrections
- % (warning: you must load `longtable' before
- % if you use it)
-%\else
-% \input{/usr/local/vtex/texmf/vtex/config/seminar.con}% Adjust this path%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
- % As VTeX does not support the HSB color model, we make it identical
- % to the RGB one. This will obviously produce strange color results,
- % but this will allow to compile the sources using here our
- % \PstFrameBoxThreeD macro.
-% \def\color@hsb#1#2{\c@lor@@hsb#2\@@#1}
-% \def\c@lor@@hsb#1,#2,#3\@@#4{%
- % From the VTeX \c@lor@@rgb definition
-% \vtexdef@checkarg{#1}{1}{rgb}%
-% \vtexdef@fixedhex{#1}\vtexdef@hex@a
-% \vtexdef@checkarg{#2}{1}{rgb}%
-% \vtexdef@fixedhex{#2}\vtexdef@hex@b
-% \vtexdef@checkarg{#3}{1}{rgb}%
-% \vtexdef@fixedhex{#3}\vtexdef@hex@c
-% \edef#4{c"\vtexdef@hex@a\vtexdef@hex@b\vtexdef@hex@c}}%
-%\fi
-
-% Compatibility patch between `pst-key' and the \RequirePackage macro
-% to avoid later a LaTeX warning about the version of `keyval'
-% From pst-key.tex
-\def\next[#1]{\catcode`\@=11
-% D.G. modification begin - Apr. 25, 2002
-% \expandafter\let\csname ver@keyval.sty\endcsname\empty
- \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@keyval.sty\endcsname{#1}%
-% D.G. modification end
- \wlog{keyval: #1}}\next
- [1998/07/23 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)]
-
-%\usepackage{hyperref} % Hyperlinks for PDF versions
- % (to load after `slidesec', seminar.bg2, etc.)
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\iffalse
-% Definition of new colors
-% ------------------------
-
-\definecolor{Apricot} {cmyk}{0,0.32,0.52,0}
-\definecolor{Aquamarine} {cmyk}{0.82,0,0.30,0}
-\definecolor{CadetBlue} {cmyk}{0.62,0.57,0.23,0}
-\definecolor{DarkGray} {gray}{0.2}
-\definecolor{DarkGreen} {rgb}{0,0.5,0}
-\definecolor{ForestGreen} {cmyk}{0.91,0,0.88,0.12}
-\definecolor{Gold} {rgb}{1.,0.84,0.}
-\definecolor{Goldenrod} {cmyk}{0,0.10,0.84,0}
-\definecolor{IndianRed} {rgb}{0.8,0.36,0.36}
-\definecolor{Lavender} {cmyk}{0,0.48,0,0}
-\definecolor{LemonChiffon}{rgb}{1.,0.98,0.8}
-\definecolor{LightBlue} {rgb}{0.68,0.85,0.9}
-\definecolor{LightCyan} {rgb}{0.88,1.,1.}
-\definecolor{LightGray} {gray}{0.92}
-\definecolor{LightYellow} {rgb}{1.,1.,0.88}
-\definecolor{Melon} {cmyk}{0,0.46,0.50,0}
-\definecolor{NavyBlue} {cmyk}{0.94,0.54,0,0}
-\definecolor{Orange} {rgb}{1.,0.65,0.}
-\definecolor{PaleGreen} {rgb}{0.6,0.98,0.6}
-\definecolor{PaleGreenB} {rgb}{0.9,1,0.9}
-\definecolor{Peach} {cmyk}{0,0.50,0.70,0}
-\definecolor{PeachPuff} {rgb}{1.0,0.85,0.73}
-\definecolor{PineGreen} {cmyk}{0.92,0,0.59,0.25}
-\definecolor{Pink} {rgb}{1.,0.75,0.8}
-\definecolor{RoyalBlue} {cmyk}{1,0.50,0,0}
-\definecolor{SeaGreen} {cmyk}{0.69,0,0.50,0}
-\definecolor{Salmon} {cmyk}{0,0.53,0.38,0}
-\definecolor{Sepia} {cmyk}{0,0.83,1,0.70}
-\definecolor{SlateBlue} {rgb}{0.42,0.35,0.8}
-\definecolor{Thistle} {rgb}{0.85,0.75,0.85}
-\definecolor{Turquoise} {cmyk}{0.85,0,0.20,0}
-\definecolor{Violet} {cmyk}{0.79,0.88,0,0}
-\definecolor{YellowOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.42,1,0}
-\fi
-
-% Definition of the (La)TeX string
-\newcommand{\AllTeX}{%
-{\textrm{(L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\textsc{%
-a}}\kern-.05em)T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}}
-
-% "dinglist" environment
-% Redefinition of it to be able to use colored symbols
-\renewenvironment{dinglist}[2][black]
-{\begin{list}{\ding{#2}}{}}{\end{list}}
-% Symbol definitions for these lists
-\newcommand{\DingListSymbolA}{43}
-\newcommand{\DingListSymbolB}{243}
-\newcommand{\DingListSymbolC}{224}
-\newcommand{\DingListSymbolD}{219}
-
-% Captions customizations
-\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{1.5mm}
-
-% Centered paragraph title
-\newcommand{\CenteredParagraphTitle}[2][LemonChiffon]{%
-\centerline{\psshadowbox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#1]{\large\HLe{#2}}}}
-
-% Paragraph title
-\newcommand{\ParagraphTitle}[2][LemonChiffon]{%
-\noindent\psshadowbox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#1]{\large\HLe{#2}}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% `fancyvrb' customizations
-% -------------------------
-
-% Customized "Verbatim" environment
-\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{Verbatim}{Verbatim}
-{commandchars=,fontfamily=tt,frame=single,numbersep=2pt,framerule=0.15mm}
-
-% "OutputResults" environment to emphasize program outputs
-\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{OutputResults}{Verbatim}
-{commandchars=,fontfamily=tt,frame=single,numbers=none,
-rulecolor=\color{blue},framerule=1mm}
-
-% Not inside the preceding environments themselves, to allow
-% local redefinitions
-\fvset{baselinestretch=0.9,fontsize=\small,numbers=left}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Seminar macros redefinitions
-% ----------------------------
-
-% We redefine the format of entries of the list of slides
-\def\listofslides{%
- \hfuzz=7pt % To avoid the "Overfull \hbox" messages
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{%
- \slide@dottedcline{##1 -- \hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
- {\slidenumberline{##3}}}%
- \def\l@subslide##1##2##3##4{%
- \slide@dottedcline{\hspace{2mm}##1 -- \hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
- {\slidenumberline{##3}}}%
- \@startlos}
-
-\def\slide@dottedcline{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
-
-\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{%
- \H@refstepcounter{slidesubsection}%
- \addtocontents{los}{%
-% D.G. modification begin - Jan. 2, 2002
-% \protect\l@subslide{\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}%
- \protect\l@subslide{\the\c@slidesection.\the\c@slidesubsection}%
- {\ignorespaces#1}%
-% D.G. modification end
- {\@SCTR}{slideheading.\theslidesubsection}%
- }%
- \def\Hy@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
- \else
- {%
- \edef\@currentlabel{%
- \csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname\theslidesubsection
- }%
- \makeslidesubheading{#2}%
- }%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}%
- \ifHy@hypertexnames
- \ifHy@naturalnames
- \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theslidesubsection}{\relax}%
- \Hy@writebookmark
- {\theslidesubsection}%
- {#1}%
- {slideheading.\theslidesubsection}%
- {2}%
- {toc}%
- \else
- \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theHslidesubsection}{\relax}%
- \Hy@writebookmark
- {\theslidesubsection}%
- {#1}%
- {slideheading.\theHslidesubsection}%
- {2}%
- {toc}%
- \fi
- \else
- \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
- \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}{\relax}%
- \Hy@writebookmark
- {\theslidesubsection}%
- {#1}%
- {slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
- {1}%
- {toc}%
- \fi
-}%
-
-% We will need, for demonstration purposes, to define sections and subsections
-% without putting them in the list of slides
-\def\SlideHeadingsNoListOfSlides{%
-\def\slide@heading[##1]##2{%
- \refstepcounter{slidesection}%
- \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection}
-% D.G. modification begin - Feb. 22, 2002
-% \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide
-% {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces##1}{\@SCTR}}%
-% D.G. modification end
- \def\@tempa{##2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}%
- \makeslideheading{##2}}%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslideheading{##1}%
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{}}
-%
-\def\slide@subheading[##1]##2{%
- \refstepcounter{slidesubsection}%
-% D.G. modification begin - Feb. 22, 2002
-% \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide
-% {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces##1}{\@SCTR}}%
-% D.G. modification end
- \def\@tempa{##2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname
- \theslidesubsection}\makeslidesubheading{##2}}%
- \fi
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{##1}}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Seminar customizations
-% ----------------------
-
-% No default frame (really useful for old plastic slides only)
-\slideframe{none}
-
-% To center horizontally the headers and footers (see seminar.bug)
-\renewcommand{\headwidth}{\textwidth}
-
-% To adjust the frame length to the header and footer ones
-% \autoslidemarginstrue
-
-% Headers and footers, using the `fancyhdr' package
-
-\slidepagestyle{fancy}
-
-\newcommand{\SeminarHeader}[1]{\fancyhead[C]{\Large\textbf{\HLe{#1}}}}
-
-\newcommand{\SeminarStandardHeaderFooter}[4]{%
-\fancyhf{}%
-\fancyhead[R]{\theslide}
-\SeminarHeader{#1}
-\fancyfoot[L]{\raisebox{2.5mm}{\textbf{#2}}}
-\fancyfoot[R]{\raisebox{3mm}{\scriptsize#3 \@date}\\[-4.5mm]
- {\tiny\textbf{#4}}}%
-% Change of the width of header and footer rules
-\def\headrulewidth{0.15mm}%
-\def\footrulewidth{0.15mm}%
-% Redefinition of the head line separator to have a double one
-\def\headrule{%
-\if@fancyplain\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
-\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip 0.5mm
-\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip -1mm}}
-
-% Customization of the headings and subheadings
-\renewcommand{\makeslideheading}[1]{%
-\CenteredParagraphTitle[red]{%
-\textcolor{white}{\textbf{\theslidesection{} -- #1}}}}
-\renewcommand{\makeslidesubheading}[1]{%
-\CenteredParagraphTitle{\theslidesubsection{} -- #1}}
-
-% For automatic definition of headers
-% ("Number - chapter : sub-chapter" or "Number - chapter" if no sub-chapter)
-% (we also suppress the first uppercase letter of the sub-chapter name,
-% if the optional "AsIs" keyword is not specified)
-\def\AsIs{AsIs}
-\def\SeminarStandardHeader@Separator{: }
-\newcommand{\SeminarStandardHeader}[1][]{%
-\SeminarHeader{%
-\ifx\theslidesubheading\empty
- \theslidesection{} -- \theslideheading%
-\else
- \edef\@tempa{#1}%
- \ifx\@tempa\AsIs
- \theslidesection{} -- \theslideheading{}\SeminarStandardHeader@Separator
- \theslidesubheading%
- \else
- \theslidesection{} -- \theslideheading{}\SeminarStandardHeader@Separator %
- \SeminarStandardHeader@i{\theslidesubheading}%
- \fi
-\fi}}
-
-\def\SeminarStandardHeader@i#1{\expandafter\SeminarStandardHeader@ii#1\@nil}
-\def\SeminarStandardHeader@ii#1#2\@nil{\MakeLowercase{#1}#2}
-
-% Outline of the presentation
-\newcommand{\SeminarOutlinePresentation}[4]{%
-\ifx\SeminarColorVersion\AnswerYes
- \begingroup
- \SeminarHeader{#1}%
- \def\SeminarOutlinePresentationBoolean{true}%
- \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond}{#3}%
- \SeminarSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeE}%
- \pst@dimh=\slideleftmargin
- \advance\pst@dimh by 35mm
- \renewcommand{\slideleftmargin}{\the\pst@dimh}%
- \setlength{\slidewidth}{289mm}%
- \addtolength{\slidewidth}{-\slideleftmargin}%
- \addtolength{\slidewidth}{-\sliderightmargin}%
- \renewcommand{\slidestretch}{0}% To compact the list
- \begin{slide}
- \begingroup
- \hypersetup{linkcolor=#4}%
- \Slidecontents
- \endgroup
- \end{slide}
- \endgroup
-\fi}
-
-% Backgrounds
-% -----------
-
-% Solid backgrounds
-
-% Default color
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundSolidColor}{PeachPuff}
-
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundSolid}{%
-\psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundSolidColor]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)}
-
-% Gradient backgrounds
-
-% Default begin color, end color, angle and middle point
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin}{LightYellow}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd}{Gold}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientAngle}{0}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientMidPoint}{0}
-
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundGradient}{%
-\psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,
- gradangle=\SeminarBackgroundGradientAngle,
- gradmidpoint=\SeminarBackgroundGradientMidPoint,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)}
-
-% Default slope style, steps and center
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeStyle}{radslope}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeSteps}{300}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeCenter}{0.5 0.5}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeAngle}{0}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeRadius}{0}
-
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundGradientSlope}{%
-\psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeStyle,
- slopebegin=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorBegin,
- slopeend=\SeminarBackgroundGradientColorEnd,
- slopesteps=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeSteps,
- slopecenter=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeCenter,
- slopeangle=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeAngle,
- sloperadius=\SeminarBackgroundGradientSlopeRadius]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)}
-
-% Composite backgrounds
-
-% Default colors
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}{LightBlue}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond}{NavyBlue}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorThird}{RoyalBlue}
-
-% Utility macros for the composite backgrounds
-
-\newcount\PstFractal@DeepRecursion
-
-% The recursion macro used (from David Carlisle)
-\def\Recursion #1{%
-#1\relax
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
-\else
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
-\fi}
-
-% General definition of a fractal
-\def\PstFractal#1{%
-\ifx\PstFractalBegin\undefined
-\else
- \PstFractalBegin
-\fi
-\Recursion
- {\ifnum#1>\@ne\relax}
- {\PstFractal@DeepRecursion=#1%
- \advance\PstFractal@DeepRecursion\m@ne
- \PstFractalRepeat{\PstFractal@DeepRecursion}}
- {\PstFractalDefinition}}
-
-\def\PstSpiralSquare#1{%
-\def\PstFractalDefinition{\psframe(1,1)}%
-\def\PstFractalBegin{\PstFractalDefinition}%
-\def\PstFractalRepeat##1{%
- % sqrt(0.2^2 + (1-0.2)^2)=0.824621
- % arcsin(0.2/0.824621)=14.036246
- \rput{-14.036246}(0,0.2){\psset{unit=0.824621}\PstFractal{##1}}}%
-\pspicture(1,1)
- \PstFractal{#1}
-\endpspicture}
-
-% Composite background A
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeA}{{%
-\psframe[linestyle=none,
- fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)%
-\rput(4truemm,190truemm){%
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst](8,0.2)}}
-\rput(293truemm,14truemm){%
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond](-8,0.2)}}
-
-% Composite background B
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeB}{{%
-\psframe[linestyle=none,
- fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)%
-\rput(4truemm,190truemm){%
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst](-0.1,0)(5,0.2)
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst](-0.1,0.03)(0.1,-5)}}
-\rput(293truemm,14truemm){%
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond](-5,0.2)(0.1,0)
- \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond](-0.1,5)(0.1,0)}}
-
-% Composite background C
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeC}{{%
-\psframe[linestyle=none,
- fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)}
-\psset{xunit=1.3333,linecolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond}%
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight
-\divide\@tempdima\tw@
-\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\divide\@tempdimb\tw@
-\multido{\nLength=5.5+-0.2,\iAngle=0+1}{30}{%
- \rput{\iAngle}(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){%
- \psframe(-\nLength,-\nLength)(\nLength,\nLength)}}}
-
-% Composite background D
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeD}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0}%
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\multips(4truemm,50truemm)(10truemm,30truemm){3}{%
- \psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (5truemm,180truemm)}
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight
-\advance\@tempdima -29truemm
-\multips(\@tempdima,0)(10truemm,-30truemm){3}{%
- \psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (5truemm,160truemm)}}}
-
-% Composite background E
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeE}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0.5}%
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (5truemm,0)(35truemm,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\multips(10truemm,10truemm)(0,20truemm){11}{%
- \psframe[gradangle=90,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (20truemm,10truemm)}}}
-
-% Composite background F
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeF}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90}%
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\advance\@tempdima -15truemm
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (0,\@tempdima)(\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (0,0)(\SeminarPaperHeight,15truemm)}}
-
-% Composite background G
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeG}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=30}%
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\advance\@tempdima -15truemm
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst]
- (15truemm,-15truemm)(\SeminarPaperHeight,\@tempdima)
-\psframe[gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (15truemm,0)(\SeminarPaperHeight,15truemm)}}
-
-% Composite background H
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeH}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=1}%
-\psframe[gradangle=0,gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (17mm,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\advance\@tempdima -15mm
-\psframe[gradangle=90,gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond]
- (0,\@tempdima)(\SeminarPaperHeight,\SeminarPaperWidth)
-\advance\@tempdima 5mm
-\psframe*[linecolor=white,framearc=0.3](12mm,-20mm)(300mm,\@tempdima)
-\advance\@tempdima -5mm
-\psline[linestyle=solid,linewidth=0.3]{c-c}(4mm,\@tempdima)(90mm,\@tempdima)}}
-
-% Composite background I
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeI}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,unit=15,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}%
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight
-\divide\@tempdima\tw@
-\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\divide\@tempdimb\tw@
-\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){\PstSpiralSquare{15}}}}
-
-% Composite background J
-
-% Sierpinski carpet
-\newcommand{\PstSierpinskiCarpet}[1]{{%
-\def\PstFractalDefinition{%
- \psframe(1,1)
- \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white](0.3333,0.3333)(0.6667,0.6667)}%
-\def\PstFractalBegin{\PstFractalDefinition}%
-\def\PstFractalRepeat##1{%
- \rput(0,0){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.3333,0){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.6667,0){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0,0.3333){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.6667,0.3333){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0,0.6667){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.3333,0.6667){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.6667,0.6667){\psset{xunit=0.3333,yunit=0.3333}\PstFractal{##1}}}%
-\psset{dimen=middle}%
-\pspicture(1,1)
- \PstFractal{#1}
-\endpspicture}}
-
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeJ}{{%
-\psset{linestyle=none,xunit=\SeminarPaperHeight,yunit=\SeminarPaperWidth,
- fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}%
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight
-\divide\@tempdima\tw@
-\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\divide\@tempdimb\tw@
-\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){\PstSierpinskiCarpet{3}}}}
-
-% Composite background K
-
-% Sierpinski triangle
-\newcommand{\PstSierpinskiTriangle}[1]{{%
-\def\PstFractalDefinition{%
- \pspolygon(1;0)(1;1)(1;2)
- \rput{-2}(0,0){\pspolygon(0.5;0.5)(0.5;1.5)(0.5;2.5)}}%
-\def\PstFractalBegin{\PstFractalDefinition}%
-\def\PstFractalRepeat##1{%
- \rput(0.5;0){\psset{unit=0.5}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.5;1){\psset{unit=0.5}\PstFractal{##1}}
- \rput(0.5;2){\psset{unit=0.5}\PstFractal{##1}}}%
-\rput{90}(0,0){%
- \SpecialCoor
- \degrees[3]
- \psset{dimen=middle}%
- \PstFractal{#1}}}}
-
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundCompositeK}{{%
-\NormalCoor % Needed when \SpecialCoor is currently active
-\psset{linestyle=none,unit=6.8,fillstyle=gradient,gradmidpoint=0,
- gradbegin=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorSecond,
- gradend=\SeminarBackgroundCompositeColorFirst}%
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight
-\divide\@tempdima\tw@
-\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\divide\@tempdimb\tw@
-\advance\@tempdimb -35truemm
-\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){\PstSierpinskiTriangle{4}}}}
-
-% Backgrounds with external images
-
-% With image file name
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundImageAngle}{0}
-\newcommand{\SeminarBackgroundImageFile}{Undefined}
-
-\SeminarNewSlideFrameBackground{SeminarBackgroundImage}{{%
-\@tempdima=\SeminarPaperHeight
-\divide\@tempdima\tw@
-\@tempdimb=\SeminarPaperWidth
-\divide\@tempdimb\tw@
-\rput(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb){%
- \includegraphics[angle=\SeminarBackgroundImageAngle,
- width=\SeminarPaperHeight,height=\SeminarPaperWidth]
- {\SeminarBackgroundImageFile}}}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% To choice color or black and white version
-% ------------------------------------------
-
-% Note: we do not use booleans because we want to manage three states:
-% true, false and undefined. We must be able to force the value in front
-% of the file, before the \documentclass macro. If this is not done,
-% a question will be asked interactively (this can be falsely interactivity,
-% using for instance a command like "echo y | latex ..." on Unix systems)
-
-\def\AnswerYes{y}
-\def\SeminarColorQuestion{y}
-\def\SeminarPaperQuestion{n}
-
-% Definition of the styles to enrich text (color or black and white version)
-\def\SeminarColorVersion{\SeminarColorQuestion}
- \usepackage{hcolor}
-
-% Screen or paper version?
-\def\SeminarPaperVersion]{\SeminarPaperQuestion}
- \def\special@paper{297mm,210mm}% A4 format
-
-% A4 format
-\usepackage{sem-a4}
-\setlength{\slidewidth}{281mm}
-\setlength{\slideheight}{170mm}
-\def\SeminarPaperWidth{210truemm}
-\def\SeminarPaperHeight{297truemm}
-
-% Letter format
-%\setlength{\slidewidth}{261mm}
-%\setlength{\slideheight}{176mm}
-%\def\SeminarPaperWidth{215.9truemm}
-%\def\SeminarPaperHeight{279.4truemm}
-
-% General size parameters for all formats
-\renewcommand{\slidetopmargin}{15.5mm}
-\renewcommand{\slidebottommargin}{13mm}
-\renewcommand{\slideleftmargin}{4mm}
-\renewcommand{\sliderightmargin}{4mm}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Some general PSTricks useful add-ons
-% ------------------------------------
-
-% Initialization of PSTricks parameters
-
-% As \psset, but, opposite to it, this version allow the following syntax:
-% \def\MyPstFrame#1{{%
-% \def\Temp{#1}%
-% \ifx\Temp\empty
-% \else
-% \PstSet{#1}
-% \fi
-% \begin{pspicture}(2,2)
-% \psframe(2,2)
-% \end{pspicture}}}
-%
-% \def\PstParams{linecolor=red,fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=yellow}
-% \MyPstFrame{\PstParams}
-%
-% The syntax \MyPstFrame{linecolor=cyan,fillstyle=vlines} still work,
-% as with \psset
-
-\def\PstSet#1{\PstSet@i#1,\@nil\ignorespaces}
-
-\def\PstSet@i#1,{%
-\expandafter\PstSet@ii#1,\@nil
-\@ifnextchar\@nil{\@gobble}{\PstSet@i}}
-
-\def\PstSet@ii#1,{%
-\PstSet@iii#1=\@nil
-\@ifnextchar\@nil{\@gobble}{\PstSet@ii}}
-
-\def\PstSet@iii#1=#2\@nil{\psset{#1=#2}}
-
-% \DoPerChar macro from Juergen Schlegelmilch
-%
-% (<schlegel@Informatik.Uni-Rostock.de> - posted on c.t.t. Jan. 27, 1998)
-\def\DoPerChar#1#2#3\@nil{%
-#1#2%
-\edef\@tempa{#3}%
-\ifx\@tempa\@empty
-\else
- \DoPerChar#1#3\@nil
-\fi}
-
-% To write a text vertically (but with letters horizontal)
-%
-\def\TextTurn#1{\DoPerChar\TextTurn@CharacterTurn#1\@nil}
-\def\TextTurn@CharacterTurn#1{\rotateleft{\,\hbox to 0mm{\hss#1\hss}}\,}
-
-% To print a string in a framebox of a specified length
-%
-\def\PstTab{\@ifnextchar[{\PstTab@i}{\PstTab@i[]}}
-\def\PstTab@i[#1]#2#3{{%
-\psset{#1}%
-\psframebox[framesep=0.06,framearc=0.8,shadow=true,shadowangle=45,shadowsize=0.1]{%
- \rule[-0.5mm]{0mm}{2.5mm}%
- \truncate[.]{#3}{\hfil#2\hfil}}}}
-
-% To print tabs for the sections
-%
-\def\SeminarTabs#1#2#3#4{%
-% #1 = length for each tab, #2 = font specifications (if changed),
-% #3 = color of the current section,
-% #4 = color for all sections except the current one
-%
-% Temporary redefinition of the OvalFrame PostScript macro
-% for better look for a tab
-\pst@Verb{%
-/OvalFrame {
- x1 x2 eq y1 y2 eq or
- { pop pop x1 y1 moveto x2 y2 L }
- { y1 y2 sub abs
- x1 x2 sub abs
- 2 copy gt { exch pop } { pop } ifelse
- 2 div exch
- { dup 3 1 roll mul exch } if
- 2 copy lt { pop } { exch pop } ifelse
- /b ED
- x1 y1 y2 add 2 div moveto
- x1 y2 x2 y2 b arcto
- x2 y2 x2 y1 b arcto
-% D.G. modification begin - Mar. 20, 2002
-% x2 y1 x1 y1 b arcto
-% x1 y1 x1 y2 b arcto
- x2 y1 x1 y1 0 arcto
- x1 y1 x1 y2 0 arcto
-% D.G. modification end
- 16 { pop } repeat
- closepath }
- ifelse } def}%
-%
-\def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{\l@slide@i##1##2\@nil##4\@@nil}%
-\def\l@slide@i##1\ignorespaces ##2\@nil##3\@@nil{%
-\pst@@killglue% To eat the end of line after the \l@slide macro
-\ifnum##1=\c@slidesection
- \def\SeminarTabsCurrentSectionColor{#3}%
-\else
- \def\SeminarTabsCurrentSectionColor{#4}%
-\fi
-#2% To be able to change the font size, serie, etc.
-\hyperlink{##3}{%
- \PstTab[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=\SeminarTabsCurrentSectionColor]
- {##2}{#1}}}%
-\let\l@subslide\@gobblefour
-\@startlos}
-
-% General annotation macro
-%
-
-% To add annotations on a page (slide), specially when using overlays
-% This is specially useful to add comments on a set of equations
-% or on program lines on a listing
-
-\newdimen\PstAnnotation@BoxBaselineskipDim
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxBaselineskip}{\pssetlength{\PstAnnotation@BoxBaselineskipDim}{#1}}
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxCommand}{\def\PstAnnotation@BoxCommand{#1}}
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxJustification}{\def\PstAnnotation@BoxJustification{#1}}
-
-\newdimen\PstAnnotation@BoxLengthDim
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxLength}{\pssetlength{\PstAnnotation@BoxLengthDim}{#1}}
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationBoxStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@BoxStyle{#1}}
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationConnectionCommand}{\def\PstAnnotation@ConnectionCommand{#1}}
-
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationConnectionBasicStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@ConnectionBasicStyle{#1}}
-
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationConnectionSpecialStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@ConnectionSpecialStyle{#1}}
-
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationReferencePoint}{\def\PstAnnotation@ReferencePoint{#1}}
-
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationTextStyle}{\def\PstAnnotation@TextStyle{#1}}
-
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationPositionX}{\def\PstAnnotation@PositionX{#1}}
-
-\define@key[psset]{}{AnnotationPositionY}{\def\PstAnnotation@PositionY{#1}}
-
-% Default values
-\psset{%
- AnnotationBoxBaselineskip=0.5mm,
- AnnotationBoxCommand=\psframebox,
- AnnotationBoxLength=4cm,
- AnnotationBoxJustification=r,
- AnnotationBoxStyle={linewidth=0.015,framesep=0.05},
- AnnotationConnectionCommand=\ncline,
- AnnotationConnectionBasicStyle={arrows=->,nodesep=0.1},
- AnnotationConnectionSpecialStyle=,
- AnnotationReferencePoint=l,
- AnnotationTextStyle=\scriptsize,
- AnnotationPositionX=13.45,
- AnnotationPositionY=0}
-
-\SpecialCoor
-
-\def\PstAnnotation{\@ifnextchar[{\PstAnnotation@i}{\PstAnnotation@i[]}}
-\def\PstAnnotation@i[#1]#2#3{{%
-\psset{#1}%
-\PstAnnotation@TextStyle
-\rput(\PstAnnotation@PositionX,0 | #2){%
- \rput[\PstAnnotation@BoxJustification](0,\PstAnnotation@PositionY){%
- \rnode[\PstAnnotation@ReferencePoint]{AnnotationNodeTemp}{%
- \ifx\PstAnnotation@BoxStyle\@empty
- \else
- \PstSet{\PstAnnotation@BoxStyle}
- \fi
- \PstAnnotation@BoxCommand{%
- \normalbaselineskip=\PstAnnotation@BoxBaselineskipDim
- \begin{minipage}{\PstAnnotation@BoxLengthDim}
- #3
- \end{minipage}}}}}
-\ifx\PstAnnotation@ConnectionBasicStyle\@empty
-\else
- \PstSet{\PstAnnotation@ConnectionBasicStyle}
-\fi
-\ifx\PstAnnotation@ConnectionSpecialStyle\@empty
-\else
- \PstSet{\PstAnnotation@ConnectionSpecialStyle}
-\fi
-\PstAnnotation@ConnectionCommand{AnnotationNodeTemp}{#2}}}
-
-% To put a right brace to point an annotation
-\newcommand{\RightBrace}[1]{{% #1 = number of lines to put the brace around
-\@tempdima=#1 pt
-\advance\@tempdima\m@ne pt
-\divide\@tempdima\tw@
-\ifx\BaseLineStretchBrace\@undefined
- \@tempdimb=\normalbaselineskip
-\else
- \@tempdimb=\BaseLineStretchBrace\normalbaselineskip
-\fi
-\@tempdimc=\strip@pt\@tempdima\@tempdimb
-\advance\@tempdimc-0.1\@tempdimb
-%
-\setbox\z@\hbox{A}%
-\ifdim\@tempdimc<0.5\ht\z@
- \advance\@tempdimc0.75\ht\z@
-\fi
-%
-$\left \}\rule[-\@tempdimc]{0mm}{\@tempdimc}\right.$}}
-
-% Macros useful when using overlays with the `listings' package
-% -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-\def\pnodeLstDown#1{%
-\@tempdima=0.5\normalbaselineskip
-\setbox\z@\hbox{A}%
-\ifdim\@tempdima<0.5\ht\z@
- \advance\@tempdima0.25\ht\z@
-\else
- \advance\@tempdima-0.5\ht\z@
-\fi
-\pnode(0,-\@tempdima){#1}}
-\def\pnodeLstUp#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{A}\pnode(0,0.5\ht\z@){#1}}
-\def\rnodeLst#1#2#3{\rnode[#1]{#2}{#3}}
-
-\catcode`\@=\SeminarAtCode\relax
-\endinput
-% End seminar.con
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 077602f530..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/seminar.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1170 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN seminar.sty
-%%
-%% This is file `seminar.sty', generated
-%% on <1993/4/2> with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% seminar.doc
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.62}
-\def\filedate{14/05/12}
-%%
-%% LaTeX document style `seminar', for use with LaTeX v2.09.
-%% This is a style for typesetting notes and slides.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-\@ifundefined{@seminarerr}{}{\endinput}
-\typeout{%
- Document Style: `seminar' v\fileversion \space <\filedate> (tvz)}
-\def\test@member#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempg{,#2,#1,}%
- \edef\@temph{####1,#1,}%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@temph\@temph##2\@nil{%
- \def\@tempg{##2}%
- \ifx\@tempg\@empty\@testfalse\else\@testtrue\fi}%
- \expandafter\@temph\@tempg\@nil}
-\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}}
-\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\normalsize\rm}}{}
-\def\@seminarerr#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- \typeout{^^JSeminar.sty error.\space\space\space
- Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.^^J}%
- \errmessage{#1^^J}}
-\def\notslide@err#1{Cannot use \string#1 in slide environments}
-\def\new@slidebox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\newdimen\slidewidth \slidewidth 8.5in
-\newdimen\slideheight \slideheight 6.3in
-\@ifundefined{paperwidth}{\def\paperwidth{8.5in}}{}
-\@ifundefined{paperheight}{\def\paperheight{11in}}{}
-\def\addto@preamblecmds#1{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
- \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds\do#1}%
- \endgroup}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\addto@preamblecmds\do\@preamblecmds}
-\def\sem@temp#1{\@ifundefined{if#1}%
- {\def\@tempa{\csname newif\endcsname}
- \expandafter\@tempa\csname if#1\endcsname}{}}
-\sem@temp{article}{}
-\sem@temp{slidesonly}{}
-\sem@temp{notes}{}
-\sem@temp{notesonly}{}
-\sem@temp{notesonlystar}{}
-\sem@temp{portrait}{}
-\def\ds@article{\articletrue}
-\def\ds@slidesonly{\slidesonlytrue\notesfalse\notesonlyfalse}
-\def\ds@notes{\notestrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesonlyfalse}
-\def\ds@notesonly{\notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse}
-\@namedef{ds@notesonly*}{\ds@notesonly\notesonlystartrue}
-\def\ds@portrait{\portraittrue}
-\@namedef{ds@a4}{%
- \def\paperwidth{210mm}
- \def\paperheight{297mm}
- \slidewidth 222mm
- \slideheight 152mm\relax}
-\@@input article.sty
-\ifnotesonly\else\notesonlystarfalse\fi
-\@@input sem-page.sty
-\newtoks\before@document
-\newtoks\after@document
-\let\xcomment@hook\relax
-\before@document{\endgroup\the\before@document\begingroup}
-\after@document{\the\after@document\xcomment@hook}
-\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\document}
-\edef\document{\the\before@document\the\@temptokena\the\after@document}
-\before@document{}
-\after@document{}
-\newtoks\before@enddocument
-\before@enddocument{\the\before@enddocument}
-\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\enddocument}
-\edef\enddocument{\the\before@enddocument\the\@temptokena}
-\before@enddocument{}
-\newif\ifprintlandscape
-\ifportrait
- \ifarticle\printlandscapetrue\fi
-\else
- \ifarticle\else\printlandscapetrue\fi
-\fi
-\addto@hook\before@document{\ifprintlandscape\printlandscape\fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\printlandscape}
-\def\printlandscape{\addto@hook\before@enddocument{%
- \typeout{^^J%
- *******************************************************^^J%
- ***** !! PRINT THIS DOCUMENT IN LANDSCAPE MODE !! *****^^J%
- *******************************************************}}}
-\def\slide{%
- \NestedSlide@Error{slide}%
- \landscapetrue
- \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}
-\def\endslide{\end@slide}
-\@namedef{slide*}{%
- \NestedSlide@Error{slide*}%
- \landscapefalse
- \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}%
-\@namedef{endslide*}{\end@slide}
-\newcounter{slide}
-\def\theslide{\arabic{slide}}
-\newcount\slide@count
-\newbox\@slidebox
-\newbox\not@slidebox
-\newif\ifslide
-\newif\iflandscape
-\def\@landscapeonly{0}
-\def\landscapeonly{\def\@landscapeonly{1}}
-\def\portraitonly{\def\@landscapeonly{-1}}
-\def\NestedSlide@Error#1{%
- \ifslide
- \endgroup
- \@seminarerr{Nested slide environments. Perhaps missing
- \string\end{\@currenvir}. May be fatal}\@ehd
- \expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}%
- \ifslide\expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}\fi
- \begingroup
- \def\@currenvir{#1}%
- \fi}
-\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{%
- \slide@clearpage
- \setlength\slidewidth{#1}%
- \setlength\slideheight{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \ifarticle
- \output{%
- \advance\count@ 1
- \global\setbox\not@slidebox\box\@cclv}%
- \par\@@par\penalty-\@M
- \fi
- \output{\slide@output}%
- \slidetrue
- \ifarticle\global\slide@count=\z@\fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \ifnotesonlystar\xdef\first@slidemarker{\the\c@slide}\fi
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
- \ifarticle\else
- \edef\page@textheight{\number\textheight sp}%
- \edef\page@textwidth{\number\textwidth sp}%
- \fi
- \set@slidesize
- \slidebox@restore
- \the\slide@hook
- \the\before@newslide
- \everyslide}
-\def\end@slide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \xdef\@tempg{\@currenvir}%
- \endgroup
- \ifslide
- \@seminarerr{Perhaps missing `\string\end{\@tempg}',
- \iffalse{\fi`\string}' or `\string\endgroup'}\@ehd
- \def\next{\endgroup\ifslide\expandafter\next\fi}%
- \next
- \fi
- \begingroup
- \output{\setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv}%
- \@@par\penalty-\@M
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\c@slide-1
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}{\@nameuse{saved@c@##1}}}%
- \slide@reset
- \ifarticle\outputloop@savedslides\fi
- \the\after@slide}
-\let\slideclearpagetrue\relax
-\let\slideclearpagefalse\relax
-\ifarticle
- \def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}
- \ifnotes
- \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}}
- \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}}
- \else
- \ifnotesonly
- \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}}
- \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}}
- \fi
- \fi
-\else
- \def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}
-\fi
-\newtoks\slide@hook
-\def\everyslide{}
-\newtoks\after@slide
-\def\slidebox@restore{%
- \def\thepage{\theslide}%
- \def\newpage{\newslide}%
- \def\clearpage{\newslide}%
- \def\thispagestyle{\notslide@err{\thispagestyle}}%
- \pagestyle{\slide@pagestyle}%
- \@twocolumnfalse
- \def\twocolumn{\notslide@err{\twocolumn}}%
- \def\onecolumn{\notslide@err{\onecolumn}}%
- \def\marginpar{\notslide@err{\marginpar}}%
- \def\thanks{\slidethanks}%
- \def\maketitle{\slidemaketitle}%
- \fix@floats
- \fix@whatsits
- \slide@footnotes
- \def\do##1{\expandafter\xdef\csname
- saved@c@##1\endcsname{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}%
- \slide@reset
- \topskip\z@ \maxdepth\z@
- \slide@listparameters
- \slidefonts
- \def\baselinestretch{\slidestretch}%
- \def\arraystretch{\slidearraystretch}%
- \sem@ptsize{\slide@ptsize}}
-\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}\gdef\thedate{#1}}
-\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\theauthor{#1}}
-\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\thetitle{#1}}
-\date{\today}
-\let\slidethanks\thanks
-\def\thethanks{\@thanks}%
-\def\slidemaketitle{%
- \par
- \begin{center}\bf
- {\large \thetitle}\par\vskip 1ex
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c} \theauthor \end{tabular}\par\vskip 1ex
- \thedate
- \end{center}%
- \thethanks\par}
-\def\fix@floats{%
- \def\@xfloat##1[##2]{%
- \expandafter\let\csname end##1\endcsname\end@float
- \par\medskip\vbox\bgroup\def\@captype{##1}\parindent\z@
- \ignorespaces}%
- \def\end@float{\par\vskip\z@\egroup\medskip}%
- \def\@dblfloat{\@float}\def\end@dblfloat{\end@float}%
- \def\endfigure{\end@float}\def\endtable{\end@float}}
-\let\normal@write\write
-\let\normal@read\read
-\let\normal@openout\openout
-\let\normal@closeout\closeout
-\def\fix@whatsits{%
- \def\write{\immediate\normal@write}%
- \def\read{\immediate\normal@read}%
- \def\openout{\immediate\normal@openout}%
- \def\closeout{\immediate\normal@closeout}}
-\newinsert\slide@footins
-\skip\slide@footins=\bigskipamount
-\count\slide@footins=1000
-\dimen\slide@footins=4in
-\def\theslidefootnote{\alph{footnote}}
-\def\slide@footnotes{%
- \def\thefootnote{\theslidefootnote}%
- \let\footins\slide@footins
- \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M}
-\def\slidefonts{}
-\def\slidestretch{1.18}
-\def\slidearraystretch{1.2}
-\def\raggedslides{\@ifnextchar[{\@raggedslides}{\@raggedslides[1fil]}}
-\def\@raggedslides[#1]{%
- \edef\slide@@rightskip{#1}%
- \ifslide\slide@rightskip\fi}
-\def\slide@rightskip{%
- \@rightskip\z@ plus \slide@@rightskip\relax \rightskip\@rightskip}
-\def\slide@@rightskip{1fil}
-\newcount\slide@listdepth
-\def\slide@listparameters{%
- \let\@listdepth\slide@listdepth
- \slide@listdepth\z@
- \def\@listi{\slide@listi}%
- \def\@listii{\slide@listii}%
- \def\@listiii{\slide@listiii}%
- \let\@listiv\relax\let\@listv\relax\let\@listvi\relax}
-\def\slide@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \parsep\parskip \divide\parsep2
- \partopsep\slidepartopsep\relax
- \advance\partopsep-\parskip
- \ifdim\partopsep<\z@\partopsep\z@\fi
- \itemsep\slideitemsep\relax
- \ifdim\parsep<\itemsep
- \topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parsep
- \else
- \itemsep\parsep \topsep\z@
- \fi}
-\def\slide@listii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \divide\itemsep2 \divide\parsep2
- \divide\topsep2 \divide\partopsep2\relax}%
-\def\slide@listiii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \itemsep \z@ \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@}%
-\def\slideleftmargini{1.8em}
-\def\slideleftmarginii{1.4em}
-\def\slideleftmarginiii{1em}
-\def\slidelabelsep{.5em}
-\def\slideitemsep{.8ex minus .2ex}
-\def\slidepartopsep{1ex minus .2ex}
-\newbox\saved@specials
-\def\save@slidespecials{%
- \begingroup
- \output{%
- \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv
- \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}%
- \hbox{}\penalty-\@M
- \global\let\saved@texttop\@texttop
- \gdef\@texttop{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else\box\saved@specials\nointerlineskip\fi
- \saved@texttop
- \global\let\@texttop\saved@texttop}%
- \endgroup}
-\addto@hook\after@document{\save@slidespecials}
-\ifarticle\else
- \def\insert@specials{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}%
- \fi
- \global\let\insert@specials\relax}
-\fi
-\def\extraslideheight#1{%
- \@tempdima #1\relax
- \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp}
- \ifslide\set@slidesize\fi}
-\extraslideheight{6pt}
-\def\set@slidesize{%
- \iflandscape
- \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \else
- \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \fi
- \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}%
- \textheight\vsize
- \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax
- \textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\hsize\linewidth\hsize}
-\def\newslide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
- \the\before@newslide
- \set@slidesize}
-\newtoks\before@newslide
-\def\slide@reset{\do{footnote}}
-\def\slidereset#1{\def\slide@reset{}\addtoslidereset{#1}}
-\def\addtoslidereset#1{%
- \edef\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\addto@slidereset\@tempa,\@nil,}
-\def\addto@slidereset#1,{%
- \ifx\@nil#1\else
- \@ifundefined{c@#1}%
- {\@seminarerr{Counter `#1' not defined}\@ehd}%
- {\expandafter\def\expandafter\slide@reset\expandafter{%
- \slide@reset\do{#1}}}%
- \expandafter\addto@slidereset
- \fi}
-\def\slide@output{%
- \@makeslide
- \@testfalse
- \ifnotesonly\else
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \reset@slideoutput
- \@@makeslide
- \process@slide
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}}
-\def\reset@slideoutput{%
- \let\par\@@par
- \reset@font
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}%
- \catcode`\ =10
- \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii}
-\newif\ifcenterslides
-\centerslidestrue
-\def\@makeslide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\vbox{%
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \ifvoid\slide@footins\else
- \vskip\skip\slide@footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\slide@footins
- \fi
- \vskip\z@}}
-\def\@@makeslide{%
- \overfullslide@warning
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{%
- \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax
- \vbox to\slide@vsize{%
- \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi
- \unvbox\@slidebox
- \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}%
- \the\after@slidepage}%
- \wd\@slidebox\textwidth}
-\def\overfullslide@warning{%
- \dimen@\ht\@slidebox
- \advance\dimen@-\slide@vsize\relax
- \ifdim\dimen@>\slidefuzz\relax
- \@warning{Slide \theslide\space overfull by \the\dimen@}%
- \fi}
-\def\slidefuzz{2pt}
-\newtoks\after@slidepage
-\newif\ifrotateheaders
-\def\sliderotation#1{\@ifundefined{semsr@#1}%
- {\@latexerr{Slide rotation `#1' not defined.}\@eha}%
- {\@nameuse{semsr@#1}}}
-\def\semsr@left{%
- \def\rotate@slide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\leftsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}}
-\def\semsr@right{%
- \def\rotate@slide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\rightsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}}
-\def\semsr@none{\let\rotate@slide\relax}
-\sliderotation{none}
-\def\leftsliderotation#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string\leftsliderotation\space has not been defined}%
- \@ehd}
-\let\rightsliderotation\leftsliderotation
-\def\@ifrotateslide#1{%
- \ifx\rotate@slide\relax\else
- \iflandscape\ifportrait#1\fi\else\ifportrait\else#1\fi\fi
- \fi}
-\def\process@slide{%
- \slideframewidth=\inverseslidesmag\slideframewidth
- \slideframesep=\inverseslidesmag\slideframesep
- \fboxrule\slideframewidth
- \fboxsep\slideframesep
- \ifarticle
- \@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide
- \else
- \ifrotateheaders\else\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \fi
- \process@@slide}
-\def\process@@slide{\finish@slide\output@slide}
-\def\finish@slide{%
- \theslideframe
- \add@slidelabel\slidelabel}
-\ifarticle
- \def\output@slide{%
- \global\advance\slide@count1
- \@ifundefined{slidebox@\the\slide@count}%
- {{\globaldefs=1\expandafter
- \new@slidebox\csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname}}{}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname
- slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname\box\@slidebox}
-\else
- \def\output@slide{%
- \begingroup
- \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \setslidelength\@tempdima{%
- \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}
- \setslidelength\@tempdimb{%
- \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}
- \ifrotateheaders
- \@ifrotateslide{%
- \dimen@=\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\dimen@}
- \fi
- % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight
- % used for scratch:
- \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin
- \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin
- \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin
- \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin
- % Some page styles like to know \textwidth:
- \textwidth=\@tempdima
- \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin
- \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{%
- \kern\oddsidemargin
- \vbox to\@tempdimb{%
- \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1
- \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}%
- \fi
- \let\label\@gobble
- \let\index\@gobble
- \let\glossary\@gobble
- \vbox to\headheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slideheadfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}%
- \kern\z@}%
- \vfill
- \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}%
- \vfill
- \vbox to\footheight{%
- \hbox{%
- \slidefootfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}%
- \vfill}}%
- \hss}%
- \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \insert@specials
- \shipout\box\@slidebox
- \endgroup
- \let\firstmark\botmark}
- \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{}
-\fi
-\newskip\slidesep
-\slidesep\intextsep
-\ifarticle
- \def\fps@fslide{htbp}
- \def\ftype@fslide{32}
- \def\float@savedslide{%
- \begingroup\@float{fslide}%
- \centerline{\box\@slidebox}%
- \end@float\endgroup}%
- \@namedef{float*@savedslide}{%
- \begingroup\@dblfloat{fslide}%
- \centerline{\box\@slidebox}%
- \end@dblfloat\endgroup}%
- \def\center@slide{\hbox{%
- \kern-\@totalleftmargin
- \hbox to \columnwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}}}%
- \def\onepercol@savedslide{%
- \vbox to .996\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak}%
- \def\twopercol@savedslide{%
- \dimen@.5\textheight
- \advance\dimen@-\slidesep
- \ifdim\ht\@slidebox>\dimen@
- \onepercol@savedslide
- \else
- \vbox to .498\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak
- \fi}
- \def\here@savedslide{%
- \addvspace\slidesep\center@slide\addvspace\slidesep}
- \@namedef{here*@savedslide}{%
- \goodbreak \hrule \@height\z@ \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak
- \center@slide
- \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak \hrule\@height\z@ \goodbreak}
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \def\slideplacement#1{\@ifundefined{#1@savedslide}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide placement `#1' undefined}\@ehd}%
- {\expandafter\let\expandafter\output@savedslide
- \csname #1@savedslide\endcsname}}
-\else
- \def\slideplacement#1{}
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \ifnotes
- \ifportrait
- \slideplacement{float}
- \else
- \slideplacement{float*}
- \fi
- \else
- \ifportrait
- \slideplacement{onepercol}
- \else
- \slideplacement{twopercol}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \def\outputloop@savedslides{%
- \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
- \ifvoid\not@slidebox\else
- \dimen@=\dp\not@slidebox
- \unvbox\not@slidebox
- \hrule height\z@
- \prevdepth\dimen@
- \penalty\z@
- \fi
- \edef\slide@@count{\the\slide@count\relax}%
- \slide@count\z@
- \loop
- \ifnum\slide@count<\slide@@count
- \advance\slide@count1
- \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\@slidebox\expandafter\box
- \csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname
- \output@savedslide
- \repeat
- \ifnotesonlystar\make@slidemarker\fi}
-\fi
-\def\make@slidemarker{%
- \addvspace\slidesep
- \moveleft\@totalleftmargin
- \vbox{%
- \hsize\columnwidth
- \hrule height 1pt
- \kern 8pt
- \hbox to \columnwidth{%
- \hss
- \LARGE\bf\the@slidemarker
- \hss}%
- \kern 8pt
- \hrule height 1pt}%
- \addvspace\slidesep}
-\def\the@slidemarker{%
- Slide%
- \ifnum\c@slide=\first@slidemarker\else
- s {\c@slide\first@slidemarker\relax\theslide} --\fi
- { }\theslide}%
-\ifarticle
- \let\c@note\c@page
- \def\p@note{\p@page}
- \def\thenote{\thepage}
-\else
- \newcounter{note}
- \def\thenote{\theslide-\arabic{note}}
- \def\thepage{\thenote}
- \addto@hook\after@slide{\setcounter{note}{1}}
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@outputpage\expandafter{%
- \@outputpage\stepcounter{note}}
-\fi
-\ifarticle\else
- \let\c@page\c@slide
- \countdef\c@slide=0
- \c@slide=0
- \c@page=1
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \let\truepagenumbers\relax
-\else
- \def\truepagenumbers{%
- \let\c@slide\c@page
- \countdef\c@page=0
- \c@page=1
- \c@slide=0
- \let\truepagenumbers\relax}
-\fi
-\addto@preamblecmds{\truepagenumbers}
-\newdimen\slideframewidth \slideframewidth 4pt
-\newdimen\slideframesep \slideframesep .3in
-\def\newslideframe#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@newslideframe{#1}}{\@newslideframe{#1}[]}}
-\def\@newslideframe#1[#2]{%
- \@namedef{semsfops@#1}{#2}%
- \@namedef{semsf@#1}##1}
-\newslideframe{plain}{\fbox{#1}}
-\def\slideframe{\@slideframe{slide}}
-\def\@slideframe#1{%
- \@ifstar{\@testtrue\@@slideframe{#1}}{\@testfalse\@@slideframe{#1}}}
-\def\@@slideframe#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@@@slideframe{#1}}{\@@@slideframe{#1}[]}}
-\def\@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{%
- \def\@tempa{none}%
- \def\@tempb{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{\relax}%
- \else
- \ifx\@tempb\@empty
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{}%
- \else
- \@ifundefined{semsf@#3}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\if@test
- \@@@@slideframe{#1}[#2]{#3}%
- \else
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{\setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}#2\@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}%
- \fi}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\@@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1frame\endcsname
- \edef\next{%
- \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1frame\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}%
- #2%
- \@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}}%
-\slideframe{plain}
-\def\slidestyle#1{\@ifundefined{ss@#1}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide style `#1' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\@nameuse{ss@#1}}}
-\def\ss@empty{\let\add@slidelabel\@gobble}
-\def\ss@left{\def\add@slidelabel##1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{%
- \vbox to \ht\@slidebox{\vss
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 15pt}%
- \vss}\box\@slidebox}}}
-\def\ss@bottom{\def\add@slidelabel##1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\vbox{\copy\@slidebox\vskip 9pt
- \hbox to\wd\@slidebox{\hss##1\hss}}}}%
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait\slidestyle{bottom}\else\slidestyle{left}\fi
-\else
- \slidestyle{empty}
-\fi
-\def\slidelabel{\bf Slide \theslide}
-\def\newpagestyle#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{%
- \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}}
-\def\renewpagestyle#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{%
- \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}}
-\def\@ifgoodps#1{%
- \@ifundefined{ps@#1}{\@seminarerr{Page style `#1' undefined}\@eha}}
-\def\slidepagestyle#1{%
- \@ifgoodps{#1}%
- {\ifslide\pagestyle{#1}\else\edef\slide@pagestyle{#1}\fi}}
-\def\ps@{}
-\slidepagestyle{}
-\ifarticle
- \def\ps@align{}
-\else
- \def\ps@align{%
- \def\@oddhead{\thepage\hfil+}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{+\hfil+}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
-\fi
-\def\slideheadfont{\scriptsize}
-\def\slidefootfont{\scriptsize}
-\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or
- 2074\or 2488\or 2986\or 3583\or 4300\or 5160\fi\relax}
-\def\magstepminus#1{%
- \ifcase#1 \@m\or 833\or 694\or 579\or 482\or 401\fi\relax}
-\def\@magstep#1{%
- \ifnum#1<\z@\magstepminus{-#1}\else\magstep#1\fi}
-{\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12
- \gdef\@@inv@@mag#1pt#2{\def#2{#1}}}
-\def\invert@mag#1{\@tempdima=1000pt
- \divide\@tempdima by #1\relax
- \expandafter\@@inv@@mag\the\@tempdima#1}
-\def\@slidesmag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>0
- \edef\inverseslidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \invert@mag\inverseslidesmag
- \ifarticle\else\mag\@tempcnta\fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\@slidesmag\space argument must be an
- integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha
- \fi}
-\def\@articlemag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>0
- \edef\inverseartmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \invert@mag\inverseartmag
- \ifarticle\mag\@tempcnta\fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\articlemag\space argument must be an
- integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha
- \fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\@slidesmag\do\@articlemag}
-\newdimen\semin
-\newdimen\semcm
-\def\@semmagerr#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string#1 argument must be an integer
- between -5 and 9}\@eha}
-\def\slidesmag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6
- \ifnum\@tempcnta<10
- \edef\the@slidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \@slidesmag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}%
- \else
- \@semmagerr\slidesmag
- \fi
- \else
- \@semmagerr\slidesmag
- \fi
- \setslidelength\semin\seminlength
- \setslidelength\semcm\semcmlength}
-\def\seminlength{1in}
-\def\semcmlength{1cm}
-\def\articlemag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6
- \ifnum\@tempcnta<10
- \edef\the@articlemag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \@articlemag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}%
- \else
- \@semmagerr\articlemag
- \fi
- \else
- \@semmagerr\articlemag
- \fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\slidesmag\do\articlemag}
-\def\setslidelength#1#2{%
- #1=#2\relax
- #1=\inverseslidesmag#1}%
-\def\addtoslidelength#1#2{%
- \dimen@=#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \inverseslidesmag\dimen@}
-\def\setartlength#1#2{%
- #1=#2\relax
- #1=\inverseartmag#1}
-\def\addtoartlength#1#2{%
- \dimen@=#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \inverseartmag\dimen@}
-\def\slide@epsfsize#1#2{%
- \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt
- \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt
- \inverseslidesmag#1%
- \else
- 0pt
- \fi
- \else
- \inverseslidesmag\epsfxsize
- \fi
- \epsfysize
- \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt
- \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt
- \inverseslidesmag#2%
- \else
- 0pt
- \fi
- \else
- \inverseslidesmag\epsfysize
- \fi}
-\def\epsfslidesize{\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize}
-\slidesmag{4}
-\articlemag{0}
-\def\do@pageparameters{%
- \do\oddsidemargin
- \do\evensidemargin
- \do\marginparwidth
- \do\marginparsep
- \do\topmargin
- \do\headheight
- \do\headsep
- \do\textheight
- \do\textwidth
- \do\topskip
- \do\footskip
- \do\footheight}
-\ifarticle
- \def\scale@pageparameters{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseartmag##1\relax}%
- \do@pageparameters
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \def\scale@pageparameters{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseslidesmag##1\relax}%
- \do@pageparameters
- \endgroup}
-\fi
-\addto@hook\before@document{\scale@pageparameters}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\scale@pageparameters\do\do@pageparameters}
-\def\allversions{}
-\let\endallversions\relax
-\@namedef{allversions*}{\@bsphack\globaldefs=1}
-\@namedef{endallversions*}{\@esphack}
-\def\slide@list{slide,slide*,allversions,allversions*}
-\def\addtoslidelist#1{\xdef\slide@list{\slide@list,#1}}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\addtoslidelist}
-\ifslidesonly
- \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{\@@input xcomment.sty }{}
- \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}
- \newxcomment[]{note}
-\else
- \def\note{\@bsphack}%
- \def\endnote{\@esphack}%
-\fi
-\def\noxcomment{\def\xcomment@hook{}}
-\def\os@list{}
-\newif\if@os
-\def\onlyslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@ostrue
- \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\onlyslides\space argument
- contains undefined references}}}
-\def\notslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@osfalse
- \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\notslides\space argument
- contains undefined references}}}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\onlyslides\do\notslides}
-\addto@hook\after@document{%
- \ifx\os@list\@empty\else\os@expandlist\fi}
-\def\os@expandlist{%
- \let\os@@warning\relax
- \begingroup
- \def\ref##1{\@ifundefined{r@##1}{?}%
- {\noexpand\@car\@nameuse{r@##1}\noexpand\@nil}}%
- \edef\@tempd{\os@list}%
- \xdef\os@list{}%
- \@for\@tempc:=\@tempd
- \do{\expandafter\os@expandrange\@tempc-:-:\@nil}%
- \os@@warning
- \endgroup
- \let\os@expandrange\relax
- \let\os@checknum\relax
- \let\os@expandlist\relax}
-\def\os@expandrange#1-#2-#3\@nil{%
- \def\@tempa{?}\def\@tempb{#1}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\os@@warning\os@warning
- \else
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \def\@tempb{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\os@@warning\os@warning
- \else
- \def\@tempa{:}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \else
- \@tempcntb=#2\relax
- \fi
- \advance\@tempcnta by -1
- \advance\@tempcntb by 1
- \ifx\os@list\@empty
- \xdef\os@list{\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}%
- \else
- \xdef\os@list{\os@list,\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\os@test{%
- \@testtrue
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly=-1 \@testfalse\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly=1 \@testfalse\fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \ifx\os@list\@empty\else
- \if@os\@testfalse\fi
- \@for\@tempa:=\os@list\do{\expandafter\os@testrange\@tempa\@nil}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\os@testrange#1+#2\@nil{%
- \ifnum\c@slide>#1
- \ifnum\c@slide<#2
- \if@os\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\onlynotestoo{%
- \ifnotes\@testtrue\else\ifnotesonly\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{%
- \edef\sem@temp{\the\catcode`\@}%
- \catcode`\@=11
- \@@input xcomment.sty
- \catcode`\@=\sem@temp\relax}{}%
- \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}%
- \addto@hook\after@slide\onlynotes@too
- \fi}
-\def\onlynotes@too{%
- \os@test
- \if@test\gdef\do@end{}\else\gdef\do@end{\xc@begin}\fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds\onlynotestoo
-\def\ptsize#1{%
- \@ifundefined{#1@semptsize}%
- {\@seminarerr{\string\ptsize\space `#1' not valid.}\@eha}%
- {\ifslide
- \sem@ptsize{#1}\large\normalsize
- \else
- \edef\slide@ptsize{#1}%
- \fi}}
-\edef\slide@ptsize{1\@ptsize}%
-\def\slidefontsizes{\ptsize} %For backwards compatibility??
-\def\slide@setsize#1#2#3#4{%
- \@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
- \set@slideskip{#2}}
-\def\slide@@setsize#1#2#3#4{%
- \slide@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\slidedisplayskips}
-\def\set@slideskip#1{%
- \normallineskiplimit=#1
- \advance\normallineskiplimit-\normalbaselineskip
- \multiply\normallineskiplimit-1
- \normallineskiplimit\slideskip\normallineskiplimit
- \ifdim\normallineskiplimit<1pt\normallineskiplimit=1pt\fi
- \normallineskip=\normallineskiplimit
- minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit
- \dimen@=\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselineskip=\dimen@ minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit
- \normalbaselines}
-\def\slideskip{.75}
-\def\slideshrink{.25}
-\def\slidedisplayskips{%
- \abovedisplayskip 1.75ex minus .35ex
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip .2ex minus .2ex
- \belowdisplayshortskip 1ex minus .2ex}
-\def\sem@ptsize#1{%
- \@nameuse{#1@semptsize}%
- \large\normalsize
- \leftmargini\slideleftmargini\relax
- \leftmarginii\slideleftmarginii\relax
- \leftmarginiii\slideleftmarginiii\relax
- \labelsep\slidelabelsep\relax
- \parskip\slideparskip\relax
- \parindent\slideparindent\relax
- \slide@rightskip
- \slide@listi
- \skip\footins\slidefootins\relax
- \footnotesep\slidefootnotesep\relax}
-\def\slidefootins{2ex minus .8ex}
-\def\slidefootnotesep{1.2ex}
-\def\slideparindent{\z@}
-\def\slideparskip{1ex minus .2ex}
-\@namedef{8@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}}
-\@namedef{9@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}}
-\@namedef{10@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}}
-\@namedef{11@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}}
-\@namedef{12@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\Huge\huge}
-\@namedef{14@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\huge\LARGE
- \let\Huge\LARGE}
-\@namedef{17@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\LARGE\Large
- \let\huge\Large
- \let\Huge\Large}
-\def\twoup{\@ifnextchar[{\@twoup}{\@twoup[0]}}
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \targetlayout{topbottom}%
- \printlandscapefalse
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}}
- \else
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \if@twoside
- \targetlayout{twosided}%
- \fi
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}}
- \fi
-\else
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \advance\@tempcnta by -3
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}}
- \else
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \targetlayout{topbottom}%
- \printlandscapefalse
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmargerr\slidesmag}}%
- \fi
-\fi
-\def\@semtwoupmagerr#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string#1 must come before \string\twoup}\@eha}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\twoup\do\@twoup}
-\openin1 seminar.con
-\ifeof1\else\closein1 \relax\@@input seminar.con\fi
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `seminar.sty'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index de15ca1d9e..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlayer.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN semlayer.sty
-%%
-%% This is file `semlayer.sty', generated
-%% on <1993/4/2> with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% semlayer.doc
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.0}
-\def\filedate{93/04/01}
-%%
-%% LaTeX style option `semlayer.sty'.
-%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-\addto@hook\before@newslide{%
- \global\def\overlay@list{}%
- \setcounter{overlay}{0}}
-\newbox\@@slidebox
-\def\process@@slide{%
- \ifx\overlay@list\@empty
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \else
- \setbox\@@slidebox\box\@slidebox
- \make@overlay{0}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- {\let\theoverlay\theslide\layer@loop{0}}%
- \overlay@loop
- \fi}
-\def\overlay@loop{%
- \begingroup
- \overlay@prep
- \c@overlay=1
- \@whilenum\c@overlay<10
- \do{%
- \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}%
- \if@test
- \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \fi
- \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}%
- \advance\c@overlay by 1}%
- \endgroup}
-\def\layer@loop#1{%
- \begingroup
- \layer@prep
- \@for\currlayer:=\layer@list\do{%
- \test@member{#1-\currlayer}{\overlay@list}%
- \if@test
- \make@overlay{#1-\currlayer}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \fi}%
- \endgroup}
-\def\layer@prep{%
- \ifarticle\pagestyle{\layer@pagestyle}\fi
- \let\thepage\thelayer
- \ifx\thelayerframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\thelayerframe\fi
- \let\slidelabel\layerlabel}
-\def\overlay@prep{%
- \ifarticle\pagestyle{\overlay@pagestyle}\fi
- \let\thepage\theoverlay
- \ifx\theoverlayframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\theoverlayframe\fi
- \let\slidelabel\overlaylabel}
-\def\layerframe{\@slideframe{layer}}
-\def\overlayframe{\@slideframe{overlay}}
-\def\thelayerframe{}
-\def\theoverlayframe{}
-\def\overlaylabel{\bf Overlay \theoverlay}
-\def\layerlabel{\bf Layer \thelayer}
-\@ifundefined{c@overlay}{\newcounter{overlay}}{}%%% hv 20131224
-%\newcounter{overlay}
-\def\theoverlay{\theslide-\alph{overlay}}
-\def\currlayer{}
-\def\thelayer{\theoverlay-\currlayer}
-\newif\ifoverlays
-\newif\iflayers
-\@ifundefined{@overlay}%
- {\let\@overlay\relax}%
- {\ifarticle\else\overlaystrue\layerstrue\fi}
-\def\nooverlays@err{%
- \@seminarerr{You need to use additional macros for overlays,
- e.g., semcolor.sty}\@ehd
- \global\overlaysfalse
- \global\layersfalse}
-\@ifundefined{@overlay}{}{}
-\def\overlay#1{%
- \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi
- \ifslide
- \@tempcnta=#1
- \@testfalse
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-1 \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 \@testtrue\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \c@overlay=\@tempcnta
- \ifnum\c@overlay=0
- \advance\c@slide by -1
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \else
- \advance\c@overlay by -1
- \refstepcounter{overlay}%
- \ifoverlays
- \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifoverlays
- \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be
- an integer between 0 and 9}\@eha
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used
- in slide environments}\@eha
- \fi
- \ignorespaces}
-\def\colorlayers#1{%
- \edef\@tempc{#1}%
- \edef\layer@list{\layer@list,#1}%
- \def\@tempa##1{%
- \@namedef{##1}{%
- \iflayers\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi
- \ifslide
- \iflayers
- \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay-##1}%
- \@overlay{\the\c@overlay-##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Color layer `##1' can only be used in
- slide environments}\@eha
- \fi}}
- \@for\@tempb:=\@tempc\do{%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempb}}}
-\def\layer@list{}
-\def\overlaypagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\overlay@pagestyle{#1}}}
-\def\layerpagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\layer@pagestyle{#1}}}
-\overlaypagestyle{}
-\layerpagestyle{}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `semlayer.sty'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 8276f8f179..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semlcmss.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN semlcmss.sty
-\def\fileversion{1.0 (2e)}
-\def\filedate{94/02/01}
-%%
-%% LaTeX style option `semlcmss.sty' for the `seminar' document style.
-%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the New Font Selection Scheme (1 or 2)
-%% or (some day) with LaTeX2e.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1994, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-%% This file contains the external font information needed to load
-%% the SliTeX sans serif fonts for use by seminar.sty.
-%%
-\csname semlcmss@loaded\endcsname
-\let\semlcmss@loaded\endinput
-\typeout{Style Option: `semlcmss' \fileversion\space <\filedate> (tvz)}
-\@ifundefined{selectfont}
- {\@seminarerr{`semlcmss' style option can only be used
- with the New Font Selection Scheme}\@eha\endinput}{}
-%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname DeclareSizeFunction\endcsname\relax
-
-% First, the font definitions:
-\new@fontshape{lcmss}{m}{n}{%
- <5>lcmss8 scaled 695%
- <6>lcmss8 scaled 833%
- <7>lcmss8 scaled 913%
- <8>lcmss8 %
- <9>lcmss8 scaled 1095%
- <10>lcmss8 scaled 1200%
- <11>lcmss8 scaled 1314%
- <12>lcmss8 scaled 1440%
- <14>lcmss8 scaled 1727%
- <17>lcmss8 scaled 2074%
- <20>lcmss8 scaled 2488%
- <25>lcmss8 scaled 2986%
- }{}
-\extra@def{lcmss}{}{}
-%
-\new@fontshape{lcmss}{m}{it}{%
- <5>lcmssi8 scaled 695%
- <6>lcmssi8 scaled 833%
- <7>lcmssi8 scaled 913%
- <8>lcmssi8 %
- <9>lcmssi8 scaled 1095%
- <10>lcmssi8 scaled 1200%
- <11>lcmssi8 scaled 1314%
- <12>lcmssi8 scaled 1440%
- <14>lcmssi8 scaled 1727%
- <17>lcmssi8 scaled 2074%
- <20>lcmssi8 scaled 2488%
- <25>lcmssi8 scaled 2986%
- }{}
-\extra@def{lcmss}{}{}
-\subst@fontshape{lcmss}{m}{sl}{lcmss}{m}{it}
-%
-\new@fontshape{lcmss}{bx}{n}{%
- <5>lcmssb8 scaled 695%
- <6>lcmssb8 scaled 833%
- <7>lcmssb8 scaled 913%
- <8>lcmssb8 %
- <9>lcmssb8 scaled 1095%
- <10>lcmssb8 scaled 1200%
- <11>lcmssb8 scaled 1314%
- <12>lcmssb8 scaled 1440%
- <14>lcmssb8 scaled 1727%
- <17>lcmssb8 scaled 2074%
- <20>lcmssb8 scaled 2488%
- <25>lcmssb8 scaled 2986%
- }{}
-\extra@def{cmssb}{}{}
-\subst@fontshape{lcmss}{bx}{it}{lcmss}{bx}{n}
-\subst@fontshape{lcmss}{bx}{sl}{lcmss}{bx}{n}
-
-%
-% Now define \slidefonts:
-\ifarticle
- \def\slidefonts{%
- \def\default@family{lcmss}%
- \def\rmdefault{lcmss}%
- \def\sfdefault{lcmss}%
- \family\default@family\selectfont}
-\else
- \def\default@family{lcmss}%
- \def\rmdefault{lcmss}%
- \def\sfdefault{lcmss}%
- \family\default@family\selectfont
-\fi
-
-\else
-
-\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{lcmss}{}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{n}{
- <5>s*[1.1120]lcmss8
- <6>s*[1.1107]lcmss8
- <7>s*[1.0434]lcmss8
- <8>lcmss8
- <9>s*[0.9733]lcmss8
- <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>s*[0.96]lcmss8}{}
-
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{sl}{
- <5>s*[1.1120]lcmssi8
- <6>s*[1.1107]lcmssi8
- <7>s*[1.0434]lcmssi8
- <8>lcmssi8
- <9>s*[0.9733]lcmssi8
- <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>s*[0.96]lcmssi8}{}
-
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{n}{
- <5>s*[1.1120]lcmssb8
- <6>s*[1.1107]lcmssb8
- <7>s*[1.0434]lcmssb8
- <8>lcmssb8
- <9>s*[0.9733]lcmssb8
- <10><10.95><12><14.4><17.28><20.74><24.88>s*[0.96]lcmssb8}{}
-
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{m}{it}{<-> ssub * lcmss/m/sl }{}
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{it}{<-> sub * lcmss/bx/n }{}
-\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{lcmss}{bx}{sl}{<-> sub * lcmss/bx/n }{}
-
-% Now define \slidefonts:
-\ifarticle
- \def\slidefonts{%
- \def\default@family{lcmss}%
- \def\rmdefault{lcmss}%
- \def\sfdefault{lcmss}%
- \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont}
-\else
- \def\default@family{lcmss}%
- \def\rmdefault{lcmss}%
- \def\sfdefault{lcmss}%
- \fontfamily\default@family\selectfont
-\fi
-
-\fi
-
-% Now set up a few things for seminar.sty:
-% These fonts are intended to be used with the 10pt font size
-% declarations (and \magstep4), slightly modified:
-\ptsize{10}\slidesmag{4}\articlemag{0}
-\@namedef{10@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\small{\footnotesize}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\footnotesize}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\huge}}
-\def\semlcmss@warning#1{%
- \@warning{Can't use `\string#1' with the semlcmss option!}}
-\def\ptsize#1{\semlcmss@warning\ptsize}
-\def\slidesmag#1{\semlcmss@warning\slidesmag}
-\def\articlemag#1{\semlcmss@warning\articlemag}
-
-\endinput
-%% END semlcmss.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b0d400a0d..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/semrot.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN sem-rot.sty
-\def\fileversion{1.0}
-\def\filedate{93/04/01}
-%%
-%% LaTeX style option `semrot.sty'.
-%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-%% The following is just an interface for seminar.sty:
-\def\leftsliderotation#1{\@rotate[l]{#1}}
-\def\rightsliderotation#1{\@rotate[r]{#1}}
-\sliderotation{left}
-%%
-%% And the rest is rotate.sty, as distributed with Rokicki's dvips.
-%%
-% These macros allow you to rotate or flip a \TeX\ box. Very useful for
-% sideways tables or upsidedown answers.
-%
-% To use, create a box containing the information you want to rotate.
-% (An hbox or vbox will do.) Now call \@rotr\boxnum to rotate the
-% material and create a new box with the appropriate (flipped) dimensions.
-% \@rotr rotates right, \@rotl rotates left, \@rotu turns upside down, and
-% \@rotf flips. These boxes may contain other rotated boxes.
-%
-\newdimen\@rotdimen
-\newbox\@rotbox
-
-\def\@vspec#1{\special{ps:#1}}% passes #1 verbatim to the output
-\def\@rotstart#1{\@vspec{gsave currentpoint currentpoint translate
- #1 neg exch neg exch translate}}% #1 can be any origin-fixing transformation
-\def\@rotfinish{\@vspec{currentpoint grestore moveto}}% gets back in synch
-%
-% First, the rotation right. The reference point of the rotated box
-% is the lower right corner of the original box.
-%
-\def\@rotr#1{\@rotdimen=\ht#1\advance\@rotdimen by\dp#1%
- \hbox to\@rotdimen{\hskip\ht#1\vbox to\wd#1{\@rotstart{90 rotate}%
- \box#1\vss}\hss}\@rotfinish}
-%
-% Next, the rotation left. The reference point of the rotated box
-% is the upper left corner of the original box.
-%
-\def\@rotl#1{\@rotdimen=\ht#1\advance\@rotdimen by\dp#1%
- \hbox to\@rotdimen{\vbox to\wd#1{\vskip\wd#1\@rotstart{270 rotate}%
- \box#1\vss}\hss}\@rotfinish}%
-%
-% Upside down is simple. The reference point of the rotated box
-% is the upper right corner of the original box. (The box's height
-% should be the current font's xheight, \fontdimen5\font,
-% if you want that xheight to be at the baseline after rotation.)
-%
-\def\@rotu#1{\@rotdimen=\ht#1\advance\@rotdimen by\dp#1%
- \hbox to\wd#1{\hskip\wd#1\vbox to\@rotdimen{\vskip\@rotdimen
- \@rotstart{-1 dup scale}\box#1\vss}\hss}\@rotfinish}%
-%
-% And flipped end for end is pretty ysae too. We retain the baseline.
-%
-\def\@rotf#1{\hbox to\wd#1{\hskip\wd#1\@rotstart{-1 1 scale}%
- \box#1\hss}\@rotfinish}%
-%
-% Now the user interface for LaTeX: \rotate[type]{text} where
-% ``type'' is `l' for left, `r' for right, `u' for upside-down, or
-% `f' for flip. `l' is the default.
-%
-\def\rotate{\@ifnextchar[{\@rotate}{\@rotate[l]}}
-\def\@rotate[#1]#2{\setbox\@rotbox=\hbox{#2}\@nameuse{@rot#1}\@rotbox}
-\endinput
-%% END sem-rot.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index a7dd283ef2..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/latex/slidesec.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN slidesec.sty
-\def\fileversion{v0.9}
-\def\filedate{92/05/07}
-%%
-%% Style option slidesec.sty, for use with LaTeX 2.09 or SliTeX.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-% DISCLAIMER:
-%
-% Someone who actually uses something like this should rewrite it.
-%
-% DESCRIPTION:
-%
-% This file contains macros for sections, headings, tables of contents,
-% and lists of slides, for slides. It can probably be used with your
-% favorite LaTeX slide package (e.g., seminar.sty).
-% However:
-%% If the counter used to keep track of slides is not slide ,
-%% then change the following line:
-\def\@SCTR{\theslide}
-%%
-% ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
-%
-% The idea comes from Young U. Ryu's lslides.sty.
-%
-% USAGE:
-%
-% \slideheading[#1]{#2}
-% * Analogous to \section.
-% * [#1] is optional; \slideheading{#1} is same as \slideheading[#1]{#2}.
-% * Advances slidesection counter.
-% * Sets \theslideheading to #1; can be used, e.g., in headers and footers.
-% * Adds #1 to slide contents file.
-% * If #2 is non-empty, invokes \makeslideheading{#2} to make a heading.
-% Default definition of \makeslideheading is
-% \begin{center}\large\bf #2 \end{center}
-% but you can redefine this to suit your tastes.
-%
-% \slidesubheading[#1]{#2}
-% * Analogous to \subsection.
-% * Like \slideheading, but add "sub" to all the names.
-%
-% \slideheading and \slidesubheading are meant to be used at most once in
-% a slide, but this is not a binding restriction.
-%
-% You may want to define abbreviated forms. E.g.,
-% \newcommand{heading}{\slideheading}
-% \newcommand{subheading}{\slidesubheading}
-%
-% \listofslides
-% * Analogous to \listoftables.
-%
-% \slidecontents
-% * Analogous to \tableofcontents
-%
-% \Slidecontents
-% * List \slidecontents, but puts some check marks and stuff to
-% indicate what you have covered so far and what is coming up.
-% Meant to be used in the middle of a presentation.
-%
-% To change fonts and otherwise customize what you get from \listofslides,
-% \slidecontents, and \Slidecontents, you have to hack at the definitions
-% of these macros.
-%
-% BUGS:
-%
-% These macros have not been tested very much.
-%
-% IMPLEMENTATION:
-%
-\@ifundefined{@startlos}{}{\endinput}
-\typeout{File `slidesec.sty' \fileversion\space\space
- \filedate\space\space <tvz>}
-%
-% If we use \@starttoc{los} to read in \jobname.los, then its contents
-% are destroyed and we can't read it again. \@startlos is like \@starttoc,
-% but it sets the flae \los@flag to 1, and then we add a few commands
-% to \enddocument that open \filename.los if \los@flag=1.
-%
-\def\los@flag{0}%
-\def\@startlos{%
- \begingroup\makeatletter\@input{\jobname.los}\endgroup
- \gdef\los@flag{1}\global\@nobreakfalse}
-\newtoks\@temptokenb
-\@temptokena{%
- \ifnum\los@flag=1\if@filesw
- \newwrite\tf@los\immediate\openout\tf@los\jobname.los\relax
- \fi\fi}
-\expandafter\@temptokenb\expandafter{\enddocument}
-\edef\enddocument{\the\@temptokena\the\@temptokenb}
-%
-\newcounter{slidesection}
-\newcounter{slidesubsection}
-\def\theslidesection{\arabic{slidesection}}
-\def\thesubslidesection{\theslidesection.\arabic{subslidesection}}
-%
-\def\slideheading{\@dblarg\slide@heading}%
-\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{%
- \stepcounter{slidesection}%
- \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@slide
- {\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}%
- \gdef\theslideheading{#1}%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}%
- \makeslideheading{#2}}%
- \fi}
-\def\slidesubheading{\@dblarg\slide@subheading}
-\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{%
- \stepcounter{slidesection}%
- \addtocontents{los}{\protect\l@subslide
- {\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}{\@SCTR}}%
- \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
- {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname
- \theslidesubsection}\makeslideheading{#2}}%
- \fi}
-\def\theslideheading{}\def\theslidesubheading{}
-%
-\def\makeslideheading#1{%
- \begin{center}\large\bf #1\end{center}}
-\def\makeslidesubheading{\makeslideheading}
-%
-\def\@undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\vskip \z@ plus .2pt
- \bgroup
- \leftskip #2\relax \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \leavevmode
- \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima
- \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip
- #4\par
- \egroup}
-\def\slide@dottedcline{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
-\def\slide@undottedcline{\@undottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
-\def\slide@cline{\slide@dottedcline}
-%
-\def\slidenumberline#1{\hbox to\@tempdima{\hss#1\hskip 1em}}
-%
-\def\listofslides{\section*{List of Slides%
- \@mkboth{LIST OF SLIDES}{LIST OF SLIDES}}%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}%
- \let\l@subslide\l@slide
- \@startlos}
-%
-\def\slidecontents{\@ifstar%
- {\def\slide@cline{\slide@undottedcline}\slide@contents}%
- {\def\slide@cline{\slide@dottedcline}\slide@contents}}
-\def\slide@contents{%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{$\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \let\l@subslide\@gobbletwo
- \@startlos}
-%
-\def\Slidecontents{\@ifstar%
- {\def\slide@cline{\slide@undottedcline}\Slide@contents}%
- {\def\slide@cline{\slide@dottedcline}\Slide@contents}}
-\def\Slide@contents{%
- \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
- \ifcase\lslide@flag
- \message{##1 ** \the\c@slidesection}
- \ifnum##1>\c@slidesection
- \def\lslide@flag{1}{\large\slide@cline{%
- \slidenumberline{$\Rightarrow\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \else
- {\large\slide@cline{%
- \slidenumberline{$\surd\;\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \fi
- \or
- \def\lslide@flag{2}{\large\slide@cline{%
- \slidenumberline{$\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \or
- {\large\slide@cline{%
- \slidenumberline{$\bullet$}{##2}}{##3}}%
- \fi}%
- \def\l@subslide##1##2##3{%
- \ifnum\lslide@flag=1
- \@undottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}{##2}{}%
- \fi}%
- \def\lslide@flag{0}%
- \@startlos}
-%
-\endinput
-%% END slidesec.sty
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 451baaeed7..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-code.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN sem-code.tex.
-\def\FileVersion{1.0}
-\def\FileDate{93/04/01}
-%%
-%% For printing documented code for seminar.sty.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This LaTeX file inputs seminar.doc and semlayer.doc,
-%% and prints the documented code.
-%%
-%% You must also have Frank Mittelbach's
-%% doc.sty and gind.ist
-%% (available from ftp.uni-stuttgart.de), as well as my
-%% tvz-hax.sty, tvz-code.sty and fancybox.sty
-%% (distributed with seminar.sty).
-%%
-%% gind.ist is for the index. I.e.,
-%% makeindex -s gind.ist sem-code.idx
-%%
-%% STYLE OPTIONS:
-%% `a4' : For A4 paper.
-%% `twoside' : For two-sided printing.
-%% `2up' : For two-up printing. (Uses non-standard font magnifications.
-%% See 2up.doc for details.)
-
-\documentstyle{tvz-code}
-
-\CheckVersion{seminar.doc}
-
-% Comment out to suppress generation of .idx file. Speeds things up.
-\MakeIndex
-
-% Include to suppress checksums for drafts:
-% \def\StopEventually#1{\let\Finale\relax}
-
-\MakeShortVerb\"
-
-\ShortMeta
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\def\thetitle{{\tt seminar.sty}: Documented Code}
-
-\begingroup
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
- \thispagestyle{empty}
- \let\footnotesize\small
- \let\footnoterule\relax
- \setcounter{page}{0}
- \null
- \vfill
- \begin{center}
- {\Huge\bf seminar.sty}\\[10pt]
- {\huge\bf A \bLaTeX{} style for slides and notes}\\[18pt]
- {\huge\bf Documented Code}\par
- \vskip 1cm
- \large Timothy Van Zandt\\[2pt]
- {\normalsize\tt Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu}
- \vskip 1cm
- {\large \thefiledate\\ Version \fileversion\par}
- \end{center}
- \par
-\endgroup
-
-\vfill
-\begin{quote}
-"seminar.sty" is a \LaTeX{} document style for typesetting slides or
-transparencies, and accompanying notes.
-
-This is the documented code. There is also a {\em User's Guide}, which
-contains installation instructions.
-\end{quote}
-\vfill
-
-\clearpage
-
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\thispagestyle{empty}
-\tableofcontents
-\clearpage
-\pagenumbering{arabic}
-
-\StopEventually{}
-\DocInput{seminar.doc}
-\Finale
-\clearpage
-
-\StopEventually{}
-\DocInput{semlayer.doc}
-\Finale
-\clearpage
-
-\DeleteShortMeta
-
-\PrintIndex
-
-\end{document}
-%% END sem-code.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a2f81365c..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/sem-make.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-%% BEGIN sem-make.tex
-%%
-%% A batch file for extracting the code from seminar.doc and semlayer.doc,
-%% using Frank Mittelbach's docstrip.tex utility.
-%% Tested with docstrip.tex V2.0r. Might not work with other versions.
-%%
-%% Run with TeX or LaTeX.
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-\def\batchfile{sem-make.tex}
-\input docstrip
-\preamble
-\endpreamble
-\processFile{seminar}{doc}{sty}{t}
-\processFile{semlayer}{doc}{sty}{t}
-%%
-%% END sem-make.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5813afc3b8..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/seminar.doc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2048 +0,0 @@
-% BEGIN seminar.doc
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.0}
-\def\filedate{93/04/01}
-%%
-%% LaTeX document style `seminar', for use with LaTeX v2.09.
-%% This is a style for typesetting notes and slides.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-% **************************************************************************
-% This is `seminar.doc', the documented code for `seminar.sty'.
-% You can copy this to `seminar.sty' and use it as is.
-% You can also create a stripped input file `seminar.sty' using sem-make.tex.
-% You can print the documented code using sem-code.tex.
-% sem-make.tex and sem-code.tex are distributed with seminar.sty.
-% **************************************************************************
-%
-% \EndDocPreamble
-%
-% \CheckSum{3062}
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%
-%
-% \section{Overview}
-%
-% In principle, a slides style is a simple matter; just a question of
-% resetting the magnification and changing a few page parameters. However,
-% allowing notes and slides to be put in the same file but treated
-% differently, and allowing everything to be printed in various formats,
-% complicates things a bit.
-%
-% The code starts by checking that the file is not loaded, and announcing the
-% file on the terminal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{@seminarerr}{}{\endinput}
-\typeout{%
- Document Style: `seminar' v\fileversion \space <\filedate> (tvz)}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \section{Useful hacks}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\test@member}
-% The second argument to "\test@member" is a comma-separated list.
-% "\test@member" checks whether the first argument is a member of this list
-% (after expanding both the list and the first argument), setting "\if@test"
-% appropriately.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\test@member#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempg{,#2,#1,}%
- \edef\@temph{####1,#1,}%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@temph\@temph##2\@nil{%
- \def\@tempg{##2}%
- \ifx\@tempg\@empty\@testfalse\else\@testtrue\fi}%
- \expandafter\@temph\@tempg\@nil}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\addto@hook}
-% The first argument of "\addto@hook" is a token register. "\addto@hook" adds
-% its second argument to this register. This is a standard macro in the Mainz
-% distribution,.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\reset@font}
-% "\reset@font" is part of later releases of \LaTeX.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\normalsize\rm}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@seminarerr}
-% "\@seminarerr" is analogous to "\@latexerr".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@seminarerr#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- \typeout{^^JSeminar.sty error.\space\space\space
- Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.^^J}%
- \errmessage{#1^^J}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\notslide@err}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\notslide@err#1{Cannot use \string#1 in slide environments}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\new@slidebox}
-% Since "\newbox" is "\outer".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\new@slidebox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidewidth,\slideheight}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\slidewidth \slidewidth 8.5in
-\newdimen\slideheight \slideheight 6.3in
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\paperwidth,\paperheight}
-% "\paperwidth" and "\paperheight" are used by "sem-page.sty" to set the page
-% parameters. "\twoup" also uses the values.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{paperwidth}{\def\paperwidth{8.5in}}{}
-\@ifundefined{paperheight}{\def\paperheight{11in}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\addto@preamblecmds}
-% Various commands used in this style are added to "\@preamblecmds". This
-% macros makes it easier to do this as we go along. Argument is a list of
-% commands separated by "\do".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\addto@preamblecmds#1{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
- \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds\do#1}%
- \endgroup}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\addto@preamblecmds\do\@preamblecmds}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Auxilary files and style options}
-%
-% The formats and selections are specified using style options, but these do
-% not correspond to independent files.
-% It is possible to set the flags before inputting "seminar.sty".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sem@temp#1{\@ifundefined{if#1}%
- {\def\@tempa{\csname newif\endcsname}
- \expandafter\@tempa\csname if#1\endcsname}{}}
-\sem@temp{article}{}
-\sem@temp{slidesonly}{}
-\sem@temp{notes}{}
-\sem@temp{notesonly}{}
-\sem@temp{notesonlystar}{}
-\sem@temp{portrait}{}
-\def\ds@article{\articletrue}
-\def\ds@slidesonly{\slidesonlytrue\notesfalse\notesonlyfalse}
-\def\ds@notes{\notestrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesonlyfalse}
-\def\ds@notesonly{\notesonlytrue\slidesonlyfalse\notesfalse}
-\@namedef{ds@notesonly*}{\ds@notesonly\notesonlystartrue}
-\def\ds@portrait{\portraittrue}
-\@namedef{ds@a4}{%
- \def\paperwidth{210mm}
- \def\paperheight{297mm}
- \slidewidth 222mm
- \slideheight 152mm\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This style is based in part on the \LaTeX{} "article" style, which we now
-% input. "article.sty" takes care of executing the options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@@input article.sty
-\ifnotesonly\else\notesonlystarfalse\fi
-\@@input sem-page.sty
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Document hooks}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\document}
-% "\document" is redefined to incorporate hooks, in the following order:
-% \begin{LVerbatim}
-% \endgroup
-% \the\before@document
-% \begingroup
-% \document
-% \the\after@document
-% \xcomment@hook
-% \end{LVerbatim}
-% "\before@document" and "\after@document" are token registers that can be
-% added to using "\addto@hook". These will be used for things like invoking
-% "\landscape". "\xcomment@hook" is a command sequence that will be used to
-% invoke the "xcomment" macros for commenting out the notes in the
-% "slidesonly" selection.
-%
-% Messing with the definition of "\document" creates potential conflicts with
-% other optional style files that do the same. However, we add these commands
-% in a very friendly way: (i) it shouldn't cause problems even if "\document"
-% does not have its standard definition, and (ii) if some other macros
-% subsequently change the definition of "\document" in the same way,
-% "seminar.sty" should not break. Styles designed specifically for use with
-% "seminar.sty" should use "\before@document" and "\after@document" to add
-% their own modifications to the "\document" command. \codelabel{document}
-%
-% In the code below, "\before@document" and "\after@document" are used as
-% temporary token registers during the modification of "\document".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\before@document
-\newtoks\after@document
-\let\xcomment@hook\relax
-\before@document{\endgroup\the\before@document\begingroup}
-\after@document{\the\after@document\xcomment@hook}
-\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\document}
-\edef\document{\the\before@document\the\@temptokena\the\after@document}
-\before@document{}
-\after@document{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \codelabel*{document*}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\enddocument}
-% Now we do something similar with "\end@document", adding the token register
-% "\before@enddocument" to the beginning of the definition of "\enddocument".
-% This might be used, for example, to warn the user to print in landscape
-% mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\before@enddocument
-\before@enddocument{\the\before@enddocument}
-\expandafter\@temptokena\expandafter{\enddocument}
-\edef\enddocument{\the\before@enddocument\the\@temptokena}
-\before@enddocument{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\landscape}
-% "\printlandscape" is invoked at the beginning of landscape documents. It is
-% defined here to warn the user to print in landscape mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifprintlandscape
-\ifportrait
- \ifarticle\printlandscapetrue\fi
-\else
- \ifarticle\else\printlandscapetrue\fi
-\fi
-\addto@hook\before@document{\ifprintlandscape\printlandscape\fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\printlandscape}
-\def\printlandscape{\addto@hook\before@enddocument{%
- \typeout{^^J%
- *******************************************************^^J%
- ***** !! PRINT THIS DOCUMENT IN LANDSCAPE MODE !! *****^^J%
- *******************************************************}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Slide-making macros}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide,\endslide,\slide*,\endslide*}
-% Let's start from the outside and move in.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slide{%
- \NestedSlide@Error{slide}%
- \landscapetrue
- \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}
-\def\endslide{\end@slide}
-\@namedef{slide*}{%
- \NestedSlide@Error{slide*}%
- \landscapefalse
- \@ifnextchar[{\begin@slide}{\begin@slide[\slidewidth,\slideheight]}}%
-\@namedef{endslide*}{\end@slide}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\theslide}
-% "slide" is the counter for slides. "slide@count" keeps track of the number
-% of slides in the current slide environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{slide}
-\def\theslide{\arabic{slide}}
-\newcount\slide@count
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@slidebox}
-% Each slide is stored in the box "\@slidebox". The current page of notes
-% might be saved in "\not@slidebox".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newbox\@slidebox
-\newbox\not@slidebox
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifslide,\iflandscape}
-% "\ifslide" is true in any slide environment. This allows commands to be
-% active only in slide environments (important for overlays, for example).
-% "\iflandscape" is true for landscape slides, and false for portrait slides.
-% This allows embellishments to customize their behavior, although it is not
-% actually used by any of the macros defined in "seminar.sty".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifslide
-\newif\iflandscape
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@landscapeonly,\landscapeonly,\portraitonly}
-% "\@landscapeonly" is defined to be "1" if only landscape slides should be
-% printed, "-1" if only portrait slides should be printed, and "0" if both
-% orientations should be printed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@landscapeonly{0}
-\def\landscapeonly{\def\@landscapeonly{1}}
-\def\portraitonly{\def\@landscapeonly{-1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NestedSlide@Error}
-% We will check for nested slide environments, and attempt to recover the best
-% we can. Otherwise, forgetting the end of a slide environment could cause
-% \TeX{} to procede to the end of the document without generating any input,
-% and then give unlightening error messages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NestedSlide@Error#1{%
- \ifslide
- \endgroup
- \@seminarerr{Nested slide environments. Perhaps missing
- \string\end{\@currenvir}. May be fatal}\@ehd
- \expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}%
- \ifslide\expandafter\end\expandafter{\@currenvir}\fi
- \begingroup
- \def\@currenvir{#1}%
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\begin@slide}
-% This is the meat of "\slide" and "\slide*".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{%
- \slide@clearpage
- \setlength\slidewidth{#1}%
- \setlength\slideheight{#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The current contents of the page is saved in "\not@slidebox", and then the
-% output routine is set to "\slide@output".
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup
- \ifarticle
- \output{%
- \advance\count@ 1
- \global\setbox\not@slidebox\box\@cclv}%
- \par\@@par\penalty-\@M
- \fi
- \output{\slide@output}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The flag "\ifslide" is set, and the counter "\slide@count", which keeps
-% track of the number of slides in the current slide environment, is
-% initialized.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \slidetrue
- \ifarticle\global\slide@count=\z@\fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \ifnotesonlystar\xdef\first@slidemarker{\the\c@slide}\fi
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Save current "\textheight" and "\textwidth", to be used later by the output
-% routine in the "slides" format.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifarticle\else
- \edef\page@textheight{\number\textheight sp}%
- \edef\page@textwidth{\number\textwidth sp}%
- \fi
- \set@slidesize
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we finish customizing the slide environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \slidebox@restore
- \the\slide@hook
- \the\before@newslide
- \everyslide}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\end@slide}
-% This is "\endslide" and "\endslide*". We first make sure that there are
-% balanced groups so that the normal output routine is restored.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\end@slide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \xdef\@tempg{\@currenvir}%
- \endgroup
- \ifslide
- \@seminarerr{Perhaps missing `\string\end{\@tempg}',
- \iffalse{\fi`\string}' or `\string\endgroup'}\@ehd
- \def\next{\endgroup\ifslide\expandafter\next\fi}%
- \next
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If there is anything on the page, it was inserted with "\aftergroup" and
-% should be discarded. (This can happen with color commands, for example.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup
- \output{\setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv}%
- \@@par\penalty-\@M
- \endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The slide counter was stepped when the last slide was output. Now we need to
-% set it back one. With the "article" format, we now have to output all the
-% acculumulated slides.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \global\advance\c@slide-1
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}{\@nameuse{saved@c@##1}}}%
- \slide@reset
- \ifarticle\outputloop@savedslides\fi
- \the\after@slide}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slideclearpagetrue,\slideclearpagefalse,\slide@clearpage}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\slideclearpagetrue\relax
-\let\slideclearpagefalse\relax
-\ifarticle
- \def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}
- \ifnotes
- \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}}
- \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}}
- \else
- \ifnotesonly
- \def\slideclearpagetrue{\def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}}
- \def\slideclearpagefalse{\def\slide@clearpage{\par\penalty\z@}}
- \fi
- \fi
-\else
- \def\slide@clearpage{\clearpage}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@hook,\everyslide,\after@slide}
-% "\slide@hook" and "\everyslide" are hooks for modifying the slide
-% environments. "\slide@hook" is a token register. Commands can be added to it
-% without destroying previously added commands using the "\addto@hook"
-% command.
-% "\everyslide" is an ordinary command sequence to be used by users.
-% "\after@slide" can be used to initialize things for notes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\slide@hook
-\def\everyslide{}
-\newtoks\after@slide
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{$\setminus$slidebox@restore\label{everyslide}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidebox@restore}
-% "\slidebox@restore" sets up the spacing parameters at the beginning of every
-% slide. The component commands are defined following this macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidebox@restore{%
- \def\thepage{\theslide}%
- \def\newpage{\newslide}%
- \def\clearpage{\newslide}%
- \def\thispagestyle{\notslide@err{\thispagestyle}}%
- \pagestyle{\slide@pagestyle}%
- \@twocolumnfalse
- \def\twocolumn{\notslide@err{\twocolumn}}%
- \def\onecolumn{\notslide@err{\onecolumn}}%
- \def\marginpar{\notslide@err{\marginpar}}%
- \def\thanks{\slidethanks}%
- \def\maketitle{\slidemaketitle}%
- \fix@floats
- \fix@whatsits
- \slide@footnotes
- \def\do##1{\expandafter\xdef\csname
- saved@c@##1\endcsname{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}%
- \slide@reset
- \topskip\z@ \maxdepth\z@
- \slide@listparameters
- \slidefonts
- \def\baselinestretch{\slidestretch}%
- \def\arraystretch{\slidearraystretch}%
- \sem@ptsize{\slide@ptsize}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thedate,\theauthor,\thetitle,\thethanks}
-% The "\date", "\author" and "\title" commands are redefined so that they save
-% their information in accessible command sequences, "\thedate", "\theauthor"
-% and "\thetitle". "\thanks" is saved so that it can be restored during slide
-% environments. "\thethanks" is set to "\@thanks" so that it is easier to
-% redefine "\slidemaketitle" in the preamble.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}\gdef\thedate{#1}}
-\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\theauthor{#1}}
-\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\thetitle{#1}}
-\date{\today}
-\let\slidethanks\thanks
-\def\thethanks{\@thanks}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidemaketitle}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidemaketitle{%
- \par
- \begin{center}\bf
- {\large \thetitle}\par\vskip 1ex
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c} \theauthor \end{tabular}\par\vskip 1ex
- \thedate
- \end{center}%
- \thethanks\par}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fix@floats}
-% Floats are neutralized, but the captions work as usual. This makes it easier
-% to just transfer a float from some other document to a slide. This only
-% works if end of floating environment is "\def"ined to be "\end@float",
-% rather than "\let" to be "\end@float", or if "\@float{foo}" is ended by
-% "\endfoo". This should get 99\% of the cases.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fix@floats{%
- \def\@xfloat##1[##2]{%
- \expandafter\let\csname end##1\endcsname\end@float
- \par\medskip\vbox\bgroup\def\@captype{##1}\parindent\z@
- \ignorespaces}%
- \def\end@float{\par\vskip\z@\egroup\medskip}%
- \def\@dblfloat{\@float}\def\end@dblfloat{\end@float}%
- \def\endfigure{\end@float}\def\endtable{\end@float}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fix@whatsits}
-% The whatsits "\write", "\openout" and "\closeout" are problematic in slides
-% for two reasons:
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item First, an otherwise empty vertical list with a whatsit is not empty.
-% Thus, if a slide begins with a "\write" command, followed by a line a text,
-% "\parskip" is inserted before the text. This can be quite noticable in a
-% slide environment, since by default "\parskip" is about 2.5\% of the height
-% of a slide. This problem is likely to arise because it is convenient to put
-% a slide's "\label" command first.
-% \item Second, the slides are omitted in the "notesonly" selection, but we
-% want to preserve cross-referencing.
-% \end{enumerate}
-% We solve both problems by making the three whatsits mentioned above
-% "\immediate" within the slide environments. This might cause unforeseen
-% problems for some macros. It also introduces a known problem: slide
-% cross-references may not be accurate if \TeX\ is doing the page breaking
-% automatically.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\normal@write\write
-\let\normal@read\read
-\let\normal@openout\openout
-\let\normal@closeout\closeout
-\def\fix@whatsits{%
- \def\write{\immediate\normal@write}%
- \def\read{\immediate\normal@read}%
- \def\openout{\immediate\normal@openout}%
- \def\closeout{\immediate\normal@closeout}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@footins,\theslidefootnote,\slide@footnotes}
-% We want to set up a parallel footnote system for slides. It acts just like
-% regular footnotes, but
-% \begin{LVerbatim}
-% \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M
-% \end{LVerbatim}
-% means that footnotes will not be split across pages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newinsert\slide@footins
-\skip\slide@footins=\bigskipamount
-\count\slide@footins=1000
-\dimen\slide@footins=4in
-\def\theslidefootnote{\alph{footnote}}
-\def\slide@footnotes{%
- \def\thefootnote{\theslidefootnote}%
- \let\footins\slide@footins
- \interfootnotelinepenalty\@M}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidefonts,\ifslidefonts}
-% "\slidefonts" should set up any special fonts for the slides.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidefonts{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidestretch,\slidearraystretch}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidestretch{1.18}
-\def\slidearraystretch{1.2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\raggedslides}
-% "\ragggedslides[0pt]" means justified, "\raggedslides[1fil]" means
-% "\raggedright". Ideally, we would also like a version that breaks lines the
-% same way as with justified text, but then doesn't stretch any glue to
-% justify the margin. This is impossible, but "\raggedslides[1em]", e.g., is
-% meant to be an intermediate case.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\raggedslides{\@ifnextchar[{\@raggedslides}{\@raggedslides[1fil]}}
-\def\@raggedslides[#1]{%
- \edef\slide@@rightskip{#1}%
- \ifslide\slide@rightskip\fi}
-\def\slide@rightskip{%
- \@rightskip\z@ plus \slide@@rightskip\relax \rightskip\@rightskip}
-\def\slide@@rightskip{1fil}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@listparameters}
-% The list parameters are generally tightened up, compared to the usual
-% spacing in "article.sty", to compensate for the large "\parskip" and
-% "\baselinestretch".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\slide@listdepth
-\def\slide@listparameters{%
- \let\@listdepth\slide@listdepth
- \slide@listdepth\z@
- \def\@listi{\slide@listi}%
- \def\@listii{\slide@listii}%
- \def\@listiii{\slide@listiii}%
- \let\@listiv\relax\let\@listv\relax\let\@listvi\relax}
-\def\slide@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \parsep\parskip \divide\parsep2
- \partopsep\slidepartopsep\relax
- \advance\partopsep-\parskip
- \ifdim\partopsep<\z@\partopsep\z@\fi
- \itemsep\slideitemsep\relax
- \ifdim\parsep<\itemsep
- \topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parsep
- \else
- \itemsep\parsep \topsep\z@
- \fi}
-\def\slide@listii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \divide\itemsep2 \divide\parsep2
- \divide\topsep2 \divide\partopsep2\relax}%
-\def\slide@listiii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \itemsep \z@ \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@}%
-\def\slideleftmargini{1.8em}
-\def\slideleftmarginii{1.4em}
-\def\slideleftmarginiii{1em}
-\def\slidelabelsep{.5em}
-\def\slideitemsep{.8ex minus .2ex}
-\def\slidepartopsep{1ex minus .2ex}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \codelabel{defaultpar*}%
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Slide output routines: $\setminus$output}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\save@slidespecials}
-% First, a trick to make sure that "\special"'s in the preamble end up on the
-% first page of the document, even if the first slide is omitted, or if the
-% first item in the document is a float (in which case \LaTeX\ discards
-% "\special"'s). "\@textop" is used to insert the specials if the first page
-% is processed by \LaTeX's usual output routines, and "\insert@specials" is
-% used to insert the specials if the first page is a slide in the "slides"
-% format (see the definition of "\output@slide" below).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newbox\saved@specials
-\def\save@slidespecials{%
- \begingroup
- \output{%
- \global\setbox\saved@specials=\box\@cclv
- \global\wd\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\dp\saved@specials=\z@
- \global\ht\saved@specials=\z@}%
- \hbox{}\penalty-\@M
- \global\let\saved@texttop\@texttop
- \gdef\@texttop{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else\box\saved@specials\nointerlineskip\fi
- \saved@texttop
- \global\let\@texttop\saved@texttop}%
- \endgroup}
-\addto@hook\after@document{\save@slidespecials}
-\ifarticle\else
- \def\insert@specials{%
- \ifvoid\saved@specials\else
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\box\saved@specials\box\@slidebox}%
- \fi
- \global\let\insert@specials\relax}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\extraslideheight}
-% This increases the height of a slide for the purpose of page-breaking. We
-% use unscaled dimensions so that \TeX's warnings about overfull "\vbox"'s
-% will be comparable.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\extraslideheight#1{%
- \@tempdima #1\relax
- \edef\X@SlideHeight{\number\@tempdima sp}
- \ifslide\set@slidesize\fi}
-\extraslideheight{6pt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\set@slidesize}
-% In addition to setting "\hsize" and "\vsize", this sets the \LaTeX\
-% parameters such as "\textheight" and "\textwidth" so that slides seem like a
-% regular page, whatever format is being used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\set@slidesize{%
- \iflandscape
- \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \else
- \hsize=\inverseslidesmag\slideheight
- \vsize=\inverseslidesmag\slidewidth
- \fi
- \edef\slide@vsize{\number\vsize sp}%
- \textheight\vsize
- \advance\vsize\X@SlideHeight\relax
- \textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\hsize\linewidth\hsize}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newslide}
-% This includes things you want to initialize whenever a new page is started
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newslide{%
- \par\penalty-\@M
- \def\do##1{\setcounter{##1}\z@}\slide@reset
- \the\before@newslide
- \set@slidesize}
-\newtoks\before@newslide
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidereset,\addtoslidereset}
-% "\addto@slidereset{foo,bar}" sets "\slide@reset" to
-% \begin{quote}
-% "\slide@reset\do{foo}\do{bar}"
-% \end{quote}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slide@reset{\do{footnote}}
-\def\slidereset#1{\def\slide@reset{}\addtoslidereset{#1}}
-\def\addtoslidereset#1{%
- \edef\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\addto@slidereset\@tempa,\@nil,}
-\def\addto@slidereset#1,{%
- \ifx\@nil#1\else
- \@ifundefined{c@#1}%
- {\@seminarerr{Counter `#1' not defined}\@ehd}%
- {\expandafter\def\expandafter\slide@reset\expandafter{%
- \slide@reset\do{#1}}}%
- \expandafter\addto@slidereset
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@output}
-% "\os@test" checks whether according to some "\onlyslides" or "\notslides"
-% command, this slide should not be output; "\os@test" is defined in Section
-% \ref{os}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slide@output{%
- \@makeslide
- \@testfalse
- \ifnotesonly\else
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly>-1 \os@test\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly<1 \os@test\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \reset@slideoutput
- \@@makeslide
- \process@slide
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{slide}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\reset@slideoutput}
-% Some things should be reset for the slide embellishments. E.g., you don't
-% want slide labels or headers and footers to be affected by the current font.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\reset@slideoutput{%
- \let\par\@@par
- \reset@font
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \@nameuse{1\@ptsize @semptsize}%
- \catcode`\ =10
- \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifcenterslides}
-% This is the flag for vertically centering slides.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifcenterslides
-\centerslidestrue
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@makeslide,\@@makeslide}
-% Take care of footnotes and verticle positioning.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@makeslide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\vbox{%
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \ifvoid\slide@footins\else
- \vskip\skip\slide@footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\slide@footins
- \fi
- \vskip\z@}}
-\def\@@makeslide{%
- \overfullslide@warning
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{%
- \vfuzz=\slidefuzz\relax
- \vbox to\slide@vsize{%
- \ifcenterslides\vskip\z@ plus .0001fil \fi
- \unvbox\@slidebox
- \vskip\z@ plus .0001fil}%
- \the\after@slidepage}%
- \wd\@slidebox\textwidth}
-\def\overfullslide@warning{%
- \dimen@\ht\@slidebox
- \advance\dimen@-\slide@vsize\relax
- \ifdim\dimen@>\slidefuzz\relax
- \@warning{Slide \theslide\space overfull by \the\dimen@}%
- \fi}
-\def\slidefuzz{2pt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\after@slidepage}
-% "\after@slidepage" is executed at the end of each page of a slide
-% environment during the slide output routine. It is meant to reset things
-% that might have been set by "\special"'s within the slide.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\after@slidepage
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Rotation}
-%
-% Rotation macros must be implemented by "\special"'s, such as in
-% "semcolor.sty". The interface for rotation is built into "seminar.sty",
-% however.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifrotateheaders}
-% In the "slides" format, the slides can either be rotated before being placed
-% on the page, or the whole page can be rotated, including headers.
-% "\ifrotateheaders" controls which procedure is used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifrotateheaders
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sliderotation}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sliderotation#1{\@ifundefined{semsr@#1}%
- {\@latexerr{Slide rotation `#1' not defined.}\@eha}%
- {\@nameuse{semsr@#1}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\semsr@none,\semsr@left,\semsr@right}
-% A slide rotation should define "\rotate@slide" to rotate "\@slidebox"..
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\semsr@left{%
- \def\rotate@slide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\leftsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}}
-\def\semsr@right{%
- \def\rotate@slide{%
- \setbox\@slidebox\hbox{\rightsliderotation{\box\@slidebox}}}}
-\def\semsr@none{\let\rotate@slide\relax}
-\sliderotation{none}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\leftsliderotation,\rightsliderotation}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\leftsliderotation#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string\leftsliderotation\space has not been defined}%
- \@ehd}
-\let\rightsliderotation\leftsliderotation
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@ifrotateslide}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@ifrotateslide#1{%
- \ifx\rotate@slide\relax\else
- \iflandscape\ifportrait#1\fi\else\ifportrait\else#1\fi\fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Slide output routines: $\setminus$process@slide\label{slideoutput}}
-%
-% This is the version-dependent stuff, where we decide what to do with the
-% slide.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\process@slide}
-% "\process@@slide" is kept separate because it can be redefined for doing
-% overlays.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\process@slide{%
- \slideframewidth=\inverseslidesmag\slideframewidth
- \slideframesep=\inverseslidesmag\slideframesep
- \fboxrule\slideframewidth
- \fboxsep\slideframesep
- \ifarticle
- \@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide
- \else
- \ifrotateheaders\else\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \fi
- \process@@slide}
-\def\process@@slide{\finish@slide\output@slide}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\finish@slide}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\finish@slide{%
- \theslideframe
- \add@slidelabel\slidelabel}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\output@slide}
-% In the "article" format, the slides are saved until the end of the slide
-% environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle
- \def\output@slide{%
- \global\advance\slide@count1
- \@ifundefined{slidebox@\the\slide@count}%
- {{\globaldefs=1\expandafter
- \new@slidebox\csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname}}{}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\setbox\csname
- slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname\box\@slidebox}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In the "slides" format, we use a modification of \LaTeX's "\@outputpage".
-% "\do@fancyput" is stuck in here in case "fancybox.sty" is being used.
-% "\fancyput@flag" is initialized in case it is not
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\else
- \def\output@slide{%
- \begingroup
- \hoffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \voffset=-\inverseslidesmag in
- \setslidelength\@tempdima{%
- \ifportrait\paperwidth\else\paperheight\fi}
- \setslidelength\@tempdimb{%
- \ifportrait\paperheight\else\paperwidth\fi}
- \ifrotateheaders
- \@ifrotateslide{%
- \dimen@=\@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\dimen@}
- \fi
- % \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin, \headheight, \footheight
- % used for scratch:
- \setslidelength\oddsidemargin\slideleftmargin
- \setslidelength\evensidemargin\sliderightmargin
- \setslidelength\headheight\slidetopmargin
- \setslidelength\footheight\slidebottommargin
- % Some page styles like to know \textwidth:
- \textwidth=\@tempdima
- \advance\textwidth-\oddsidemargin
- \advance\textwidth-\evensidemargin
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox to \@tempdima{%
- \kern\oddsidemargin
- \vbox to\@tempdimb{%
- \ifnum\fancyput@flag>-1
- \hbox{\kern-\oddsidemargin\do@fancyput}%
- \fi
- \let\label\@gobble
- \let\index\@gobble
- \let\glossary\@gobble
- \vbox to\headheight{%
- \vfill
- \hbox{%
- \slideheadfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddhead}}%
- \kern\z@}%
- \vfill
- \hbox to\textwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}%
- \vfill
- \vbox to\footheight{%
- \hbox{%
- \slidefootfont\relax\strut
- \hbox to\textwidth{\@oddfoot}}%
- \vfill}}%
- \hss}%
- \ifrotateheaders\@ifrotateslide\rotate@slide\fi
- \insert@specials
- \shipout\box\@slidebox
- \endgroup
- \let\firstmark\botmark}
- \@ifundefined{fancyput@flag}{\def\fancyput@flag{-1}}{}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\output@savedslide}
-% Now we take care of the saved slides in the "article" format. Lots of things
-% can happen.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newskip\slidesep
-\slidesep\intextsep
-\ifarticle
- \def\fps@fslide{htbp}
- \def\ftype@fslide{32}
- \def\float@savedslide{%
- \begingroup\@float{fslide}%
- \centerline{\box\@slidebox}%
- \end@float\endgroup}%
- \@namedef{float*@savedslide}{%
- \begingroup\@dblfloat{fslide}%
- \centerline{\box\@slidebox}%
- \end@dblfloat\endgroup}%
- \def\center@slide{\hbox{%
- \kern-\@totalleftmargin
- \hbox to \columnwidth{\hss\box\@slidebox\hss}}}%
- \def\onepercol@savedslide{%
- \vbox to .996\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak}%
- \def\twopercol@savedslide{%
- \dimen@.5\textheight
- \advance\dimen@-\slidesep
- \ifdim\ht\@slidebox>\dimen@
- \onepercol@savedslide
- \else
- \vbox to .498\textheight{\vss\center@slide\vss}\goodbreak
- \fi}
- \def\here@savedslide{%
- \addvspace\slidesep\center@slide\addvspace\slidesep}
- \@namedef{here*@savedslide}{%
- \goodbreak \hrule \@height\z@ \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak
- \center@slide
- \nobreak \vskip\slidesep \nobreak \hrule\@height\z@ \goodbreak}
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \def\slideplacement#1{\@ifundefined{#1@savedslide}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide placement `#1' undefined}\@ehd}%
- {\expandafter\let\expandafter\output@savedslide
- \csname #1@savedslide\endcsname}}
-\else
- \def\slideplacement#1{}
-\fi
-\ifarticle
- \ifnotes
- \ifportrait
- \slideplacement{float}
- \else
- \slideplacement{float*}
- \fi
- \else
- \ifportrait
- \slideplacement{onepercol}
- \else
- \slideplacement{twopercol}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\outputloop@savedslides}
-% This is the loop that spits out each of the saved slides. We start by
-% reinserting whatever was on the current page when the slide environment
-% started.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle
- \def\outputloop@savedslides{%
- \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
- \ifvoid\not@slidebox\else
- \dimen@=\dp\not@slidebox
- \unvbox\not@slidebox
- \hrule height\z@
- \prevdepth\dimen@
- \penalty\z@
- \fi
- \edef\slide@@count{\the\slide@count\relax}%
- \slide@count\z@
- \loop
- \ifnum\slide@count<\slide@@count
- \advance\slide@count1
- \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\@slidebox\expandafter\box
- \csname slidebox@\the\slide@count\endcsname
- \output@savedslide
- \repeat
- \ifnotesonlystar\make@slidemarker\fi}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\make@slidemarker}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\make@slidemarker{%
- \addvspace\slidesep
- \moveleft\@totalleftmargin
- \vbox{%
- \hsize\columnwidth
- \hrule height 1pt
- \kern 8pt
- \hbox to \columnwidth{%
- \hss
- \LARGE\bf\the@slidemarker
- \hss}%
- \kern 8pt
- \hrule height 1pt}%
- \addvspace\slidesep}
-\def\the@slidemarker{%
- Slide%
- \ifnum\c@slide=\first@slidemarker\else
- s {\c@slide\first@slidemarker\relax\theslide} --\fi
- { }\theslide}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Page numbering in the {\tt slides} format}
-%
-% In the "slides" format, we let the "page" counter be stepped as usual by the
-% output routine, but we don't use it for anything except perhaps to keep
-% track of the absolute page number. Instead, we have a counter "note" to keep
-% track of the pages of notes, and "\thepage" is set to "\thenote" for notes
-% and "\theslide" for slides (and "\theoverlay" for overlays and "\thelayer"
-% for layers).
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\c@note}
-% The "note" counter has to be stepped by the output routine, and reset by the
-% slide environments. In the "article" format, we just make the "note" counter
-% the same as the "page" counter.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle
- \let\c@note\c@page
- \def\p@note{\p@page}
- \def\thenote{\thepage}
-\else
- \newcounter{note}
- \def\thenote{\theslide-\arabic{note}}
- \def\thepage{\thenote}
- \addto@hook\after@slide{\setcounter{note}{1}}
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@outputpage\expandafter{%
- \@outputpage\stepcounter{note}}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Which counter should the dvi driver pay attention to when numbering the
-% pages in the "slides" format? This makes a difference when using the dvi
-% driver to select pages. If the driver numbers pages by the slide number,
-% then it is easier to use the driver to print selected slides.
-% However, this can be cumbersome when there are many pages of notes or
-% overlays, especially if the driver cannot pick out the $n^{th}$ occurence of
-% a page, because many pages will have the same page number. In this case,
-% keeping track of physical page numbers may be preferred. We allow both
-% options.
-%
-% By default, the dvi driver pays attention to the slide counter; i.e., this
-% counter is assigned register 0
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle\else
- \let\c@page\c@slide
- \countdef\c@slide=0
- \c@slide=0
- \c@page=1
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\truepagenumbers}
-% This switches back to having the driver recognize physical page numbers.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle
- \let\truepagenumbers\relax
-\else
- \def\truepagenumbers{%
- \let\c@slide\c@page
- \countdef\c@page=0
- \c@page=1
- \c@slide=0
- \let\truepagenumbers\relax}
-\fi
-\addto@preamblecmds{\truepagenumbers}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Slide frames}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slideframewidth,\slideframesep}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\slideframewidth \slideframewidth 4pt
-\newdimen\slideframesep \slideframesep .3in
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newslideframe,\slideframe}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newslideframe#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@newslideframe{#1}}{\@newslideframe{#1}[]}}
-\def\@newslideframe#1[#2]{%
- \@namedef{semsfops@#1}{#2}%
- \@namedef{semsf@#1}##1}
-\newslideframe{plain}{\fbox{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slideframe,\@slideframe}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slideframe{\@slideframe{slide}}
-\def\@slideframe#1{%
- \@ifstar{\@testtrue\@@slideframe{#1}}{\@testfalse\@@slideframe{#1}}}
-\def\@@slideframe#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\@@@slideframe{#1}}{\@@@slideframe{#1}[]}}
-\def\@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{%
- \def\@tempa{none}%
- \def\@tempb{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{\relax}%
- \else
- \ifx\@tempb\@empty
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{}%
- \else
- \@ifundefined{semsf@#3}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide frame `#3' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\if@test
- \@@@@slideframe{#1}[#2]{#3}%
- \else
- \@namedef{the#1frame}{\setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}#2\@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}%
- \fi}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\@@@@slideframe#1[#2]#3{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname the#1frame\endcsname
- \edef\next{%
- \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1frame\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\@tempa
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{{%
- \@nameuse{semsfops@#3}%
- #2%
- \@nameuse{semsf@#3}{\box\@slidebox}}}}}%
-\slideframe{plain}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Slide styles\label{slidestyles}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidestyle}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidestyle#1{\@ifundefined{ss@#1}%
- {\@seminarerr{Slide style `#1' undefined}\@eha}%
- {\@nameuse{ss@#1}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ss@empty,\ss@plain,\ss@plainbottom}
-% The "plain" slide style places the slide label on the left side of the
-% framed slide, centered vertically. The caption is set in a box with zero
-% width so that it does not affect the centering of the slide on the page. In
-% the "plainbottom" style, the label is centered at the bottom of the slide.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ss@empty{\let\add@slidelabel\@gobble}
-\def\ss@left{\def\add@slidelabel##1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\hbox{%
- \vbox to \ht\@slidebox{\vss
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss##1\hskip 15pt}%
- \vss}\box\@slidebox}}}
-\def\ss@bottom{\def\add@slidelabel##1{%
- \setbox\@slidebox=\vbox{\copy\@slidebox\vskip 9pt
- \hbox to\wd\@slidebox{\hss##1\hss}}}}%
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait\slidestyle{bottom}\else\slidestyle{left}\fi
-\else
- \slidestyle{empty}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidelabel}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidelabel{\bf Slide \theslide}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Page styles}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newpagestyle,\renewpagestyle}
-% The next two commands allow one to define new pages styles in the preamble
-% of a document without playing around with the catcode of "@".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newpagestyle#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{%
- \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}}
-\def\renewpagestyle#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname ps@#1\endcsname{%
- \def\@oddhead{#2}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{#3}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidepagestyle}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@ifgoodps#1{%
- \@ifundefined{ps@#1}{\@seminarerr{Page style `#1' undefined}\@eha}}
-\def\slidepagestyle#1{%
- \@ifgoodps{#1}%
- {\ifslide\pagestyle{#1}\else\edef\slide@pagestyle{#1}\fi}}
-\def\ps@{}
-\slidepagestyle{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@align}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle
- \def\ps@align{}
-\else
- \def\ps@align{%
- \def\@oddhead{\thepage\hfil+}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{+\hfil+}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slideheadfont,\slidefootfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slideheadfont{\scriptsize}
-\def\slidefootfont{\scriptsize}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Magnification}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\magstep,\magstepminus}
-% We extend the definition of "\magstep"$n$ to $n=0,\ldots,9$, and define an
-% analogous macro for reduction. The argument of "\@magstep" {\em must be a
-% count register}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or
- 2074\or 2488\or 2986\or 3583\or 4300\or 5160\fi\relax}
-\def\magstepminus#1{%
- \ifcase#1 \@m\or 833\or 694\or 579\or 482\or 401\fi\relax}
-\def\@magstep#1{%
- \ifnum#1<\z@\magstepminus{-#1}\else\magstep#1\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\invert@mag}
-% If "\cs" is a command sequence (not a count register) that expands to an
-% integer $n>0$, then "\invert@mag\cs" sets "\cs" to $1000 n^{-1}$. E.g.,
-% after the commands
-% \begin{Ex}
-% "\def\mymag{\magstep2}"
-% "\invert@mag\mymag"
-% \end{Ex}
-% the meaning of "\mymag" is ".694444". We use dimension registers to access
-% \TeX's internal arithmetic routines.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-{\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12
- \gdef\@@inv@@mag#1pt#2{\def#2{#1}}}
-\def\invert@mag#1{\@tempdima=1000pt
- \divide\@tempdima by #1\relax
- \expandafter\@@inv@@mag\the\@tempdima#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@slidesmag,\@articlemag}
-% "\@slidesmag" and "\@articlemag" define "\inverseslidesmag" and
-% "\inverseartmag" for use by "\setslidelength", etc., using the "\invert@mag"
-% routine defined above. They also set the magnification of the document in
-% the "slides" or "article" format. Their arguments can be any magnification.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@slidesmag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>0
- \edef\inverseslidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \invert@mag\inverseslidesmag
- \ifarticle\else\mag\@tempcnta\fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\@slidesmag\space argument must be an
- integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha
- \fi}
-\def\@articlemag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>0
- \edef\inverseartmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \invert@mag\inverseartmag
- \ifarticle\mag\@tempcnta\fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\articlemag\space argument must be an
- integer equal to 1000 times the magnification}\@eha
- \fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\@slidesmag\do\@articlemag}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidesmag,\articlemag}
-% "\slidesmag" and "\articlemag" are an interface to "\@slidesmag" and
-% "\@articlemag", and allow only "\magstep" type magnifications.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\semin
-\newdimen\semcm
-\def\@semmagerr#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string#1 argument must be an integer
- between -5 and 9}\@eha}
-\def\slidesmag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6
- \ifnum\@tempcnta<10
- \edef\the@slidesmag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \@slidesmag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}%
- \else
- \@semmagerr\slidesmag
- \fi
- \else
- \@semmagerr\slidesmag
- \fi
- \setslidelength\semin\seminlength
- \setslidelength\semcm\semcmlength}
-\def\seminlength{1in}
-\def\semcmlength{1cm}
-\def\articlemag#1{%
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-6
- \ifnum\@tempcnta<10
- \edef\the@articlemag{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \@articlemag{\@magstep\@tempcnta}%
- \else
- \@semmagerr\articlemag
- \fi
- \else
- \@semmagerr\articlemag
- \fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\slidesmag\do\articlemag}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setslidelength,\addtoslidelength}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setslidelength#1#2{%
- #1=#2\relax
- #1=\inverseslidesmag#1}%
-\def\addtoslidelength#1#2{%
- \dimen@=#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \inverseslidesmag\dimen@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setartlength,\addtoartlength}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setartlength#1#2{%
- #1=#2\relax
- #1=\inverseartmag#1}
-\def\addtoartlength#1#2{%
- \dimen@=#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \inverseartmag\dimen@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@epsfsize,\epsfslidesize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slide@epsfsize#1#2{%
- \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt
- \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt
- \inverseslidesmag#1%
- \else
- 0pt
- \fi
- \else
- \inverseslidesmag\epsfxsize
- \fi
- \epsfysize
- \ifdim\epsfysize=0pt
- \ifdim\epsfxsize=0pt
- \inverseslidesmag#2%
- \else
- 0pt
- \fi
- \else
- \inverseslidesmag\epsfysize
- \fi}
-\def\epsfslidesize{\let\epsfsize\slide@epsfsize}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Now the default magnifications are set:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\slidesmag{4}
-\articlemag{0}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \section{Page parameters\label{pageparameters}}
-%
-% When the the document begins, the page parameters are scaled depending on
-% the format and the magnification for that format, so that it is as if the
-% parameters were set with "true" dimensions. This allows a user to change the
-% magnification in the preamble without having to go back and rescale the page
-% parameters.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\do@pageparameters}
-% First, we define "\do@pageparameters" like "\do@specials", but with all the
-% page parameters listed on page 163 of Lamport's \LaTeX{} User's Guide and
-% Reference Manual. Parameters can be added the same way commands are added to
-% "\@preamblecmds".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\do@pageparameters{%
- \do\oddsidemargin
- \do\evensidemargin
- \do\marginparwidth
- \do\marginparsep
- \do\topmargin
- \do\headheight
- \do\headsep
- \do\textheight
- \do\textwidth
- \do\topskip
- \do\footskip
- \do\footheight}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scale@pageparameters}
-% Now we define "\scale@pageparameters", which is invoked at the beginning of
-% the document, to scale the page parameters.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifarticle
- \def\scale@pageparameters{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseartmag##1\relax}%
- \do@pageparameters
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \def\scale@pageparameters{%
- \begingroup
- \def\do##1{\global##1=\inverseslidesmag##1\relax}%
- \do@pageparameters
- \endgroup}
-\fi
-\addto@hook\before@document{\scale@pageparameters}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\scale@pageparameters\do\do@pageparameters}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Omitting and including notes}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\allversions,\endallversions,\allversions*,\endallversions*}
-% The "allversions" environments are processed in any version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\allversions{}
-\let\endallversions\relax
-\@namedef{allversions*}{\@bsphack\globaldefs=1}
-\@namedef{endallversions*}{\@esphack}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@list,\addtoslidelist}
-% "\slide@list" stores the list of environments that are to be included with
-% the "slidesonly" selection. Environments are added to it using the
-% "\addtoslidelist" command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slide@list{slide,slide*,allversions,allversions*}
-\def\addtoslidelist#1{\xdef\slide@list{\slide@list,#1}}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\addtoslidelist}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xcomment@hook}
-% The macro "\@xcomment", defined in "xcomment.sty", does the actual omitting
-% of notes in the "slidesonly" format. Only environments in "\slide@list" are
-% processed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifslidesonly
- \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{\@@input xcomment.sty }{}
- \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}
- \newxcomment[]{note}
-\else
- \def\note{\@bsphack}%
- \def\endnote{\@esphack}%
-\fi
-\def\noxcomment{\def\xcomment@hook{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Omitting and including slides\label{os}}
-%
-% This is pretty bad code, but it works.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\onlyslides,\notslides}
-% "\onlyslides" and "\notslides" store their arguments, which should expand to
-% a comma separated list of numbers and ranges, in the command sequence
-% "\os@list". It is not immediately expanded, because the argument may contain
-% references that are not yet defined; recall that the ".aux" file is
-% processed at the beginning of the document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\os@list{}
-\newif\if@os
-\def\onlyslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@ostrue
- \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\onlyslides\space argument
- contains undefined references}}}
-\def\notslides#1{\def\os@list{#1}\@osfalse
- \def\os@warning{\@warning{\string\notslides\space argument
- contains undefined references}}}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\onlyslides\do\notslides}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\os@expandlist}
-% "\os@expandlist" is invoked at the beginning of the document, after the
-% ".aux" files has been processed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\addto@hook\after@document{%
- \ifx\os@list\@empty\else\os@expandlist\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% "\os@expandlist" first expands the list, and then processes each
-% comma-separated entry with "\os@expandrange".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\os@expandlist{%
- \let\os@@warning\relax
- \begingroup
- \def\ref##1{\@ifundefined{r@##1}{?}%
- {\noexpand\@car\@nameuse{r@##1}\noexpand\@nil}}%
- \edef\@tempd{\os@list}%
- \xdef\os@list{}%
- \@for\@tempc:=\@tempd
- \do{\expandafter\os@expandrange\@tempc-:-:\@nil}%
- \os@@warning
- \endgroup
- \let\os@expandrange\relax
- \let\os@checknum\relax
- \let\os@expandlist\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\os@expandrange}
-% "\os@expandrange" expands entries of the form $m$-$n$ to $(m-1)$+$(n+1)$,
-% which will simplify checking slide numbers against the list ("+" is used as
-% a separator instead of "-" to allow for negative numbers). Entries that
-% consist of a single number $n$ are treated like a range $n$-$n$.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\os@expandrange#1-#2-#3\@nil{%
- \def\@tempa{?}\def\@tempb{#1}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\os@@warning\os@warning
- \else
- \@tempcnta=#1\relax
- \def\@tempb{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \let\os@@warning\os@warning
- \else
- \def\@tempa{:}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \else
- \@tempcntb=#2\relax
- \fi
- \advance\@tempcnta by -1
- \advance\@tempcntb by 1
- \ifx\os@list\@empty
- \xdef\os@list{\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}%
- \else
- \xdef\os@list{\os@list,\the\@tempcnta+\the\@tempcntb}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\os@test}
-% "\os@test" checks whether a slide should be processed. For each entry
-% $m$-$n$ in the list "\os@list", if the slide number is greater than $m$ and
-% less than $n$, "\if@test" is set to "\if@os". Recall that "\if@os" is
-% "\iftrue" is "\os@list" is a list of slides to be included, and is
-% "\iffalse" if "\os@list" is a list of slides to be excluded.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\os@test{%
- \@testtrue
- \iflandscape
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly=-1 \@testfalse\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\@landscapeonly=1 \@testfalse\fi
- \fi
- \if@test
- \ifx\os@list\@empty\else
- \if@os\@testfalse\fi
- \@for\@tempa:=\os@list\do{\expandafter\os@testrange\@tempa\@nil}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-\def\os@testrange#1+#2\@nil{%
- \ifnum\c@slide>#1
- \ifnum\c@slide<#2
- \if@os\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\onlynotestoo}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\onlynotestoo{%
- \ifnotes\@testtrue\else\ifnotesonly\@testtrue\else\@testfalse\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \@ifundefined{xcomment@@@}{%
- \edef\sem@temp{\the\catcode`\@}%
- \catcode`\@=11
- \@@input xcomment.sty
- \catcode`\@=\sem@temp\relax}{}%
- \def\xcomment@hook{\@xcomment{@@@}{\slide@list}}%
- \addto@hook\after@slide\onlynotes@too
- \fi}
-\def\onlynotes@too{%
- \os@test
- \if@test\gdef\do@end{}\else\gdef\do@end{\xc@begin}\fi}
-\addto@preamblecmds\onlynotestoo
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Font size declarations\label{fontsize}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ptsize}
-% The "\ptsize{"$n$"}" command invokes a macro so that the font size
-% declarations are defined as in "art"$n$".sty", except that the font size
-% declarations only affect the sizes of fonts, and not the list or display
-% parameters. These parameters are set at the beginning of each slide
-% environment. "\ptsize" should only be used in slide environments.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ptsize#1{%
- \@ifundefined{#1@semptsize}%
- {\@seminarerr{\string\ptsize\space `#1' not valid.}\@eha}%
- {\ifslide
- \sem@ptsize{#1}\large\normalsize
- \else
- \edef\slide@ptsize{#1}%
- \fi}}
-\edef\slide@ptsize{1\@ptsize}%
-\def\slidefontsizes{\ptsize} %For backwards compatibility??
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slide@setsize}
-% This is a variant of "\@setsize" that makes the minimum space between lines
-% be "\slideskip" times the extra space between lines.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slide@setsize#1#2#3#4{%
- \@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
- \set@slideskip{#2}}
-\def\slide@@setsize#1#2#3#4{%
- \slide@setsize{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\slidedisplayskips}
-\def\set@slideskip#1{%
- \normallineskiplimit=#1
- \advance\normallineskiplimit-\normalbaselineskip
- \multiply\normallineskiplimit-1
- \normallineskiplimit\slideskip\normallineskiplimit
- \ifdim\normallineskiplimit<1pt\normallineskiplimit=1pt\fi
- \normallineskip=\normallineskiplimit
- minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit
- \dimen@=\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselineskip=\dimen@ minus \slideshrink\normallineskiplimit
- \normalbaselines}
-\def\slideskip{.75}
-\def\slideshrink{.25}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\slidedisplayskips}
-% "\slidedisplayskips" sets the displays skips to smaller values than they
-% would usually have in the "article" document style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\slidedisplayskips{%
- \abovedisplayskip 1.75ex minus .35ex
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip .2ex minus .2ex
- \belowdisplayshortskip 1ex minus .2ex}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sem@ptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sem@ptsize#1{%
- \@nameuse{#1@semptsize}%
- \large\normalsize
- \leftmargini\slideleftmargini\relax
- \leftmarginii\slideleftmarginii\relax
- \leftmarginiii\slideleftmarginiii\relax
- \labelsep\slidelabelsep\relax
- \parskip\slideparskip\relax
- \parindent\slideparindent\relax
- \slide@rightskip
- \slide@listi
- \skip\footins\slidefootins\relax
- \footnotesep\slidefootnotesep\relax}
-\def\slidefootins{2ex minus .8ex}
-\def\slidefootnotesep{1.2ex}
-\def\slideparindent{\z@}
-\def\slideparskip{1ex minus .2ex}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\8@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{8@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\9@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{9@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\10@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{10@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\11@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{11@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Huge{\slide@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\12@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{12@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\huge{\slide@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\Huge\huge}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\14@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{14@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\LARGE{\slide@setsize\LARGE{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\huge\LARGE
- \let\Huge\LARGE}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\17@semptsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{17@semptsize}{%
- \def\@normalsize{\slide@@setsize\normalsize{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}%
- \def\small{\slide@@setsize\small{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}%
- \def\footnotesize{\slide@@setsize\footnotesize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}%
- \def\scriptsize{\slide@setsize\scriptsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt}%
- \def\tiny{\slide@setsize\tiny{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}%
- \def\large{\slide@setsize\large{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}%
- \def\Large{\slide@setsize\Large{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}%
- \let\LARGE\Large
- \let\huge\Large
- \let\Huge\Large}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{The $\setminus$twoup macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\twoup}
-% See "2up.sty" for details.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\twoup{\@ifnextchar[{\@twoup}{\@twoup[0]}}
-\ifarticle
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \targetlayout{topbottom}%
- \printlandscapefalse
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}}
- \else
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@articlemag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -2\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \if@twoside
- \targetlayout{twosided}%
- \fi
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Article magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\articlemag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\articlemag}}
- \fi
-\else
- \ifportrait
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \advance\@tempcnta by -3
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \printlandscapetrue
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmagerr\slidesmag}}
- \else
- \def\@twoup[#1]{%
- \@tempcnta=\the@slidesmag\relax
- \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta
- \advance\@tempcntb by #1\relax
- \advance\@tempcntb by -3\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcntb>-6\relax
- \@@input 2up.tex
- \source{\@magstep\@tempcnta}{\paperheight}{\paperwidth}%
- \target{\@magstep\@tempcntb}{\paperwidth}{\paperheight}%
- \targetlayout{topbottom}%
- \printlandscapefalse
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Slides magnification is too low for
- \string\twoup\space to handle}\@eha
- \fi
- \def\slidesmag##1{\@semtwoupmargerr\slidesmag}}%
- \fi
-\fi
-\def\@semtwoupmagerr#1{%
- \@seminarerr{\string#1 must come before \string\twoup}\@eha}
-\addto@preamblecmds{\twoup\do\@twoup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Configuration file}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\openin1 seminar.con
-\ifeof1\else\closein1 \relax\@@input seminar.con\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-\endinput
-% END: seminar.doc
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc b/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cb020b8ea..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/src/semlayer.doc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
-% BEGIN semlayer.doc
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.0}
-\def\filedate{93/04/01}
-%%
-%% LaTeX style option `semlayer.sty'.
-%% For use with LaTeX v2.09 and the `seminar' document style.
-%%
-%% COPYRIGHT 1993, by Timothy Van Zandt, Timothy.VAN-ZANDT@insead.edu
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
-%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-%% license is in:
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
-%% 1999/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%%
-% **************************************************************************
-% This is `semlayer.doc', which contains the documented code for
-% `semlayer.sty'. You can use it in this form as the input file
-% `semlayer.sty'. You can also create a stripped input file using
-% sem-make.tex. You can print the documented code using sem-code.tex.
-% sem-make.tex and sem-code.tex are distributed with seminar.sty.
-% **************************************************************************
-%
-% \EndDocPreamble
-%
-% \CheckSum{276}
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%
-%
-% \section{Overlays}
-%
-% The main thing that the "\process@slide" macro does is successively send the
-% main slide and then each overlay and layer to a slide output routine. In
-% order to make the definition of that macro easier to understand, we first
-% set up the overlays interface.
-%
-% Overlays must be implemented by some extra macros, such as in
-% "semcolor.sty". Specifically, the commands "\@overlay" and "\make@overlay"
-% should be defined.
-%
-% The reason for including the interface in "seminar.sty" is to encourage
-% those who implement overlays to use a uniform interface, and to illustrate
-% how overlays work. To be honest, though, it may not be possible to implement
-% overlays without PostScript or a graphics language with similar capabilities
-% using the interface that is defined here and without rewriting the basic
-% slides macros.
-%
-% This system of overlays is so good and the system using invisible fonts is
-% so lousy, that no special provisions have been made for supporting the
-% latter. Actually, overlay should (and could easily) be implemented as \TeX{}
-% primitives, saving everyone a lot of trouble.
-%
-% The system for overlays is not explained here in great detail. See
-% "semcolor.sty" and "pstricks.tex" for an example of how overlays can be
-% implemented.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\addto@hook\before@newslide{%
- \global\def\overlay@list{}%
- \setcounter{overlay}{0}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\process@slide,\overlay@loop,\layer@loop}
-% "\process@slide" is the beginning of the ``output'' routine for slides.
-% "\@slidebox" is copied to "\@@slidebox". The "\make@overlay#1" macro should
-% set "\@slidebox" to the contents of "\@@slidebox", but with only the
-% material for overlay "#1" visible.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newbox\@@slidebox
-\def\process@@slide{%
- \ifx\overlay@list\@empty
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \else
- \setbox\@@slidebox\box\@slidebox
- \make@overlay{0}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- {\let\theoverlay\theslide\layer@loop{0}}%
- \overlay@loop
- \fi}
-\def\overlay@loop{%
- \begingroup
- \overlay@prep
- \c@overlay=1
- \@whilenum\c@overlay<10
- \do{%
- \test@member{\the\c@overlay}{\overlay@list}%
- \if@test
- \make@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \fi
- \layer@loop{\the\c@overlay}%
- \advance\c@overlay by 1}%
- \endgroup}
-\def\layer@loop#1{%
- \begingroup
- \layer@prep
- \@for\currlayer:=\layer@list\do{%
- \test@member{#1-\currlayer}{\overlay@list}%
- \if@test
- \make@overlay{#1-\currlayer}%
- \finish@slide
- \output@slide
- \fi}%
- \endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\layer@prep,\overlay@prep}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\layer@prep{%
- \ifarticle\pagestyle{\layer@pagestyle}\fi
- \let\thepage\thelayer
- \ifx\thelayerframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\thelayerframe\fi
- \let\slidelabel\layerlabel}
-\def\overlay@prep{%
- \ifarticle\pagestyle{\overlay@pagestyle}\fi
- \let\thepage\theoverlay
- \ifx\theoverlayframe\@empty\else\let\theslideframe\theoverlayframe\fi
- \let\slidelabel\overlaylabel}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\layerframe,\overlayframe}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\layerframe{\@slideframe{layer}}
-\def\overlayframe{\@slideframe{overlay}}
-\def\thelayerframe{}
-\def\theoverlayframe{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\overlaylabel,\layerlabel}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\overlaylabel{\bf Overlay \theoverlay}
-\def\layerlabel{\bf Layer \thelayer}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\theoverlay,\thelayer}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{overlay}
-\def\theoverlay{\theslide-\alph{overlay}}
-\def\currlayer{}
-\def\thelayer{\theoverlay-\currlayer}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifoverlays,\iflayers}
-% Overlays and layers can be turned on and off independently.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifoverlays
-\newif\iflayers
-\@ifundefined{@overlay}%
- {\let\@overlay\relax}%
- {\ifarticle\else\overlaystrue\layerstrue\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\nooverlays@err,\@overlay}
-% "\@overlay" is set to "\relax" if it is not defined, for easy error
-% detection.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\nooverlays@err{%
- \@seminarerr{You need to use additional macros for overlays,
- e.g., semcolor.sty}\@ehd
- \global\overlaysfalse
- \global\layersfalse}
-\@ifundefined{@overlay}{}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\overlay}
-% The "\overlay" command starts by checking that the argument is a number
-% between 0 and 9. If so, "\@overlay" is invoked. Except for overlay 0, the
-% counter for cross-references is set to "overlay", and its value is set to
-% the argument of "\overlay".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\overlay#1{%
- \ifoverlays\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi
- \ifslide
- \@tempcnta=#1
- \@testfalse
- \ifnum\@tempcnta>-1 \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 \@testtrue\fi\fi
- \if@test
- \c@overlay=\@tempcnta
- \ifnum\c@overlay=0
- \advance\c@slide by -1
- \refstepcounter{slide}%
- \else
- \advance\c@overlay by -1
- \refstepcounter{overlay}%
- \ifoverlays
- \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifoverlays
- \@overlay{\the\c@overlay}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space argument must be
- an integer between 0 and 9}\@eha
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{\string\overlay\space can only be used
- in slide environments}\@eha
- \fi
- \ignorespaces}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\colorlayers}
-% Color layers use the same mechanism as overlays; only the interface differs.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\colorlayers#1{%
- \edef\@tempc{#1}%
- \edef\layer@list{\layer@list,#1}%
- \def\@tempa##1{%
- \@namedef{##1}{%
- \iflayers\ifx\@overlay\relax\nooverlays@err\fi\fi
- \ifslide
- \iflayers
- \xdef\overlay@list{\overlay@list,\the\c@overlay-##1}%
- \@overlay{\the\c@overlay-##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@seminarerr{Color layer `##1' can only be used in
- slide environments}\@eha
- \fi}}
- \@for\@tempb:=\@tempc\do{%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempb}}}
-\def\layer@list{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\layerpagestyle,\overlaypagestyle}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\overlaypagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\overlay@pagestyle{#1}}}
-\def\layerpagestyle#1{\@ifgoodps{#1}{\edef\layer@pagestyle{#1}}}
-\overlaypagestyle{}
-\layerpagestyle{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-\endinput
-% END semlayer.doc